If Not Synology? Which Other NAS Brand Should You Choose?
It’s an odd question, but with Synology arguably making some rather higher business and enterprise decisions in recent years, there have been increasing queries about who would fill the void if they moved onwards and upwards. As Synology holds such a powerful position in the NAS market, their absence would certainly lead to quite the battle of strength from other players. The obvious answer would be QNAP, a brand that has a similar history to Synology (over two decades in the business, Taiwan-based, in-house OS, numerous 1st-party tools, home and business solutions, etc.), but in 2025, the reality is nowhere near as clear-cut. Younger established brands that have jockeyed for 3rd position, such as Asustor and Terramaster, have been challenged by several startups (ZimaCube and Zimaboard 2, Orico’s Cyberdata Vault, to name just two) entering the fray, as well as established brands like UGREEN, which are expanding their business into the NAS sector. If Synology, for whatever reason, ceased to occupy this important user class of private turnkey server ownership, who would be best placed to occupy it?
How, Where and Why Has Synology Changed?
Synology’s rapid change in business stance to be more enterprise/hyperscale-focused comes at the same time as their frequency of more entry-level, small business, prosumer, and enthusiast solutions has dropped. The regularity of smaller 2-Bay and 4-Bay solutions has noticeably decreased, and the hardware they feature has changed to accommodate more business-type use. This by no means suggests that the brand is making moves to exit these user groups (indeed, support of DSM and the latest revision DSM 7.2.2 extends to all existing users up to many systems released in the late 2010s). However, there has been plenty of user outcry from existing users and potential customers on the architecture of both DSM and the recent releases that exacerbate users to move away from the brand and spend their allocated budgets elsewhere. Synology still comfortably sits ahead of its competitors in terms of software, features, and the UX of their platform, but many changes in policy and support mentioned below have started this trend:
Changes in 3rd-party HDD compatibility on systems above the 8-Bay scale, prioritizing their own 1st-party labeled HDDs and SSDs, as well as reducing the presentation and compatibility listings on their site significantly.
Changes in the choice of internal hardware featured in their systems to be more focused on business file processes and less on multimedia use.
Comparatively smaller increases in base hardware between refreshes of individual series (e.g., J4125 and V1500B CPUs in 2024 launch devices, despite first appearing in 2019/2020).
Considerable increased focus on software enhancements over hardware (not a bad thing, but an undeniable fact).
Increased proprietary hardware support over 3rd-party (e.g., Synology-only Memory modules, custom 10GbE adapters like the E10G22-T1, Synology-only M.2 SSDs for Pool Use).
An increasing number of cloud subscription services getting newer features, while local services remain secure and stable but static.
New product focus shifting towards newer larger-scale solutions like the evolving GridStation series, Active Protect subscription system, and C2 innovations.
The predicted elimination of the J entry-level series in favor of the pre-populated and software-streamlined BeeStation.
All of the above are small factors in themselves, but add them all up, and you see small but important stepping stones toward a gear shift in Synology’s target demographic. So, if Synology were to intentionally or inadvertently begin to move outside of these user groups of home, small business, and enthusiast, who stands to fill this space and grow?
QNAP vs Synology?
As mentioned earlier, QNAP stands to be the most likely contender to fill this space. With over 20 years of history, a larger range of hardware solutions than Synology, and software that does pretty much everything Synology’s does, they have been consistent competitors. However, inconsistencies in user experience, conflicting UIs, and a tendency to try to do “too much” have resulted in their losing ground to Synology in terms of software. Add to this the negative brand impact of security incidents in 2020-2022, which tarnished their reputation around security and safety, requiring serious improvement. To the brand’s credit, they have made considerable internal culture changes on this subject, adding bounty programs, tightening system defaults, increasing pen testing, introducing several system security scanning tools, disabling things like SSH and admin super user accounts as standard, and more.
In terms of hardware, they have mostly stuck to what works, refreshing existing product families at the same rate of 2.5-3 years for desktop small-medium scale, and 3-5 years for larger scale. They have also introduced significantly more recent CPUs from both Intel and AMD, as well as 2.5GbE as standard on their solutions at the same price point as 1GbE. If it weren’t for the damaging brand harm caused by the Deadbolt/QSnatch/Qlocker ransomware attacks, I think Synology would have been significantly challenged by QNAP in the last 2-3 years across all fronts. However, the setback to QNAP’s reputation reduced this growth potential significantly, and in the last two years, we have seen an increasing number of new names pop up in NAS that have also harmed QNAP’s appeal to users in terms of hardware value, the thing they could always be relied upon to beat Synology on. QNAP would still stand to become the ‘top dog’ in the event of a Synology exit (Synexit?) from the low-to-medium tiers of NAS storage, but many new players have entered the field, such as…
UGREEN vs QNAP?
Largely known for their power adapters and PC accessories, a year ago UGREEN had practically no real presence in the world of NAS. They had a smaller scale and more entry-level range of solutions that were limited to the East, but aside from that, they were complete outsiders. Fast forward to now, and following a successful and well-marketed Kickstarter campaign that raised millions of dollars, they are now a provider of genuinely impressive turnkey NAS solutions—the NASync series. The key word there is “turnkey”, as in they are providing both the hardware and the software. They could have just rolled out their hardware and made it OS-free (i.e., “Here’s a ready-built server, now go install UnRAID or TrueNAS”), but instead, they opted to produce and include an impressively responsive NAS OS in UGOS. Genuinely challenging the feature set of the likes of Asustor and Terramaster, as well as the design of Synology and the hardware level of QNAP, UGREEN has made a rapidly growing name for itself in the small-to-medium NAS sector.
They definitely lack the range of solutions that those other brands offer, with only 6 solutions currently available (the DXP2800, DXP4800/PLUS, DXP6680, DXP8800, and DXP480T), and no rackmount solutions yet, but it’s a solid start. Equally, their software, although fluid and responsive in nailing down the NAS fundamentals, lacks many of the more impressive AAA+ solutions that are offered by the bigger brands. Lastly, although they raised a considerable sum during the crowdfunding, they do not have the global support, offices, or availability of their long-running NAS competitors—with solutions only being available in two regions, the US and Germany. All of these factors add up to a brand that is poised to make even bigger splashes in the years to come but is perhaps not quite ready to replace the big dog, Synology, just yet!
ASUSTOR vs Synology?
Always the bridesmaid, but never the bride, Asustor is a brand that has been around in the world of NAS in one shape or form for quite a few years. They are one of the mainstream Taiwanese brands in NAS that has always ‘been there’, but it is only in the last 4-5 years that they have been making sizable moves to take on both Synology and QNAP. One of the main ways in which they pursued this is by developing numerous features in both hardware and software that are available from their competitors individually. So features such as M.2 NVMe-focused storage systems, BTRFS support, WORM locking, 2.5GbE/5GbE support, HDMI output via a dedicated GUI, and more are features available on Synology and QNAP to some extent, but only Asustor rolls them under one brand umbrella. So, how poised are they to fill a void if Synology moved out of this space?
Well, from a hardware standpoint, Asustor is in a very good position. Them being Taiwan-based will certainly soothe concerns that have grown around Chinese companies and data storage solutions. Equally, their hardware has evolved rapidly in their last two generations to feature some genuinely unique solutions that are either specific to the platform or priced at a level that makes them genuinely competitive against DIY and BYO solutions. Systems such as the Flashstor series, Lockerstor series, and even value offerings like the Drivestor are surprisingly well equipped. They are not quite on the same level of hardware as QNAP (who have a significantly more diverse hardware portfolio), but they are fleshing it out very well.
However, it is the software of Asustor (ADM) that is unfortunately where the brand is a little more timid. They have a NAS OS, numerous client tools for Windows, Mac, iOS, and Android—and they nail down the bulk of the application fundamentals for storage management, multi-site backup handling, multimedia playback, containers, and more. But the platform lacks a few of the more AAA/desirable services, such as AI-powered photo recognition, a 1st-party VM tool, ZFS support, and ultimately is a little more reliant on 3rd-party applications to fill the gaps. They have recently countered this by officially detailing that they support users who buy Asustor hardware to go ahead and install 3rd-party NAS software like TrueNAS or UnRAID without it harming your warranty—so they know they are not leading the pack in terms of their own ADM NAS software but do make noticeable user concessions. With new hardware on the horizon in the Lockerstor Gen3 and Flashstor Gen2 (both of which see a significant bump in hardware profiles), we might see some impressive moves from Asustor in 2025. I just think they still have some ways to go before they can fill any potential void that Synology might leave.
TERRAMASTER vs Synology?
Terramaster has been jockeying for the NAS 3rd place spot with Asustor for well over a decade at this point, and much like their opponent, they have been good at integrating individual features from both QNAP and Synology into their own NAS hardware and TOS platform, but to a larger degree than Asustor. For example, their OS provides largely everything that Asustor ADM does (including TrueNAS/UnRAID support without voiding your warranty) but adds to this with an AI photo recognition platform, their own VM tool, and an impressive Isolation Mode that can sever the system at the click of a button from remote access, 3rd-party PHP, and any external requests (necessitating a restart to disable). However, as this brand is a Chinese brand, there will always be question marks raised by users about how this system compares with Taiwanese-based systems. This is a little unfair, given that Terramaster, Asustor, and QNAP were all successfully hit by the same ransomware attack (Deadbolt) a few years back, so there was plenty of ‘vulnerability’ to spread around!
In terms of hardware, Terramaster has been making some impressive and aggressive strides in this area—with the recent launch of their 3-part F4-424 Intel NAS series (Standard, Pro, and MAX), the release of two 8-bay M.2 NVMe 10GbE equipped systems (the F8 PLUS and F8 SSD PLUS), and new desktop and rackmounts hot on their heels. They have also scaled up the design to better improve cooling, efficiency, and just general visual appeal.
However, much like Asustor, their software is just not able to challenge the standard that Synology has set. For buyers looking for smooth and easy utilization like Synology, Terramaster’s TOS has the danger of feeling a little clunky. Their latest release, TOS6, brings new features, software standards, and design to the mix, but it lacks the range of mobile applications, desktop client tools, and consistent UX/presentation that Synology seems to do so well. Terramaster is a fantastic value-for-money choice, and I would argue they have significantly scaled up the level of hardware and software utility they provide year on year. But they still have a way to go before they can hit the same notes as Synology DSM yet.
WD / Netgear vs Synology?
This is a pretty short one! The answer is no! Both WD and Netgear have regularly reduced their hardware ranges and the frequency of software updates these last few years, and although there are a decent range of business file server systems still being released, the general home/enthusiast/prosumer level of hardware is pretty poor and uninteresting compared to everyone else on this list so far. I cannot help but get the feeling that, aside from some basic backup NAS systems that are still listed at the majority of retailers, the bulk of their range has been in circulation for 5-6 years now without any refresh in sight. For basic target file/folder storage, these systems still provide some limited modern NAS utility, but overall, they are a fairly weak alternative to Synology’s offerings in 2025.
A UniFi NAS?
With increased mentions and leaks online towards a potential NAS in the works from UniFi, this could be a very credible alternative to Synology in terms of software UX and presentation. UniFi, and its incredibly user-friendly UX featured on their Switch, Router, NVR, and Dream Machine combination systems, is where UniFi shines. No doubt any UniFi NAS solution would need to similarly blend into their ecosystem to the same degree. That said, if they were to launch a system, all their experience in the fields of network management, router security, and surveillance systems might not necessarily translate into a similar pedigree in network-attached storage. It’s hard to discuss how or if UniFi could fill any market space that a potential Synology absence would create, as they do not have any systems out in the market to make an informed decision. This is for the “To Be Continued…” pile!
Drobo vs Synology?
No…just…no. See Video Below:
IceWhale / ZimaCube
This is a very interesting one. 2023 and 2024 saw several companies arrive in the turnkey NAS space via the crowdfunding route (we already discussed UGREEN as the biggest example), wanting to break into the market. However, IceWhale benefits from having already launched two previous successfully fulfilled campaigns and is just completing their third one with the ZimaCube NAS system. Arriving with the lightweight containerized platform Zima OS (a modified version of their existing Casa OS), this new series is pretty impressive for its scale and price point at launch. Add to that the significantly unique design, impressive use of 10GbE and Thunderbolt over IP, and a 6x HDD / 4x NVMe system in a compact case, and you can see why they have made a fairly significant splash for a brand that is comparatively unheard of compared to Synology, QNAP, etc.
However, as robust as their range of solutions is (ZimaBoard, ZimaBlade, and ZimaCube), the software is still very rudimentary compared to the bulk of other browser GUI and more “operating system”-stylized UX. There are virtually no client applications, except for their own system search and connection client tools. An eventual successor to Synology, if they moved upwards toward bigger and more business-oriented solutions, would need to hit the software functionality and user experience exceedingly early and exceedingly well.
Mini PC Brands – Lincplus, Aoostar, etc.
This is an odd one. There have been a large number of solutions appearing on sites such as AliExpress that arrive as “OS-Free” services, allowing a user to get a pre-built NAS hardware solution (i.e., no need to build one yourself, which takes longer and requires a degree of technical understanding). The end user can then choose to install popular and well-established solutions like TrueNAS, UnRAID, OpenMediaVault, and more.
This serves as an impressively economical solution and has significantly grown in popularity in 2023/2024, but these 3rd-party software platforms lack a lot of the ease of use and quality of life client tools for modern devices that Synology features. Indeed, despite efforts like UnRAID 7 making its day-to-day use much easier, and TrueNAS working with HexOS for a more user-friendly output, these still pale in comparison to DSM and will also require a greater degree of technical user input in the long term to maintain stability, versus Synology’s rather more “it takes care of itself” design.
Synology vs EVERYONE ELSE – Conclusion and Verdict
If Synology were to leave the home/enthusiast/prosumer/small business tier very soon, I do think QNAP would stand to reoccupy this ground. However, give it 2-3 years, and I do think players like Terramaster, Asustor, and yes—even UGREEN—are poised to give QNAP some serious consumer competition. No doubt Synology is still keeping an eye on their competition (big and small) and would not willingly or easily give up this sector without a fight. However, there is no denying that the turnkey NAS industry is no longer the 2-3 horse race it was just five years ago!
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology VS Terramaster NAS Drives in 2025 – Which One Deserves Your Data?
Synology and TerraMaster are two well-established brands in the network-attached storage (NAS) industry, each targeting a range of users from home enthusiasts to small and medium-sized businesses. Synology, a Taiwanese company with over two decades in the field, is widely recognized for its DSM (DiskStation Manager) software, which emphasizes stability, security, and integration within a tightly controlled ecosystem. TerraMaster, while newer to the market, has steadily gained ground by offering hardware-focused, cost-effective solutions with increasing software support via its TOS (TerraMaster Operating System) platform.
I want to provide a side-by-side comparison between Synology and TerraMaster as they stand in 2025, focusing on the real-world differences in hardware, storage, software, and security. The goal is to outline the practical strengths and weaknesses of each brand without leaning heavily toward subjective preferences or historical bias. This is especially relevant for users reevaluating Synology due to recent policy shifts, or for those considering TerraMaster as a flexible and affordable alternative.
Area
Synology DSM
TerraMaster TOS
OS Flexibility
Locked DSM ecosystem
Allows TrueNAS/Unraid without voiding warranty
RAID System
SHR Hybrid RAID
TRAID Hybrid RAID
AI & Surveillance
DVA Series supports real-time AI detection
Surveillance App still in beta
Virtual Machines
VMM with full GUI
VirtualBox-based, less integrated
Deduplication
Btrfs-based, native to DSM
Supported with “Dedup Manager”
Media Streaming
No native Jellyfin, Video Station discontinued
Jellyfin included natively
Security
Malware, ransomware, firewall + audit
Includes Isolation Mode, detailed scanner
Mobile/Remote Tools
Broadest mobile app suite + QuickConnect
Core mobile app + TNAS.online DDNS
Synology vs Terramaster NAS – Hardware Solutions Compared
When evaluating Synology’s hardware catalog, the company demonstrates a clear strategy of segmenting performance tiers through tightly integrated systems. The FS (FlashStation) series targets ultra-low latency workloads with powerful multi-core CPUs and all-flash designs. For instance, the FS6400 and FS3600 offer 240,000 and 195,000+ 4K random write IOPS respectively, built for high-throughput environments. The HD series goes a different direction, pushing density with up to 300 drives in models like the HD6500, which pair with dual 10-core CPUs and provide over 6,600 MB/s throughput. Meanwhile, the SA and XS/XS+ series address scalable performance and redundancy needs, offering dual-controller setups, high RAM ceilings, and optional Fibre Channel or 25/40GbE expansion. Synology’s Plus and Value series provide consumer-grade flexibility, but these are becoming increasingly closed ecosystems with limited hardware compatibility and optional expansion cards restricted to specific interfaces or models.
Category
Synology Example Models
TerraMaster Example Models
CPU & RAM Range
Typical Use Case
Entry-Level (2-4 Bay)
DS223, DS423, DS224+, DS423+
F2-212, F4-223, F4-210
Quad-core 1.7–2.2GHz, up to 32GB ECC
Personal cloud, backups, media streaming
Mid-Range (4-6 Bay)
DS1621+, DS1522+, DS1821+
F4-424, F6-424, F4-424 Pro
Quad-core 2.2GHz, up to 32GB ECC, NVMe cache
SOHO/SMB file sharing, light virtualization
Performance Tier (6-8 Bay)
RS1221+, RS2423+, DS3622xs+, DS1823xs+
U4-423, T6-423, T9-423
Quad to Octa-core Xeon, up to 64GB+, 10GbE support
High IOPS databases, virtualization, low-latency workloads
TerraMaster, in contrast, focuses its value proposition heavily on maximizing hardware capabilities per dollar. Even in their midrange, systems like the F6-424 Max or F4-424 Pro include Intel Celeron or i3 CPUs, 2.5GbE or 10GbE connectivity, NVMe SSD support, and upgradeable RAM—all within sub-$700 price ranges. Larger units like the T12-500 Pro or U24-722-2224 scale storage up to 24 bays or beyond, while still offering competitive CPUs and abundant connectivity options. TerraMaster also maintains a vast lineup of hybrid RAID-capable DAS and NAS systems, including USB 3.2 Gen 2 enclosures for fast, direct-attached storage. Unlike Synology, TerraMaster maintains open compatibility with third-party drives and offers more consistent support for M.2 NVMe storage expansion, SSD caching, and even integrated GPU support in some models.
Synology DS925+ NAS
Terramaster F4-424 / Max / Pro
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology NAS Solutions
Check B&H for the Synology NAS Solutions
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Terramaster NAS Solutions
Check B&H for the Terramaster NAS Solutions
Overall, while Synology’s premium hardware—especially in enterprise segments like FS, HD, and SA series—is clearly capable and built with specific high-performance use cases in mind, the general direction of the brand has shifted toward tightly controlled environments with gradual upgrades. In contrast, TerraMaster’s approach offers broader hardware scalability and modularity across more price points, with emphasis on high-speed networking and expansive storage configurations. For users who prioritize full hardware utilization, third-party component compatibility, or budget scalability, TerraMaster offers more flexibility. Meanwhile, users looking for tightly integrated, support-rich systems—especially in enterprise workloads—may lean toward Synology, albeit at a higher cost per feature.
Synology vs Terramaster NAS – Storage, Compatibility and Scalability
Storage functionality is a critical part of any NAS system, and both Synology and TerraMaster offer a wide range of capabilities here—but with distinct philosophies. Synology employs its own hybrid RAID system known as Synology Hybrid RAID (SHR), which provides flexibility in mixing different drive sizes while still maintaining redundancy. SHR is available in both single- and dual-disk fault-tolerant configurations and is fully integrated with their Btrfs-based file system, offering advanced features like snapshots, deduplication, and WORM (Write Once, Read Many). Their enterprise-class devices also support more traditional RAID configurations (RAID 0/1/5/6/10) and incorporate proprietary features like Synology RAID F1 for flash endurance. However, Synology has increasingly restricted drive compatibility on newer models such as the DS925+, requiring only their own branded HAT or SAT series drives for initialization or full functionality—a move that limits storage choices for end users.
Feature
Synology
TerraMaster
Notes
Drive Compatibility
Limited to Synology-branded drives on newer models (e.g. DS925+)
Open support: WD, Seagate, Toshiba, Samsung, etc.
Synology enforces verified drive policy; TerraMaster is open
RAID Support
RAID 0/1/5/6/10, SHR (Synology Hybrid RAID)
RAID 0/1/5/6/10, TRAID (TerraMaster RAID)
Both offer flexible hybrid RAID options
File Systems
Btrfs and EXT4 (model-dependent)
Btrfs and EXT4 (model-dependent)
Parity here; both support snapshotting on Btrfs
Snapshots
Supported on all Btrfs-enabled models, with versioning & scheduling
Supported on Btrfs-enabled models; varies by model
Synology has more mature snapshot UI
Deduplication
Btrfs-native deduplication on select models
GUI-based “Dedup Manager” app available
Both platforms now offer this
WORM (Write Once Read Many)
Supported on all recent DSM models
Available on compatible TOS models
Important for compliance environments
SSD Caching
Available via M.2 or 2.5” SSD (read/write)
Available via M.2 or 2.5” SSD (read/write)
Hardware support needed on both
Storage Pool Creation via M.2 SSDs
DSM 7.2+ allows with Synology-branded SSDs only
TOS 5.x+ allows with most 3rd-party M.2 SSDs
TerraMaster has more flexibility here
Expansion Units
Proprietary only (e.g. DX517, DX525 via eSATA/USB-C)
Wider variety including hybrid M.2/HDD enclosures
Synology expansion limited to official units
Third-Party Expansion Enclosures
Not supported or blocked in DSM
Fully supported via USB or DAS
TerraMaster supports open expansion ecosystem
Max Capacity (Consumer Units)
Up to 180–300TB on XS+/SA series (w/ expansions)
Up to 264TB+ on Pro/Enterprise systems
Similar potential; depends on model
Storage Protocols
iSCSI, SMB Multichannel, NFS, AFP, WebDAV
iSCSI, SMB Multichannel, NFS, AFP, WebDAV
Parity on protocols
Storage Analytics / Monitoring
Detailed UI with health, lifespan & usage stats
Less polished UI, but includes drive info & warnings
Synology more user-friendly; TerraMaster more technical
TerraMaster offers a more open storage environment, supporting standard RAID types (RAID 0/1/5/6/10) and introducing its own hybrid RAID option, TRAID, designed to dynamically balance storage allocation when using mismatched drives. Like Synology, TerraMaster has implemented Btrfs in its newer systems and supports snapshots, volume encryption, and deduplication (via its Dedup Manager) across many models. However, unlike Synology, TerraMaster places no restrictions on drive brands or third-party SSDs—users are free to populate their systems with Seagate, Western Digital, Toshiba, Kingston, or Samsung drives without concern for compatibility blocks. This openness extends to M.2 NVMe support, where TerraMaster allows NVMe drives to be used not only for cache but also for primary storage pools, something Synology currently reserves for specific enterprise-class devices or limits to caching only in most consumer models.
Where Synology shines is in the management and monitoring of storage. DSM’s Storage Manager provides a clean, user-friendly interface with visualized health metrics, smart monitoring, and snapshot replication tools. Advanced features such as scheduled integrity checks, automatic repair routines, and near-seamless volume expansion contribute to its appeal in professional environments. TerraMaster’s storage UI is functional but somewhat less polished; it provides access to core tools like volume creation, SMART diagnostics, and snapshot management, but lacks some of the refined monitoring granularity found in DSM. Still, for users who prioritize freedom of storage deployment, drive variety, and full hardware utilization, TerraMaster’s openness may outweigh DSM’s slightly more mature GUI design. Ultimately, the storage advantage between the two depends on whether the user values tight software integration or broader hardware flexibility.
Synology DSM vs Terramaster TOS NAS – Software Comparison
Synology’s DSM (DiskStation Manager) remains one of the most mature NAS operating systems available today, known for its polished interface, smooth navigation, and deep integration across features. DSM offers a fully modular, desktop-like GUI accessible through a browser, with a broad suite of first-party applications such as Synology Drive for file synchronization, Hyper Backup for multi-destination backups, and Active Backup for Business, a highly regarded solution for PC, server, and VM backups.
These tools often match or exceed the capabilities of dedicated commercial backup solutions. DSM also includes native virtualization (Virtual Machine Manager), Docker container support, surveillance management (Surveillance Station), and numerous file-sharing services including WebDAV, FTP, iSCSI, and SMB multi-channel. Overall, DSM’s ecosystem is not just well-developed—it is increasingly self-contained, with Synology focusing on reducing third-party dependencies by developing in-house alternatives for productivity, security, and media apps.
Category
Feature
Synology DSM (7.2)
TerraMaster TOS (5.1 / optional 6.x)
Notes
Core OS
OS Version
DSM 7.2
TOS 5.1 standard, TOS 6 optional on newer models
TOS 6 has refreshed UI and app changes
Alternate OS Install
Not supported
Allows Unraid, TrueNAS without voiding warranty
Huge flexibility advantage for TerraMaster
Web Interface
Polished, modern DSM interface
Modern but simpler UI
DSM is more mature
Mobile Apps
Many DS apps across mobile platforms
TNAS Mobile, limited scope
Synology has broader mobile toolset
File Services
SMB/NFS/AFP/WebDAV
Full support
Full support
Core services present on both
iSCSI Support
Native GUI-based iSCSI manager
iSCSI support available
Parity here
RAID & Storage
RAID Options
RAID 0/1/5/6/10 + SHR (Hybrid RAID)
RAID 0/1/5/6/10 + TRAID (TerraMaster Hybrid RAID)
Both support flexible hybrid RAID
Snapshots
Btrfs with scheduling/versioning
On Btrfs-capable models
Model-dependent on TOS
Deduplication
Btrfs-based dedup
With Dedup Manager
Available on both with GUI
Encryption
Volume/folder/drive encryption + WORM
Volume encryption + WORM
TerraMaster supports WORM as well
SSD Caching
Read/write SSD caching
SSD caching supported
Hardware-dependent for both
Virtualization & Containers
Virtual Machines
Synology VMM (Virtual Machine Manager)
VirtualBox-based VM manager
Less integrated in TOS but available
Docker Support
Full Docker with GUI
Available via App Center
Equal in function
GPU Passthrough
Not supported
Not supported
Absent on both platforms
AI & Surveillance
AI Features
Facial/object detection via DVA models
Facial/object detection
DSM AI Services in NVR/CCTV xclusive to DVA NAS models or their own cameras
TerraMaster’s TOS (TerraMaster Operating System), currently in version 5.1 with version 6 available on select systems, has seen rapid growth in capabilities and usability over the last few years. While it doesn’t yet match DSM’s polish, it has made significant strides in offering equivalent functionality. TOS supports Btrfs-based snapshots, Rsync and CloudSync for cloud backup, Docker container deployment, and VirtualBox-based virtualization. While the latter is less tightly integrated than Synology’s VMM, it does allow for third-party VM deployment in a usable way.
TerraMaster has also developed TerraSync, a synchronization tool designed to rival Synology Drive, and supports both media management and AI-enhanced photo sorting with apps like Terra Photos. However, many of TOS’s functions rely more heavily on community-driven or open-source third-party applications, resulting in a slightly less unified experience overall.
In terms of application ecosystems, Synology’s App Center clearly offers the broader and deeper catalog, particularly for business users. First-party applications such as Synology Office, Chat, MailPlus, and Note Station deliver a productivity-focused alternative to cloud services, and their Surveillance Station software stands out as one of the most powerful NVR platforms in the NAS market.
TerraMaster’s App Center includes essential tools but lacks the same level of first-party development. However, it makes up for this in openness: TerraMaster supports a wide array of third-party and open-source platforms more freely, including Jellyfin and Unraid. Moreover, TerraMaster allows alternative operating systems like TrueNAS to be installed without voiding the warranty, which adds considerable flexibility for tech-savvy users. Overall, Synology delivers a more unified and polished software experience, while TerraMaster emphasizes adaptability, freedom, and cost
Synology vs Terramaster NAS – Security and Safety
Synology has long maintained a strong reputation in the NAS sector for prioritizing system security, and this is evident in how thoroughly security is integrated throughout DSM. Synology’s Security Advisor provides active scanning for vulnerabilities, misconfigurations, and password weaknesses, while its firewall, account protection, and IP auto-blocking features offer practical layers of defense against unauthorized access. Synology also supports comprehensive SSL certificate management via Let’s Encrypt and offers two-factor authentication (2FA) with TOTP and hardware key support. From a business continuity perspective, DSM includes native WORM (Write Once Read Many) capabilities and encrypted shared folders to protect sensitive data from tampering or deletion. Perhaps most critically, Synology operates a dedicated PSIRT (Product Security Incident Response Team), frequently publishes security advisories, and participates in high-profile vulnerability testing events like Pwn2Own—demonstrating a serious commitment to vulnerability discovery and remediation.
TerraMaster’s security offering has become more robust over recent years, particularly with the development of Isolation Mode—a unique feature allowing users to instantly sever all external access and remote services with a single click. This acts as a kill switch in the event of a suspected breach or malware event. TOS also includes a system-level security scanner that checks for basic vulnerabilities and enables 2FA, SSH restrictions, and SSL certificate deployment. While TerraMaster’s platform does not offer as many granular policy tools as DSM, it supports core protocols like OpenVPN and L2TP for secure remote access and regularly issues firmware updates in response to new threats. The company also now provides greater transparency regarding CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures), though its advisory frequency and scope remain smaller than Synology’s.
Built-in DSM Security Advisor with customizable scan depth
TOS Security Center (less detailed on TOS 5.x)
Synology provides more actionable alerts
2FA Support
TOTP-based (authenticator apps, email)
TOTP-based
Parity on two-factor authentication
SSL Certificate Support
Native Let’s Encrypt + custom certs via GUI
Let’s Encrypt + custom certs via GUI
Equal support, easy HTTPS setup
Firewall Management
GUI-based port/IP firewall with profiles
Firewall settings available (less granular)
Synology allows more granular firewall policy creation
Isolation Mode / Kill Switch
Not available
Isolation Mode disables all external access with one click
Advantage: TerraMaster for emergency lockdowns
Vulnerability Response (PSIRT)
Dedicated PSIRT, public advisories updated monthly
Less frequent disclosure, fewer details published
Synology actively discloses and patches
Security Bug Bounty Program
Yes – active white-hat reward program
No public bounty program known
Synology engages with global researchers
Third-Party App Restrictions
Limited for security; sandboxed services
More open but requires user discretion
Synology prioritizes closed ecosystem safety
Remote Access Protection
QuickConnect includes traffic relay + DDNS + 2FA
TNAS.online DDNS with isolation toggle
Both offer encrypted remote access, but Synology uses multiple layers
Malware Detection
Real-time malware scanner, browser warnings
Included scanner, but simpler in scope
DSM scanner is more active and integrated
Backup Verification
Integrity verification in Active Backup
TerraSync + cloud/USB support (manual checks)
DSM offers automated backup health reports
Surveillance Hardening
Encrypted video storage + HTTPS + IP blocklist
Surveillance App with HTTPS, still evolving
Synology Surveillance Station is more mature and secure
Ransomware History
2014 “SynoLocker” (quickly patched)
2021–22 “Deadbolt” attacks (multiple waves)
TerraMaster more affected in recent years
Update Frequency
Frequent monthly patches
Less frequent, varies by model
DSM has a consistent schedule and transparency
Despite these advancements, TerraMaster’s security record has faced scrutiny in the past due to incidents like the Deadbolt ransomware attacks. These incidents, which also affected other NAS vendors, prompted significant user backlash and a push for more proactive security updates and faster patching. TerraMaster has since responded by improving software integrity and introducing layered protection features, but the lingering perception remains that Synology maintains a stronger and more proactive security posture overall.
This perception is reinforced by Synology’s investment in ongoing vulnerability research, bug bounty programs, and a broader portfolio of security-focused tools. As it stands in 2025, Synology continues to lead in NAS security maturity, while TerraMaster has made meaningful progress—especially with unique features like Isolation Mode—but still has ground to cover in enterprise-level protections and threat response.
Synology vs Terramaster NAS – Conclusion and Verdict
Comparing Synology and TerraMaster in 2025 ultimately highlights a clear philosophical divide between the two NAS brands. Synology continues to build upon a long-standing focus on refined software, tight integration, and enterprise-grade security. Its DSM platform remains one of the most polished and feature-rich operating systems in the NAS space, offering a wide selection of first-party tools for backup, surveillance, virtualization, and secure access. However, this ecosystem is increasingly closed, with stricter hardware compatibility requirements and limited support for third-party drives, SSDs, and expansions. For users who prioritize reliability, ease of use, and support from a mature software ecosystem, Synology remains a compelling—if sometimes restrictive—option.
Synology NAS– 5 Strengths vs TerraMaster in 2025
Superior software polish: DSM offers a more consistent, responsive, and user-friendly interface, ideal for beginners and pros alike.
Better security infrastructure: Features like a dedicated PSIRT, frequent vulnerability disclosures, and a bug bounty program give Synology the edge in system safety.
Mature first-party apps: Key tools like Active Backup for Business, Surveillance Station, and Synology Drive are more refined and feature-rich than their TOS counterparts.
Streamlined management: Built-in tools for snapshots, monitoring, and backup offer a more centralized and automated experience.
Longer ecosystem stability: Greater long-term support for software versions and consistent patch cycles provide peace of mind for business use.
Cons:
Strict hardware compatibility: Recent models (e.g., DS925+) restrict use of non-Synology drives and SSDs, frustrating users seeking flexibility.
Less hardware value per dollar: Generally more expensive for equivalent CPU, RAM, and port configurations.
TerraMaster, by contrast, leans into flexibility and hardware value. Its broad portfolio includes NAS units ranging from entry-level to high-performance multi-bay SSD systems, often at lower price points than Synology’s equivalents. TOS 5.1 and the newer TOS 6 have brought meaningful improvements in UI and functionality, while still maintaining a more open approach to compatibility and user customization. Features like native Jellyfin support, VirtualBox VM deployment, and the ability to install TrueNAS or Unraid without voiding warranty make TerraMaster a standout for DIY-leaning users or those with niche requirements. However, its software, while improving, does not yet match the polish or depth of Synology DSM, especially in areas like virtualization, surveillance, and enterprise security.
TerraMaster NAS – 5 Strengths vs Synology in 2025
Better hardware value: Offers more powerful CPUs, RAM, M.2 slots, and 10GbE in the same or lower price bracket.
Flexible OS options: Users can install TrueNAS, Unraid, or other OSes without voiding the warranty, offering unmatched flexibility.
Open storage support: No restrictions on drive brand or SSD use, supporting Seagate, WD, Toshiba, Samsung, and more.
More aggressive expansion options: TOS systems often support more USB and hybrid expansion units across the portfolio.
Integrated Jellyfin support: TerraMaster includes native Jellyfin installation without relying on Docker or community packages.
Cons:
Less mature software ecosystem: TOS apps are less polished and lack some advanced features found in DSM tools.
Weaker track record on security: Past vulnerabilities (e.g. Deadbolt) and slower public patching place more responsibility on the user for hardening.
In the end, choosing between Synology and TerraMaster depends heavily on user needs and expectations. Synology suits users who want a highly stable, all-in-one solution with minimal configuration and long-term support. TerraMaster offers greater adaptability and value for power users who are comfortable managing third-party apps and want to stretch their hardware investment further. Neither approach is inherently better—each has its strengths and trade-offs. Buyers seeking a tightly controlled, secure environment may gravitate toward Synology, while those who value hardware scalability, open software choices, and affordability may find more freedom with TerraMaster.
Synology DS925+ NAS
Terramaster F4-424 / Max / Pro
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology NAS Solutions
Check B&H for the Synology NAS Solutions
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Terramaster NAS Solutions
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Duing the UniFi World Conference event (the UWC 2025 expo event that took place in several places around the world over a week in May) the brand took the opportunity to share a huge amount of information about their roadmap for hardware and software in 2025 (and 2026!) and although there was a lot of information about cameras, switches, integrations and improvements – the big, BIG detail that emerged that got my attention was that the UNAS series of NAS devices is rumoured to be getting several portfolio additions over the course of the next 18+ Months! All of this was seemingly shared behind closed doors, with photography and video prohibited during the presentations (with choice projects by the brand like these limited to keynote ‘on stage’ presentations) and not available for general access and sharing on the show floor.
Photo from UWC 2024 in Sydney, Australia (Official YouTube Channel)
However, ALOT of the information shared was then discussed at length on forums and community sites across the internet (unsurprisingly predominantly on Reddit more than most – shocker I know). Because of this, we have a great deal of rumoured, shared and near-confirmed information about what the brand is planning for the soon to be growing UNAS series of devices – including a potentially dedicated M.2 NVMe SSD flash devices, Enterprise grade ZFS Rackmount system (XG NAS?) and even more entry level desktop solutions in 2 and 4 Bay SATA.
There is a lot to get to and I think we will likely see granular and gradual updates to all of these solutions as time wears on, so I wanted to create this article to add shared info and leaks as they appear online. You can get notifications and alerts on this page by subscribing at the bottom of the article.
IMPORTANT – Regardless of how solid/rumoured any of the UniFi UNAS systems that are detailed on this page are – do NOT be complacent about your data and backups! If you need a backup solution right now/soon, do not ‘hold out’ for these devices, as no device will ever be worth the danger of your data being lost (power lose resulting in a raid failure, data corruption, accidental deletion..need I go on?). So, if you like the sound of UniFi and their products, and the UNAS from UniFi sounds like it meets your needs, it is still available RIGHT NOW for just $499 HERE– It is a 7x SATA Half-Depth Rackmout NAS with 10GbE and a comprehensive data management software in UniFi Drive. You can watch my review HERE and my 6 Months Later update on it HERE.
Here is a list of Sources on Reddit that detail what was observed at Unifi World Conference 2025 with regard to Network Attached Storage:
Which UniFi UNAS Devices Are Rumoured for 2025 and 2026?
16th June 2025 Updated
Below are the details we know so far (some details need further verification and confirmation, indicated appropriately) that we are aware of so far. Keep in mind (IMPORTANT) that these drives are massively ‘TBC’, so alongside potential name changes it is also possible that they may not arrive at all – as UniFi might change their mind based on market research about the need for a given device! Additionally, sometimes information online is contradictory to other information (eg the larger and smaller scale NAS system and a potential Pro XG system might well be the same device!), so do not treat this information as set in stone!Let’s break down each entry:
>>>>> IMPORTANT – IMAGES FOR GUIDANCE ONLY <<<<<
2 Bay Entry-Level HDD NAS
The UNAS Pro, although popular, is none the less quite large for much smaller user deployments – so if UniFi was to really stretch it’s muscles into the world of NAS, it would come as no surprise that they would provide more entry/small-footprint devices. So, the oft mentioned 2 Bay UNAS would be desirable, but also UniFi’s most compact HDD system to date, targeting home and SOHO users looking for simple backup or file-sharing functionality. No confirmation or detail on the shared information on the hardware profile (one can imagine an ARM base and 2-4GB of memory – but it’s all very ‘TBC’) and 2.5GbE connectivity. 2 drives would give precious little bandwidth for 10GbE to even be worth the time of day, even with SATA SSDs.
Specification
Details
Bays
2 x 3.5” HDD
Storage Type
SATA HDD
Software
UniFi Drive 3.0
Features
Entry-level NAS, ideal for backups
Status
Confirmed Seen at UWC2025
Source(s)
Source 1, Source 3
An NVMe SSD NAS dedicated NAS for Creative Workflows
This proposed SSD focused NAS moves away from spinning disks in favor of M.2 NVMe SSD slots, focusing on silent, high-performance workflows for media creators or prosumers. This compact unit maintains a passive cooling design and leverages Drive 3.0’s new dynamic storage pool system to balance protection and performance. It’s intended for those needing faster I/O than HDDs can provide without the size or noise of a rackmount. if this ends up coming out, is would be INCREDIBLY popular (given M.2 SSD prices are now only around 2x more than HDD, with a 4TB M.2 NVMe SSD in both Gen3 and Gen4 hitting just $200+, and WD Red and Seagate Ironwolf 4TB HDDs around the $89-99 mark)
Specification
Details
Bays
Unknown – Possibly 4x M.2 NVMe
Storage Type
PCIe SSD (M.2)
Software
UniFi Drive 3.0 (NVMe pool optimization)
Features
High-performance SSD storage, silent design
Status
Confirmed Seen at UWC 2025
Source(s)
Source 1, Source 3
4 Bay Desktop-Grade HDD NAS
This would deliver a more durable 4-bay solution with a desktop form factor, designed for small business environments or tech-savvy users. It combines the flexibility of 3.5″ HDDs with the enhanced features of UniFi Drive 3.0, including smarter snapshots and storage pools. Compared to the standard UNAS 2-bay discussed solution, this model would offer better RAID options, as well as performance potential (even in a RAID 5). Nevertheless, if/when this comes around, expect modest hardware under the hood!.
Specification
Details
Bays
4 x 3.5” HDD
Storage Type
SATA HDD
Cooling
Active fan (almost certainly!)
Software
UniFi Drive 3.0
Features
Mid-range performance, desktop NAS
Status
Confirmed Seen at UWC 2025
Source(s)
Source 1, Source 3
A ‘Proper’ 4 Bay and 8 Bay Rackmount NAS
Alongside the already released 7 Bay UNAS Pro, there is talk of a 4 Bay and 8-bay rackmount NAS aimed at larger deployments such as offices, branch networks, or video surveillance environments as a storage target for UniFi Portect perhaps. Built to handle RAID 6 (rolling ut in the latest UniFi NAS OS and Drive updates) and large-scale storage pools, it includes business-class hardware for redundancy and expandability. Its release aligns with Ubiquiti’s push into more scalable data solutions under the UniFi Drive 3.0 future framework.
Specification
Details
Bays
4 and 8 x 3.5” HDD
Storage Type
SATA HDD
Cooling
Likely Dual fan or rack-grade cooling
Software
UniFi Drive 3.0
Features
RAID 6 support
Status
Confirmed, Seen at UWC 2025
Source(s)
Source 1, Source 3
An Enterprise ZFS Appliance – THIS IS WHERE IT GETS GOOD!
Although the existing UNAS Pro NAS system runs on an BTRFS foundation, there was multiple references and rumours to UniFi’s first foray into ZFS-based NAS systems and appears to be targeted at enterprise environments requiring snapshot-based backup, inline compression, and greater control over storage topology. Very few hardware specifics have been shared, and it is unclear whether this is a completely separate physical unit or a software SKU atop a Pro-series device. I will be interested to see if, if this arrives, how they will migrate the existing UNAS/Drive/NAS OS appliances onto this ZFS base – as well as whether it will benefit from the inline and native performance/integrity benefits of ZFS!
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Does the Orico Cyberdata Vault CF56 and CF56 Pro Deserve Your Data?
IMPORTANT – This is a review of two early prototypes of the Orico Cyberdata Vault NAS devices that will be launching on crowdfunding in July, and likely will see improvement and optimization as time and development continue. I provide this rolling/dynamic review as an indication of what the system is aiming fo ran a full and detailed review of the final product will arrive much closer to launch.
The Orico CyberData Vault CF56 and CF56 Pro NAS systems are part of a newly developed six-model lineup that will be launched via Kickstarter, aimed squarely at prosumers, media professionals, and small business environments in need of hybrid local storage with higher bandwidth connectivity and ZFS support. Both systems are built around the same chassis design but differ significantly in internal capabilities: the CF56 features an Intel Core i3-N305 processor (8-core, 8-thread), while the CF56 Pro steps up to an Intel Core i5-1240P (12-core, 16-thread). The units combine traditional 3.5-inch HDD storage (five bays) with six M.2 NVMe SSD slots for caching or tiered storage configurations, housed within a structure that offers magnetic access panels and multi-zone active cooling.
These models also introduce Orico’s new CyberData OS, a ZFS-based operating system featuring snapshots, real-time media indexing, and AI photo recognition—although in its current form it remains incomplete and in early development. With features such as dual 10GbE on the Pro model, USB4 connectivity, and flexible expansion via a GPU dock or RAID cabinet, these NAS systems reflect Orico’s shift from accessory brand to full-scale storage solution provider. While still prototype units, the CF56 and CF56 Pro demonstrate hardware ambition aligned with recent trends in semi-professional NAS design, echoing earlier moves from competitors like UGREEN, Aoostar, and Minisforum.
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Quick Conclusion
The Orico CF56 and CF56 Pro offer a promising blend of modern hardware, hybrid storage design, and ZFS-based data protection aimed at prosumers and small creative teams seeking high-speed, subscription-free private cloud solutions. With a total of five 3.5” HDD bays and six M.2 NVMe SSD slots, both units provide considerable flexibility for building tiered or cache-accelerated storage environments, while their use of efficient Intel processors—the N305 in the CF56 and the more powerful i5-1240P in the Pro—positions them for a wide range of workflows from basic file serving to heavier tasks like 8K transcoding, Docker hosting, and AI media indexing. The CF56 Pro, in particular, stands out with its dual 10GbE networking, USB4 ports, GPU dock support, and multi-zone cooling—placing it closer to workstation-class NAS territory. However, both models are currently limited by the early state of their CyberData OS software, which, while promising in features like snapshots, AI recognition, and mobile integration, suffers from missing essentials such as two-factor authentication, a complete app ecosystem, and consistent language localization. Performance results also reflect this unfinished software layer, with SMB transfer speeds and transcoding performance falling short of the hardware’s full potential. Concerns like elevated NVMe temperatures on the Pro model and the lack of ECC memory support—despite ZFS being the default file system—underscore the need for careful expectations among more advanced users. Nonetheless, as hardware platforms, the CF56 and CF56 Pro are well-designed and competitive, particularly if Orico can deliver on its planned optimizations and enhancements by the time of full release.
BUILD QUALITY - 8/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 8/10
VALUE - 8/10
7.8
PROS
Hybrid storage: 5x HDD + 6x M.2 NVMe SSD (flexible ZFS configurations) Dual 10GbE on CF56 Pro for high-speed networking Modern CPUs: Efficient N305 and powerful i5-1240P Expandability via GPU dock (CF56 Pro only) and USB4 RAID cabinet Up to 64GB DDR5 RAM with dual-channel (CF56 Pro) Multi-zone active cooling and manual fan profiles HDMI + DisplayPort output with 4K/8K support Integrated AI media management and Docker support
CONS
No ECC memory support USB4 ports lack network-over-USB functionality (Coming Later Apparently) Early firmware lacks optimization (e.g. SMB transfer speeds) CyberData OS lacks two-factor authentication and app store currently Top NVMe region on CF56 Pro runs hot under load (80°C) on this protoype Localization/UI inconsistencies in current OS build (still pre-launch) and Software still in development; not final at time of review Crowdfunding is Not For Everyone
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Design
The exterior design of the CF56 and CF56 Pro is clearly built around practical serviceability and visual minimalism, with both devices using a shared chassis that prioritizes easy access to internal components. The most distinctive feature is the magnetic front panel, which is removable without tools and serves both an aesthetic and functional purpose. This panel provides ventilation along the sides and top edges, as well as system information through onboard LED indicators.
Behind it, the five 3.5-inch drive bays are arranged vertically on a dedicated SATA backplane, pre-wired for direct access to the internal storage controller. This layout streamlines maintenance and makes drive replacement relatively simple, although hot-swap capability has not been officially confirmed in the prototype documentation.
Above the HDD area, users will find four top-facing M.2 NVMe SSD slots located beneath a secondary magnetic lid, which includes a washable mesh dust filter. This dual-layered design gives quick tool-less access to the upper SSDs, and the system provides enough internal clearance to accommodate full-height heatsinks.
Underneath the chassis are two additional M.2 NVMe slots, accessed by removing the base plate, which is secured with standard screws. Combined, this provides a total of six M.2 bays, enabling hybrid storage setups where SSDs can be allocated for cache, metadata pools, or as part of a tiered ZFS configuration. While the layout appears consistent across both models, there are minor internal structural differences, especially in the power and thermals between the N305 and i5 variants.
Build quality varies slightly depending on perspective. The chassis exterior is predominantly plastic for reduced weight and cost, but the internal structure—such as drive cages, shielding, and board mounting points—is fully metal, contributing to better durability and heat dissipation.
Ventilation is managed by a single large rear fan, with the Pro variant including additional improvements in thermal zoning. Noise levels remained within reasonable limits during testing, with the CF56 model averaging 29–31 dBA in quiet mode and the CF56 Pro rising to 46–47 dBA under full load. This suggests that although the design is visually consistent, thermal demands increase substantially with the i5-1240P model under sustained workloads or dense NVMe configurations.
One notable design concern relates to the temperature observed in the upper M.2 bay region of the CF56 Pro. During extended stress testing, the top section of the chassis reached temperatures close to 80°C, prompting early correspondence with Orico about hardware revision plans. According to the brand, this issue has already led to a second- and third-generation PCB redesign, aiming to reduce thermal concentration around the CPU and top NVMe slots. It’s expected that the final retail revision of the CF56 Pro will include enhanced heat dissipation features in that area, potentially including better ventilation cutouts or redesigned passive cooling components on the board level.
Lastly, the system’s approach to internal power delivery differs subtly between models. Both the CF56 and CF56 Pro use an external PSU that connects via a barrel plug, but the wattage and thermal ceiling requirements are significantly higher on the Pro due to its 12-core CPU and expanded 10GbE networking. These differences also manifest in fan curve behavior and system-wide power consumption. Under light but active load (including live network activity and idle CPU), the CF56 consumed around 45–46W. In contrast, the CF56 Pro peaked at 79–81W during 8K transcoding and full NVMe/HDD population. This further emphasizes how both models share a common enclosure but diverge internally to meet their respective performance tiers.
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Internal Hardware
Internally, the CF56 and CF56 Pro share a similar board layout, but the differences in their processors define the target use case and overall capabilities of each unit. The CF56 is powered by the Intel Core i3-N305, an energy-efficient 8-core/8-thread processor based on the Gracemont architecture. This CPU is commonly used in fanless mini PCs and excels in multi-threaded workloads at low power consumption, making it suitable for light-to-moderate NAS tasks such as SMB file serving, local backups, Docker containers, and light Plex usage. Meanwhile, the CF56 Pro features the Intel Core i5-1240P, a significantly more powerful 12-core/16-thread processor with four performance cores and eight efficiency cores. This hybrid architecture provides greater burst throughput and a better foundation for AI-enhanced services, real-time media indexing, and virtualization tasks.
Specification
i5-1240P
i3-N305
N150
N355
Total Cores
12 (4P + 8E)
8 (Efficient only)
4
8
# of Performance-cores
4
–
–
–
# of Efficient-cores
8
8
4
8
Total Threads
16
8
4
8
Max Turbo Frequency
4.40 GHz
3.80 GHz
3.6 GHz
3.9 GHz
Performance-core Max Turbo Freq.
4.40 GHz
–
–
–
Efficient-core Max Turbo Freq.
3.30 GHz
–
–
–
Cache
12 MB Intel® Smart Cache
6 MB Intel® Smart Cache
6 MB Intel® Smart Cache
6 MB Intel® Smart Cache
Processor Base Power
28 W
–
6 W
15 W
Maximum Turbo Power
64 W
–
–
–
Minimum Assured Power
20 W
–
–
9 W
TDP
–
15 W
–
–
Configurable TDP-down
–
9 W
–
–
GPU Name
Intel® Iris® Xe Graphics eligible
Intel® UHD Graphics
Intel® Graphics
Intel® Graphics
Graphics Max Dynamic Frequency
1.30 GHz
1.25 GHz
1 GHz
1.35 GHz
Microprocessor PCIe Revision
Gen 4
Gen 3
Gen 3
Gen 3
Chipset / PCH PCIe Revision
Gen 3
Gen 3
Gen 3
Gen 3
Max # of PCI Express Lanes
20
9
9
9
Both systems come with DDR5 memory pre-installed—16GB in the prototype units—but with different slot configurations. The CF56 includes a single DDR5 SO-DIMM slot, limiting it to a maximum of 32GB of memory and restricting dual-channel capability. In contrast, the CF56 Pro includes two SO-DIMM slots, supporting up to 64GB DDR5 and enabling dual-channel operation, which offers a notable performance uplift in workloads such as memory-intensive VMs or media databases. However, ECC memory is not supported on either model, due to both CPUs lacking ECC validation. This may concern users intending to rely on ZFS for mission-critical operations, as ECC is typically recommended in those scenarios to prevent silent data corruption.
Storage throughput is also heavily influenced by the PCIe lane allocation on each model. In the CF56, all six M.2 NVMe SSD slots operate on Gen 3 lanes, with those on the top four slots running at PCIe 3.0 x1 speeds and the bottom two reaching PCIe 3.0 x4. While this limits maximum per-slot bandwidth to around 1 GB/s on the upper four, it allows for cost-effective use of Gen 3 drives, which remain widely available and affordable. The CF56 Pro offers higher total bandwidth, with its top four M.2 slots upgraded to PCIe 3.0 x2, and the bottom two retaining PCIe 3.0 x4. Despite the i5-1240P supporting Gen 4 PCIe, Orico appears to have intentionally limited all M.2 slots to Gen 3 to manage thermals and ensure system stability under prolonged load.
An unexpected discovery during prototype testing revealed a possible seventh internal M.2 slot in the CF56 Pro, presumed to host the system boot drive or be reserved for future expansion. However, due to the lack of SSH access in the prototype firmware, further validation was not possible at the time of recording.
Regardless, the six main M.2 slots and five SATA drive bays offer ample storage configurability, especially when paired with the ZFS features of CyberData OS. System cooling, power delivery, and memory configuration all reflect Orico’s attempt to match their component selection with real-world use cases—balancing between hardware headroom, affordability, and the needs of semi-professional users handling mixed media workflows.
Component
CF56
CF56 Pro
CPU
Intel Core i3-N305 (8C/8T)
Intel Core i5-1240P (12C/16T)
CPU Base/Boost
1.8 GHz / 3.8 GHz
1.7 GHz / 4.4 GHz
Architecture
Gracemont (Intel 12th Gen E-cores)
Alder Lake (4P+8E Hybrid)
Memory Configuration
1x DDR5 SO-DIMM (up to 32GB)
2x DDR5 SO-DIMM (up to 64GB, dual-channel)
ECC Support
No
No
Boot Storage
64GB eMMC
128GB SATA SSD
M.2 NVMe Slots
6x (Top: 4x PCIe 3.0 x1, Bottom: 2x PCIe 3.0 x4)
6x (Top: 4x PCIe 3.0 x2, Bottom: 2x PCIe 3.0 x4)
3.5″ HDD Bays
5x SATA
5x SATA
GPU Dock Support
Optional
Supported
Max Power Use (Observed)
~46W (light load, populated)
~81W (8K transcoding, fully populated)
Cooling System
Single-zone active cooling
Multi-zone advanced cooling
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Ports and Connections
The CF56 and CF56 Pro both offer a broad selection of ports, but the Pro model significantly extends external connectivity, particularly in terms of networking and high-speed data interfaces. On the CF56, the rear I/O includes a standard 2.5GbE LAN port alongside a single 10GbE RJ45 connection, suitable for most users looking to transfer large media files or operate light virtual environments. The CF56 Pro upgrades this to two dedicated 10GbE ports, allowing for simultaneous high-throughput tasks or link aggregation configurations. This networking setup makes the Pro variant especially attractive for multi-user environments, such as small studios, where heavy media file access and backups may occur concurrently across devices.
Both models include a similar array of USB ports on the rear and front panels. This consists of two USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports for high-speed peripheral or DAS connectivity, and two legacy USB 2.0 ports suitable for input devices or basic accessories. The CF56 Pro goes a step further by incorporating dual USB4 ports—though in testing, these were not available for direct network interface (as is possible on some modern NAS with Thunderbolt or USB-C network tunneling), but functioned as general-purpose USB interfaces. According to Orico, future firmware revisions may unlock additional functionality, but as of the current prototype, USB4 is primarily used for connecting high-speed external drives or expansion units.
Video output is supported across both systems, which include an HDMI 2.0 port and a DisplayPort 1.4 connection on the CF56, and upgraded HDMI 2.1 and DisplayPort 1.4a outputs on the CF56 Pro. These allow users to output up to 8K display resolution, enabling the NAS to function as a lightweight desktop, digital signage server, or direct-play multimedia center. Integration with CyberData OS supports media playback and basic interface control over HDMI, though there are some limitations in UI optimization for direct screen navigation, especially in the current prototype firmware. Still, the availability of dual video outputs on both models reflects a growing trend in hybrid NAS/HTPC design.
Power input is provided via a barrel connector on both models, though the CF56 Pro uses a higher-wattage external PSU due to the increased demands of its CPU and dual 10GbE networking. Internal power distribution appears to be cleanly handled, and the systems remained electrically stable during tests. One area of future interest will be how Orico handles expandability. While Thunderbolt or USB4-based RAID cabinets are planned for the series, support was not fully implemented in the prototype stage. GPU dock support is also present only on the larger devices in the product family, leveraging the i5’s PCIe expansion capability for dedicated GPU tasks such as video rendering, AI inference, or VM acceleration.
Interface Type
CF56
CF56 Pro
Ethernet
1x 2.5GbE, 1x 10GbE
2x 10GbE
USB 3.2 Gen2
2x
2x
USB 2.0
2x
2x
USB4
None
2x
HDMI Output
1x HDMI 2.0
1x HDMI 2.1
DisplayPort Output
1x DP 1.4
1x DP 1.4a
Power Connector
Barrel plug (standard PSU)
Barrel plug (higher-watt PSU)
GPU Dock Support
Optional (undocumented)
Supported
Expansion Cabinet
Via USB4 or future RAID interface
Via USB4 or future RAID interface
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Performance, Heat and Power Tests
Initial performance evaluations of the CF56 and CF56 Pro revealed that while the underlying hardware is capable, real-world throughput is currently constrained by early-stage software optimization. During SMB file transfer testing over 10GbE, both models struggled to reach expected performance levels, with the CF56 averaging below 500 MB/s and the CF56 Pro rarely breaking 1 GB/s, even under favorable conditions. Orico acknowledged this limitation and confirmed that software-level optimization was ongoing. As such, these figures should be treated as provisional and not reflective of the final product performance. In both models, ZFS was used as the underlying file system, configured in a hybrid tiered setup with HDDs for capacity and NVMe for metadata and caching.
Transcoding tests were particularly revealing of the CPU differences between the models. The CF56 managed basic 1080p and some 4K H.265 transcodes via software decoding, but exhibited signs of strain under higher bitrates or simultaneous streams. In contrast, the CF56 Pro with its i5-1240P processor handled up to eight 8K transcodes concurrently during one benchmark, maintaining responsiveness while CPU usage hovered around 30%. Despite this impressive processing ability, peak system power draw climbed to 81W, highlighting the thermal and energy trade-offs required for sustained performance. Notably, neither system offers hardware transcoding via Intel Quick Sync, as support for it was not accessible in the current CyberData OS build.
Thermal management remained mostly acceptable, though not without concern on the CF56 Pro. Under stress, the top M.2 bay area reached 80°C, and while no thermal throttling occurred, prolonged exposure could reduce SSD lifespan or stability. Orico responded that this issue was already being addressed through a revised internal board layout and enhanced venting. The CF56 maintained lower temperatures during the same tests, remaining between 38–46°C under average usage. The difference is largely attributable to the lower TDP of the N305 CPU and reduced overall system throughput, which in turn generated less heat throughout the chassis.
Noise levels were measured in all three fan modes (Quiet, Standard, and Turbo) to assess usability in home or small office settings. In Quiet mode, the CF56 registered 29–31 dBA, making it suitable for desktop deployment or living room environments. The CF56 Pro remained silent under light use, but escalated to 46–47 dBA under Turbo mode, with fan noise becoming noticeably audible. Most of the ambient sound during low to moderate use came from HDD activity, rather than the cooling fans. The OS includes manual fan control and profile scheduling, allowing users to balance performance and acoustics based on workload and time of day.
Test Category
CF56
CF56 Pro
SMB Transfer (10GbE)
~400–500 MB/s (unoptimized)
~800–950 MB/s (unoptimized)
Transcoding Capability
1x 4K or 2x 1080p (software only)
Up to 8x 8K (software only)
CPU Load (During Test)
~15% (light load)
~30% (under 8K transcode load)
Max Power Draw (Observed)
~46W (fully populated)
~81W (fully populated)
Thermal Range
38–46°C average
70–80°C peak in top M.2 bay
Noise Level (Quiet Mode)
29–31 dBA
31–35 dBA
Noise Level (Turbo Mode)
38–41 dBA
46–47 dBA
Fan Control Options
Quiet, Standard, Turbo
Quiet, Standard, Turbo
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Software and Services
The desktop client software included with the Orico CF56 and CF56 Pro NAS systems is built on fnOS, a closed-source NAS operating system developed in China and increasingly licensed by various hardware brands. In its current state, the desktop interface provides access to all core storage functions, including RAID management, user permissions, snapshot control, and file operations, but it clearly reflects a system still undergoing development.
While the application is responsive and offers real-time monitoring of CPU, memory, and storage activity, it lacks polish in both design layout and localization. Several UI elements remain inconsistently translated, and some modules—such as the multimedia suite and AI functions—exhibit a mixture of English and untranslated Chinese text even when the system language is set to English.
Functionally, the OS supports the major protocols expected from a ZFS-based platform, including SMB, NFS, FTP, and Time Machine backup for macOS. File-level encryption, inline deduplication, and snapshot creation are all available within the storage management interface, with options for cache acceleration using the M.2 NVMe drives.
However, the absence of certain administrative features—most notably two-factor authentication, SSH access, and a dedicated app store—limits its appeal for security-conscious users or those looking to expand functionality via community-developed tools.
The system does include Docker support with a container manager interface, but VM deployment and third-party service integration (e.g., Plex, Jellyfin) are currently unavailable or not pre-installed.
The file management system in the desktop client is functional but basic, offering drag-and-drop file operations, preview support for common file types, and options for setting sharing permissions. Remote access features rely on a relay service provided by Orico, and while this worked reliably during testing, there was no visible option for configuring custom domain access, HTTPS certificates, or firewall profiles—features typically expected in more mature NAS operating systems.
Some of the advanced AI features, such as facial recognition and semantic photo tagging, are accessible through this desktop interface, but their functionality is inconsistent due to metadata scraping issues and interface reliability.
On the mobile side, the fnOS-derived application shows greater completeness. The Android client used during testing allowed for quick setup, user management, remote file access, and snapshot control. Photo and video libraries are indexed automatically and presented with timeline views, location tags, and album sorting. The app also supports real-time uploads, camera roll backups, and basic editing metadata tagging.
AI recognition features such as object detection and face grouping are available, although semantic search accuracy remains mixed.
Remote control of HDMI playback from the phone is supported, allowing content streaming directly to a connected display, but the controls remain basic and lack the refinement of dedicated media remote interfaces.
Overall, while the mobile app appears more polished and covers most core user needs, both desktop and mobile software clients reflect a platform that is not yet feature-complete. The reliance on fnOS gives Orico a functional foundation with native ZFS support and UI consistency across devices, but the closed nature of the system, combined with the lack of extensibility and incomplete localization, may limit its immediate appeal outside of its domestic market.
If Orico follows through on promised optimizations and expands the software stack with a proper app ecosystem and advanced security controls, the platform could become more viable in international NAS markets. Until then, the software should be considered a work-in-progress that supports basic NAS tasks but may fall short for more demanding or technical deployments.
Orico Cyberdata Vault Review – Verdict and Conclusion
The Orico CF56 and CF56 Pro represent a calculated step into the semi-professional NAS market by a brand historically known for accessories and external storage enclosures. By leveraging Intel’s N305 and i5-1240P processors, DDR5 memory, and a mix of HDD and NVMe storage options, Orico offers a compelling hardware platform on both models—especially in terms of expandability and bandwidth potential. The CF56 is well-suited for users who require reliable local storage with some containerization and light media usage, while the CF56 Pro pushes into territory typically occupied by entry-level rackmounts or high-end desktop NAS systems, thanks to its dual 10GbE ports, USB4 support, and improved thermal zoning. While the lack of ECC memory may deter more cautious enterprise buyers, most of the design trade-offs appear intentional and aligned with prosumer priorities.
That said, both units remain in a pre-release state at the time of writing, and their software platform—CyberData OS—is clearly still under development. While the ZFS integration, AI media indexing, and snapshot management show promise, issues such as language inconsistencies, incomplete feature sets, and missing essentials like two-factor authentication may limit early adoption. File transfer and multimedia performance also require further optimization, with current speeds falling short of the hardware’s capabilities. As prototypes, the CF56 and CF56 Pro demonstrate strong hardware foundations, and if the OS matures as expected by launch, these units could become legitimate alternatives to mainstream NAS systems in the increasingly crowded hybrid storage space.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Reviewing the Beelink ME Mini NAS – Flashy Brilliance
The Beelink ME Mini NAS is a compact, six-slot network-attached storage solution aimed squarely at home users seeking a quiet, efficient, and flexible storage platform without the cost or complexity of traditional full-size NAS systems. Measuring just 99mm in each dimension and built with a minimalist cube design, the unit is designed to blend into home environments such as living rooms, bedrooms, or home offices. At its core is the Intel Twin Lake N150 processor, a 4-core, 4-thread CPU with a 6W TDP and a burst clock of up to 3.6GHz, paired with 12GB of soldered LPDDR5 4800MHz memory. This combination targets scenarios such as home media streaming, light file serving, or soft routing, rather than heavy enterprise workloads.
The ME Mini supports six M.2 2280 SSD slots, delivering a maximum theoretical storage capacity of 24TB. This includes one Gen 3 x2 slot (designed for the OS) and five Gen 3 x1 slots for storage expansion.
These SSD slots are actively cooled via an integrated heatsink and top-mounted silent fan, with thermal pads pre-attached for single-sided SSDs. Network connectivity includes dual Intel i226-V 2.5GbE ports and Wi-Fi 6 via an M.2 AX101 module, offering options for wired link aggregation or wireless deployment. Designed to support operating systems such as Unraid, OpenMediaVault, and TrueNAS, the ME Mini provides sufficient hardware for media servers like Plex or Jellyfin, personal backup, or even entry-level virtualization tasks. With a built-in power supply and no reliance on bulky external adapters, the device prioritizes simplicity and space efficiency.
Beelink ME Mini NAS Review – Quick Conclusion
The Beelink ME Mini NAS stands out as a compact, energy-efficient, and well-balanced storage solution tailored for home users seeking quiet and capable performance without the complexity of larger NAS systems. With support for six M.2 NVMe SSDs—one at Gen 3 x2 and five at Gen 3 x1—it offers up to 24TB of storage in a 99mm cube form factor, complete with an internal power supply and silent fan-assisted cooling. Its Intel Twin Lake N150 CPU and 12GB of LPDDR5 memory provide enough processing headroom for tasks like 4K media streaming, personal backups, and soft routing, while dual 2.5GbE LAN ports and Wi-Fi 6 expand its deployment options. Though the fixed memory and limited PCIe bandwidth on most slots constrain scalability, the thermal efficiency, low power draw (as low as 6.9W idle), and reliable Crucial SSD options make it a compelling value proposition. It’s not aimed at high-performance or prosumer use, but for users building a quiet, tidy, and effective DIY NAS at home, the ME Mini delivers far more than its size suggests.
BUILD QUALITY - 9/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 10/10
8.8
PROS
Compact cube design (99x99x99mm) ideal for discreet home deployment Supports up to 6x M.2 NVMe SSDs with total capacity up to 24TB Integrated PSU eliminates bulky external power adapters Dual 2.5GbE LAN ports with link aggregation support Wi-Fi 6 and UnRAID7 Support means not limited to 2x2.5G Low power consumption (as low as 6.9W idle, ~30W peak with full load) Silent fan and effective internal thermal management via large heatsink Includes Crucial-branded SSDs in pre-configured options for reliability
CONS
Five of the six SSD slots are limited to PCIe Gen 3 x1 bandwidth Memory is soldered and non-upgradable Not 10GbE Upgradable (maybe m.2 adapter - messy) Bottom panel retains heat due to lack of active ventilation
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Beelink ME Mini NAS ($329 4/6)
Check AliExpress for the Beelink ME Mini NAS ($344 4/6)
Check the Official Beelink Site for the ME Mini NAS ($209 4/6)
Beelink ME Mini NAS – Design and Storage
Visually, the Beelink ME Mini sets itself apart from other mini NAS systems with its symmetrical cube-shaped design, measuring 99x99x99mm. Available in three color variants—Pearl White, Midnight Grey, and Peacock Blue—the device adopts a subtle, neutral aesthetic intended to fit into typical home environments without drawing unnecessary attention. The enclosure features rubber feet for vertical stability and ventilation grilles located at both the top and bottom, supporting a passive vertical airflow design that assists with heat dissipation.
Despite its small footprint, the chassis houses an integrated power supply unit (PSU), which eliminates the need for bulky external power bricks and simplifies cable management—an uncommon but notable design feature in NAS devices of this size.
Storage capacity is a central feature of the ME Mini, with support for up to six M.2 SSDs in 2280 format, totaling a maximum of 24TB. These slots are all positioned internally in a dual-sided configuration—three on each internal face—and interface via PCIe Gen 3. Five of the slots operate at Gen 3 x1 bandwidth, while one (typically slot 4) operates at Gen 3 x2, recommended for installing the OS. The use of M.2 NVMe SSDs enables dense storage with minimal thermal output compared to 3.5” drives, which aligns with the ME Mini’s aim of delivering high-capacity, low-noise storage for homes. There is also a 64GB eMMC module included by default, recommended for lightweight OS installations or router-based platforms.
Internally, the layout is deliberately engineered to optimize thermal contact between the SSDs and the large aluminum heatsink at the center of the chassis. Each M.2 SSD slot is lined with a pre-applied thermal pad to ensure direct contact with the heatsink, enhancing passive cooling performance. This configuration is most effective with single-sided SSDs, though there is still clearance for some double-sided modules.
The passive heat management is further augmented by a silent fan located at the top, which provides active airflow without introducing noticeable noise—recorded at just 31–34 dBA during idle operation and up to 40 dBA under heavy load.
The ME Mini’s storage design is not intended for hot-swapping or tool-less drive changes, a reflection of its focus on home and small office environments where drives are installed once and left in place. While this may limit flexibility for enterprise workflows, it benefits reliability and aesthetics, especially considering the internal PSU, which would otherwise be challenged by fluctuating thermal loads from frequent disk changes.
The result is a closed, compact system that maximizes storage density while maintaining a fanless aesthetic from the exterior.
For users opting for pre-configured models, Beelink offers bundles that include Crucial P3 SSDs—either one 2TB unit or two 2TB units—depending on the chosen configuration. This co-branding with Crucial ensures a known level of SSD endurance and performance, contrasting favorably with many competing budget NAS options which often use generic or unverified storage media. The factory pairing also ensures that one of the SSDs is installed in the Gen 3 x2 slot, delivering better system responsiveness and transfer speeds for OS-hosted operations such as Plex metadata handling, RAID cache, or VM images.
Beelink ME Mini NAS – Internal Hardware
The internal hardware of the Beelink ME Mini centers around the Intel Twin Lake N150 processor, a 4-core, 4-thread chip based on Intel’s 10nm architecture. With a base TDP of 6W and burst frequency of up to 3.6GHz, it is positioned as a power-efficient solution for NAS tasks that include multimedia playback, basic file sharing, and light application hosting.
While it does not support hardware transcoding at the same level as higher-tier Intel core chips with Quick Sync, the N150 performs adequately for 4K playback in Plex and other media servers when transcoding is avoided. In real-world use, the CPU averaged 60–75% utilization during simultaneous dual 2.5GbE access and SSD activity, indicating a solid baseline for single-user or family scenarios.
Complementing the CPU is 12GB of LPDDR5 memory, soldered directly to the board and clocked at 4800MHz. While the memory is non-upgradable, the capacity is sufficient for running lightweight NAS OS environments, containers, or even some virtual machines.
Unlike most mini PCs that cap out at 8GB in similar thermal envelopes, Beelink’s decision to include 12GB offers a practical boost for users running multiple services, such as a media server alongside a VPN container or light file indexing applications. The absence of SO-DIMM slots means this cannot be expanded further, which may deter power users seeking a more scalable system, but the default capacity fits the ME Mini’s home-use intentions well.
The overall thermal design pairs the CPU and SSDs with a centrally-mounted metal heatsink that acts as both a structural element and a cooling component. The silent fan located above the heatsink assists with vertical airflow, helping to maintain internal component temperatures during prolonged operation. During extended thermal tests—such as 24-hour idle and active file transfer sessions—surface temperatures peaked between 48°C and 60°C, particularly at the base where the PSU and networking ports reside.
While the design keeps the main components within reasonable thermal ranges, there is a potential thermal buildup at the bottom under sustained load, suggesting an optional future design revision could include a base fan.
Component
Specification
CPU
Intel Twin Lake N150, 4C/4T, 3.6GHz burst, 6W TDP
Memory
12GB LPDDR5 (4800MHz, soldered, non-upgradable)
eMMC Storage
64GB onboard
M.2 Storage
6x M.2 2280 slots: 1x PCIe Gen 3 x2 (OS Recommended), 5x PCIe Gen 3 x1
Cooling
Large internal heatsink + top-mounted silent fan
Thermals (avg)
46–51°C top panel / 54–60°C bottom panel (under continuous load)
Beelink ME Mini NAS – Ports and Connections
Despite its compact dimensions, the Beelink ME Mini includes a wide array of ports suited for both networking and peripheral connectivity. On the networking side, the unit features two 2.5GbE LAN ports (Intel i226-V), located at the rear, which support link aggregation or failover configurations. These enable transfer rates well above standard gigabit networking, although in practice, real-world throughput tends to be limited by SSD performance or PCIe lane constraints. During bandwidth testing, combined throughput between the LAN ports peaked around 580–600MB/s easily.
As much as many of us would want 10GbE – at this scale of CPU/Lanes, Price and just HEAT – I can understand why its absent here. That said, I do want to mention that the system includes onboard Wi-Fi 6 (via Intel AX101 module) and Bluetooth 5.2, expanding its use cases to wireless media streaming, mobile backups, and wireless NAS deployment without consuming physical LAN ports. More importantly though, UnRAIDrecently announced that in their latest update, you can now use wireless adapters (see below) – which, alongside UnRAID’s lightweight ‘on RAM’ deployment, makes it bloody IDEAL for using on the Beelink ME Mini
In terms of USB connectivity, the ME Mini provides a balanced selection across both older and high-speed standards. The rear I/O panel houses a USB 2.0 port (480 Mbps), while the front features one USB 3.2 Gen 2 port (10Gbps) and a USB Type-C port (also 10Gbps). This offers sufficient bandwidth for attaching external storage, keyboard/mouse input for system setup, or USB-based backup devices. While a higher count of USB 3.0+ ports might have benefitted users with multiple external drives, the available ports are positioned logically and suit the intended home-focused workflows.
Display output is provided via a single HDMI port located on the rear, which supports resolutions up to 4K at 60Hz. Although display output isn’t central to most NAS workflows, this port enables users to connect the system to a monitor or TV for initial OS installation, dashboard display, or media playback when used with platforms like LibreELEC or Kodi.
However, as noted during hands-on testing, functionality via HDMI may vary depending on the operating system installed—some headless NAS platforms may not fully support graphical output. Nevertheless, for users experimenting with hybrid HTPC/NAS setups or running Linux-based OS variants with a GUI, the HDMI port remains a useful inclusion.
Port Type
Specification
LAN Ports
2 x 2.5GbE (Intel i226-V)
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi 6 (Intel AX101, M.2 module)
Bluetooth
Bluetooth 5.2
USB Ports
1 x USB 2.0 (rear), 1 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (front), 1 x USB Type-C 10Gbps (front)
HDMI
1 x HDMI 2.0 (Max 4K @ 60Hz)
Power Supply
Internal PSU with 100–240V AC input
Beelink ME Mini NAS – Performance and Power/Heat/Noise Testing
In testing, the Beelink ME Mini demonstrated respectable throughput for a system of its class, especially when factoring in its compact size, low power draw, and passively biased thermal design. Using Unraid and TrueNAS Core for performance benchmarking, sequential read and write speeds from the five PCIe Gen 3 x1 slots averaged around 740MB/s read and 544MB/s write under repeated 1GB test files. These numbers are typical for Gen 3 x1 lanes and reflect near-maximum lane saturation, suggesting minimal internal throttling under standard conditions. The Gen 3 x2 slot, intended for the operating system, provided higher performance—averaging 1.1GB/s read and approximately 960MB/s write when paired with the bundled Crucial P3 SSD.
Transfer speeds between SSDs installed in Gen 3 x1 and Gen 3 x2 slots were tested in both directions and maintained averages of around 590–600MB/s. These figures reflect the limitations of internal bandwidth allocation rather than SSD performance. Even so, for most home NAS scenarios such as 4K media playback, multi-user access to stored documents, or photo libraries, the bandwidth is more than sufficient. It’s worth noting that SSD cooling remained effective during prolonged access, with only modest thermal variation even under full-speed transfers across all six drives.
Thermal behavior during sustained load was closely monitored using a HIKMICRO thermal imaging camera. With all six SSDs installed and periodic access maintained over a 24-hour period, temperatures peaked at 48–51°C at the top panel and 58–60°C at the base, where most of the PSU and networking activity is concentrated. Running the same tests with the case removed saw temperatures settle slightly lower—around 49–51°C across the board—confirming the effectiveness of the internal heatsink and fan assembly. However, the bottom of the unit exhibited more thermal accumulation due to the lack of active ventilation underneath, pointing to an area for potential design refinement.
In terms of power consumption and noise, the ME Mini is especially frugal. With no SSDs installed, the device idled at 6.0–6.9W. When populated with six SSDs and left idle, it drew approximately 16.9W. During peak activity—dual LAN ports active, CPU load above 70%, and all drives in use—power draw peaked between 28W and 31W. These are competitive numbers even among ARM-based NAS devices, and particularly impressive for an x86-based solution with full M.2 NVMe storage.
Acoustic output was also controlled, with idle operation measured at 31–34 dBA and full load peaking at just under 40 dBA—quiet enough for placement in shared living spaces without distraction.
While performance is clearly limited by the Gen 3 x1 interface speeds on most slots, the device’s thermal and power efficiency arguably matter more for its intended audience. This NAS isn’t designed for high-throughput, multi-client virtualization tasks or heavy 10GbE video editing pipelines. Instead, it excels in delivering balanced, stable, and low-noise performance across general-purpose NAS workloads. For users building a Plex server, family backup archive, soft router, or even an experimental home lab appliance, the ME Mini offers just enough headroom to handle real-world demands without overwhelming complexity or cost.
Beelink ME Mini – Performance and Environmental Metrics (Over 3 Days)
Test Scenario
Result/Reading
Read Speed (Gen 3 x1)
~740MB/s
Write Speed (Gen 3 x1)
~544MB/s
Read Speed (Gen 3 x2)
~1.1GB/s
Write Speed (Gen 3 x2)
~960MB/s
Inter-SSD Transfer
~590–600MB/s
Idle Power Draw (No SSDs)
6.0–6.9W
Idle Power Draw (6 SSDs)
16.9W
Peak Load Power (Full Access)
28–31W
Idle Noise Level
31–34 dBA
Load Noise Level
37–40 dBA
Avg. Top Panel Temp (Loaded)
48–51°C
Avg. Bottom Panel Temp (Loaded)
58–60°C
Beelink ME Mini NAS Review – Verdict and Conclusion
The Beelink ME Mini NAS delivers an uncommon blend of size, functionality, and efficiency in a market segment often dominated by larger, louder, and less integrated alternatives. It is not designed to compete with traditional enterprise-grade NAS devices or modular, scalable solutions for prosumers. Instead, its strengths lie in targeting the needs of home users who want a quiet, energy-efficient storage solution that is easy to deploy, aesthetically unobtrusive, and capable of handling daily tasks such as media streaming, file backup, or soft routing. The inclusion of six M.2 NVMe SSD slots—paired with a Gen 3 x2 system slot—offers a rare level of expansion in such a small enclosure. The integration of an internal PSU, silent fan-assisted cooling, and a surprisingly effective thermal design are thoughtful touches that differentiate it from the majority of DIY NAS mini PCs.
That said, it is not without limitations. The memory is non-upgradable, thermal accumulation at the base suggests room for improvement, and bandwidth ceilings imposed by Gen 3 x1 lanes will constrain users who demand high parallel throughput. Still, for its price point—particularly when pre-order discounts are applied—the ME Mini offers significant value, especially when compared to ARM-based NAS solutions with similar or lower specifications. With bundled Crucial SSD options and support for a wide range of NAS operating systems, it positions itself as a ready-to-go platform for tech-savvy users wanting to avoid the assembly of a fully DIY system. Overall, while not a product for every use case, the Beelink ME Mini succeeds in its aim to be a compact, stylish, and capable home NAS.
Pros
Cons
Compact cube design (99x99x99mm) ideal for discreet home deployment
Memory is soldered and non-upgradable
Supports up to 6x M.2 NVMe SSDs with total capacity up to 24TB
Five of the six SSD slots are limited to PCIe Gen 3 x1 bandwidth
Integrated PSU eliminates bulky external power adapters
Bottom panel retains heat due to lack of active ventilation
Dual 2.5GbE LAN ports with link aggregation support
—
Wi-Fi 6 wireless access and flexibility in UnRAID7
—
Low power consumption (as low as 6.9W idle, ~30W peak with full load)
—
Silent fan and effective internal thermal management via large heatsink
—
Includes Crucial-branded SSDs in pre-configured options for reliability
—
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Beelink ME Mini NAS ($329 4/6)
Check AliExpress for the Beelink ME Mini NAS ($344 4/6)
Check the Official Beelink Site for the ME Mini NAS ($209 4/6)
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology DS1525+ vs DS1522+ NAS Comparison – Get It Right, FIRST TIME!
With the arrival of the Synology DS1525+ in 2025, many users are now weighing it against its immediate predecessor, the DS1522+, released in 2022. On the surface, both NAS units share the same 5-bay form factor, nearly identical chassis design, and very similar price points—typically between $699 and $799 at launch. However, a deeper dive reveals a number of meaningful changes in hardware resources, storage expansion policies, and how Synology now handles drive compatibility and system flexibility. While the DS1525+ does offer better networking and CPU core count, it also introduces tighter restrictions on what drives can be used, how storage pools are formed, and what options are available to users looking to migrate data from older systems. By contrast, the DS1522+ retains a far more open approach to hardware, offering greater freedom for enthusiasts and IT professionals. In this article, we’ll break down the internal hardware, ports, storage support, DSM software capabilities, and system behavior of these two NAS systems—giving you the context you need to make the right decision the first time, and avoid buyer’s regret later.
Synology DS1525+ vs DS1522+ NAS Comparison – Internal Hardware
The most noticeable hardware difference between the DS1525+ and DS1522+ lies in their processors. The DS1522+ is powered by a dual-core AMD Ryzen R1600 CPU, which operates at a base frequency of 2.6 GHz and can boost up to 3.1 GHz. This chip delivers strong single-threaded performance and is very power efficient, making it well-suited for environments where tasks are sequential or lightly parallelized—such as SMB file sharing, surveillance, or general-purpose storage. The DS1525+, in contrast, uses a quad-core AMD Ryzen V1500B processor running at a fixed 2.2 GHz. While it lacks boost frequency, the additional cores and threads make it the more capable option for multitasking-intensive DSM deployments. Workloads like hosting multiple Docker containers, running several VMs, or operating high-volume backup jobs are handled more smoothly by the V1500B thanks to its stronger concurrent throughput. While synthetic benchmarks might show the R1600 ahead in single-threaded operations, in day-to-day NAS usage, the V1500B’s multitasking benefits are more relevant—particularly for users aiming to centralize many services on one box.
Component
Synology DS1522+
Synology DS1525+
CPU Model
AMD Ryzen R1600
AMD Ryzen V1500B
CPU Architecture
64-bit, Dual-Core, 4-Thread
64-bit, Quad-Core, 8-Thread
Base / Turbo Frequency
2.6 GHz / 3.1 GHz
2.2 GHz (no boost)
Hardware Encryption
AES-NI
AES-NI
Pre-installed Memory
8 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (1×8 GB)
8 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (1×8 GB)
Total RAM Slots
2
2
Max Supported Memory
32 GB (2×16 GB)
32 GB (2×16 GB)
ECC Support
Yes
Yes
System Cooling
2 × 92mm fans
2 × 92mm fans
Noise Level (Idle)
22.90 dB(A)
22.60 dB(A)
Power Supply
120W External Adapter
120W External Adapter
Power Consumption (Access)
52.06 W
44.56 W
Power Consumption (Idle)
16.71 W (HDD Hibernation)
13.63 W (HDD Hibernation)
Chassis Dimensions (H×W×D)
166 × 230 × 223 mm
166 × 230 × 223 mm
Weight
2.7 kg
2.67 kg
Memory configurations between the two models appear similar at first glance. Both ship with 8 GB of DDR4 ECC SODIMM memory installed in a single stick and support up to 32 GB using both slots. ECC memory is a staple of Synology’s Plus series, designed to catch and correct single-bit memory errors on the fly—an important safeguard in RAID arrays, collaborative file editing, and database hosting. However, in practical use, the DS1525+ has more headroom to take advantage of this memory due to its quad-core CPU, making it more responsive when multiple DSM services are running concurrently. For example, users running Surveillance Station with 10+ cameras, Synology Drive, and a virtual DSM guest will find the DS1525+ holds up better under load, whereas the DS1522+ may begin to show bottlenecks unless its RAM is upgraded early. Despite these differences, both systems provide adequate memory for general use and can be expanded easily if workload demands grow.
Beyond raw processing and RAM, the DS1525+ also refines power and noise efficiency. It has a slightly lower noise floor at 22.60 dB(A) compared to the DS1522+ at 22.90 dB(A)—a small but welcome reduction for those placing the NAS in workspaces or home offices. Power consumption is another area of subtle improvement. The DS1525+ draws just 44.56 watts under active use and 13.63 watts in HDD hibernation, making it more efficient than the DS1522+, which consumes 52.06 watts and 16.71 watts, respectively. This improvement may be attributed to internal board optimizations and more efficient firmware tuning. Physically, both NAS systems share identical chassis dimensions, cooling layout, and component arrangement, including dual 92mm fans for thermal management. In sum, while neither model introduces radical hardware changes over the other, the DS1525+ provides a better balance of multitasking power and efficiency for modern DSM deployments—particularly when scaling beyond light usage.
Synology DS1525+ vs DS1522+ NAS Comparison – Ports and Connections
The differences between the DS1525+ and DS1522+ become more apparent when examining their networking and expansion connectivity. The DS1522+ is equipped with four 1GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, which support link aggregation for up to 4 Gbps combined bandwidth when used with a managed switch. This configuration provides solid redundancy and flexible port allocation, especially for environments where isolating traffic across different services (e.g., backups, media, surveillance) is desirable. However, in 2024 and beyond, 1GbE is increasingly viewed as a bottleneck—particularly for users working with 4K video editing, large VM images, or fast local backups. The DS1525+ addresses this issue by shifting to 2 × 2.5GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, allowing up to 5 Gbps total bandwidth through link aggregation, and faster speeds on a per-connection basis, even when using unmanaged 2.5GbE switches that are now more common and affordable. This change aligns the DS1525+ with modern mid-tier NAS expectations and offers improved real-world performance, especially for multi-user workloads and high-speed transfers from SSD caches or NVMe pools.
2 × M.2 2280 (cache and storage, Synology SSDs only)
Expansion Compatibility
DX517 (eSATA interface)
DX525 (USB-C interface)
In terms of USB connectivity, both models include two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, suitable for attaching external drives, UPS units, or compatible USB printers. These ports remain unchanged between models and offer no direct performance advantage to either system. Where the expansion capability does change significantly is in the port type for connecting additional storage enclosures. The DS1522+ includes two eSATA ports, allowing it to connect up to two DX517 expansion units, adding 10 more drive bays. The DS1525+, however, replaces these with two USB Type-C expansion ports, which interface with the newer DX525 expansion units. While the overall expansion capacity remains the same (15 total bays), the move to USB-C reflects a generational shift in Synology’s design language. USB-C may offer slightly more flexible cable routing and future-proofing, but it also introduces a hard cutoff between older and newer ecosystems. For users with existing DX517s or other eSATA-based gear, this limits backwards compatibility and locks the DS1525+ into the latest hardware infrastructure.
Additionally, both units include a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot for optional 10GbE network upgrades. Synology’s E10G22-T1-Mini card is supported on both models and provides a compact, cost-effective way to future-proof network performance. However, given the DS1525+ already starts with 2.5GbE, users may find less urgency to upgrade immediately compared to the DS1522+, where a 10GbE card may be needed sooner to break past 1GbE limitations. Both models support Wake-on-LAN and scheduled power events, and both feature dual rear fans for effective cooling regardless of network traffic or drive load. From a connectivity standpoint, the DS1525+ represents a forward step toward higher-speed networking and modern expansion methods—but it does so at the cost of legacy compatibility, which may matter for users with established infrastructure. In contrast, the DS1522+ offers broader port coverage and flexibility but risks becoming dated more quickly in high-throughput environments.
Synology DS1525+ vs DS1522+ NAS Comparison – Storage
At first glance, storage capacity and physical layout appear virtually identical between the DS1525+ and DS1522+. Both systems offer five main drive bays that support 3.5″ SATA HDDs and 2.5″ SATA SSDs, as well as two M.2 NVMe SSD slots for caching or, in the case of the DS1525+, full storage pool creation. Each NAS can be expanded up to a total of 15 bays using two proprietary Synology expansion units (DX517 for the DS1522+, DX525 for the DS1525+), enabling up to 240 TB of raw storage assuming maximum capacity drives. However, a major divergence emerges when we examine drive compatibility policies. The DS1522+ follows Synology’s older, more permissive approach: users may install third-party drives from brands like Seagate, Western Digital, or Toshiba with only warning messages shown during setup. Storage pools, RAID arrays, and DSM installation all proceed without functional restrictions, making it a flexible platform for users with existing drives or cost-sensitive deployments.
Allowed, but persistent warnings & blocked expansion
The DS1525+, by contrast, enforces the strict drive verification policy introduced in Synology’s newer Plus series models, like the DS925+ and DS1825+. At launch, only Synology-branded drives (HAT3300, HAT5300, SAT5200, and SNV3400 series) are listed as officially compatible. If users attempt to initialize DSM using unverified HDDs—such as a standard WD Red Plus or Seagate IronWolf—the installation process will be blocked entirely. This represents a significant limitation for long-time Synology users who are accustomed to broader hardware flexibility. Even after successful DSM setup, the system will not allow users to expand storage pools, rebuild degraded RAID arrays, or assign hot spares using non-verified drives. Persistent warnings and degraded status indicators in Storage Manager will appear even for migrated volumes, making the DS1525+ less accommodating for mixed-media configurations or DIY upgrades. SATA SSDs, while slightly more flexible in some scenarios, are still subject to similar warning behaviors post-install.
Further separating the two models is support for NVMe-based storage pools. The DS1522+ only allows M.2 NVMe SSDs to be used for read/write caching, and it permits the use of third-party SSDs for this function, giving users a cost-effective route to performance acceleration. The DS1525+, however, allows these NVMe slots to be used for full DSM storage volumes—but only when using Synology-verified SNV-series SSDs. This enables the creation of fast, low-latency storage pools using NVMe media, which is a compelling advantage for certain workflows (like media scratch disks or high-speed sync folders). Still, the restricted compatibility policy limits practical utility for those who already own quality NVMe drives from other vendors. In short, while the DS1525+ technically offers more advanced storage architecture, the DS1522+ offers far more freedom, especially for users managing legacy systems, migrating data from older Synology devices, or sourcing their own HDDs and SSDs independently.
Synology DS1525+ vs DS1522+ NAS Comparison – DSM Capabilities
Both the DS1525+ and DS1522+ run Synology’s DSM 7.2 operating system and provide access to the same broad library of official and third-party packages. This includes core applications such as Synology Drive for file sync and access, Synology Office for collaborative documents, and Active Backup for Business for system-wide backup management. The app experience is largely identical on both devices, with support for Virtual Machine Manager, Hyper Backup, Snapshot Replication, Synology Photos, and Surveillance Station. However, the differences in system hardware and compatibility enforcement subtly influence how DSM behaves and what features remain available under different configurations. For example, both models support up to 256 snapshots per shared folder and a system-wide maximum of 4,096 snapshots, but users on the DS1525+ will be subject to stricter compatibility enforcement in DSM’s Storage Manager if using drives that aren’t on Synology’s approved list.
DSM Feature / Capability
Synology DS1522+
Synology DS1525+
DSM Version
DSM 7.2+
DSM 7.2+
Max Internal Volumes
64
32 ▼
Max Single Volume Size
108 TB
200 TB (requires 32 GB RAM) ▲
Snapshot Replication
256 per shared folder / 4,096 total system snapshots
256 per shared folder / 4,096 total system snapshots
Synology Drive Users
Up to 60
Up to 80 ▲
Synology Office Users
Up to 60
Up to 80 ▲
Virtual Machine Manager (VMs)
Up to 4 Virtual Machines
Up to 8 Virtual Machines ▲
Virtual DSM Instances (Licensed)
Up to 4
Up to 8 (1 free license) ▲
Hybrid Share Folder Limit
10
10
Surveillance Station (H.265)
40 cameras / up to 1200 FPS
40 cameras / up to 1200 FPS
Maximum SMB Connections (RAM Expanded)
30
40 ▲
RAID Recovery with 3rd-Party Drives
Supported
Blocked
Storage Expansion with Unverified Drives
Supported
Blocked
Hot Spare (Unverified Drives)
Supported
Blocked
M.2 NVMe Caching (3rd-Party SSDs)
Supported
Blocked
NVMe Storage Pool Creation
Not supported
Supported (Synology SNV SSDs only)
DSM Storage Manager Behavior (Unverified)
Warnings only, all features functional
Persistent alerts, blocks expansions and rebuilds
High Availability Support
Yes
Yes
Full System Backup (Hyper Backup)
Yes (DSM 7.2+)
Yes (DSM 7.2+)
Where this becomes particularly relevant is during system migration or advanced storage scenarios. The DS1522+ handles drive migration and unverified HDDs without functional limitation. DSM will display minor warnings but still permit RAID recovery, storage pool expansion, hot spare assignments, and cache creation—even with mixed-brand hardware. By contrast, the DS1525+ introduces active blocks within DSM for unsupported drives. Users migrating from older Synology NAS devices using drives like WD Red Plus or Seagate IronWolf will find that, while the DS1525+ may import the pool, DSM will flag the drives as unverified and prevent future RAID rebuilds or expansions unless all disks are from Synology’s supported list. These alerts cannot be disabled, and they will persist across the user interface, making the system appear at risk even if the drives themselves are healthy. This creates a significant difference in administrative experience, especially for IT professionals managing multiple systems or resellers integrating legacy hardware.
In terms of user and service scalability, the DS1525+ supports slightly higher limits overall. It allows for up to 80 Synology Drive users and Office users (versus 60 each on the DS1522+) and can support up to 8 concurrent virtual machines versus 4 on the DS1522+, assuming sufficient RAM is installed. Surveillance Station camera and FPS limits are virtually identical, and both models support High Availability, Hybrid Share, SAN Manager, and central management features. However, the DS1525+ supports larger single volume sizes—up to 200 TB if upgraded to 32 GB RAM—compared to the DS1522+’s 108 TB ceiling. In return, the DS1522+ offers more internal volume flexibility with support for up to 64 volumes, double the DS1525+’s 32 volume limit. This trade-off reflects Synology’s shifting priorities in DSM: the DS1525+ favors fewer, denser volumes and more centralized control, while the DS1522+ gives power users finer-grained storage separation. Both systems excel with DSM, but your experience will differ depending on whether you prioritize scalability and structure—or open, hardware-flexible operation.
Synology DS1525+ vs DS1522+ NAS Comparison – Conclusion
The Synology DS1525+ and DS1522+ may look nearly identical on the outside, but they diverge sharply in philosophy, system behavior, and long-term value. The DS1522+, launched in 2022, stands as one of the last truly flexible 5-bay NAS systems in Synology’s portfolio. It offers a dual-core AMD Ryzen R1600 processor with excellent single-thread performance and supports up to 15 drives with two DX517 expansions. More importantly, it retains the traditional Synology approach to third-party drive compatibility—meaning users can install and operate a wide range of HDDs and SSDs (Seagate, WD, Toshiba, etc.) without system blocks. DSM will issue warnings if a drive isn’t officially listed, but critical features like RAID recovery, storage pool expansion, and hot spare assignment continue to function. That level of hardware openness makes the DS1522+ particularly attractive to power users, budget-conscious builders, and small IT teams looking to repurpose existing hardware. The DS1525+, released in 2025, represents a subtle but significant shift in Synology’s design strategy. On paper, it offers solid upgrades: a quad-core AMD Ryzen V1500B processor that enables better multitasking, faster 2.5GbE LAN ports for improved data throughput, lower noise and power consumption, and full NVMe storage pool support (with Synology SSDs). These improvements make the DS1525+ a better fit for users running multiple simultaneous services—such as Surveillance Station, Synology Drive, and Docker containers—all while maintaining smooth operation. However, these benefits come with stricter limitations. The unit enforces Synology’s 2025-era drive verification policy, which outright blocks DSM installation or RAID operations with unverified drives. Migration is allowed, but users will be met with persistent warnings, degraded system status indicators, and feature restrictions that can’t be bypassed. The flexibility to reuse older drives, expand arrays freely, or mix hardware brands has been systematically curtailed.
In essence, the choice between these two NAS systems reflects more than just performance—it’s a decision between openness and control. The DS1522+ remains a strong all-rounder for users who want to build their system on their own terms, manage diverse storage needs, or repurpose hardware they already trust. It’s well-suited to small businesses, creators, and experienced users who value transparency and adaptability. The DS1525+, by comparison, is more refined, but also more prescriptive. It favors users willing to commit fully to Synology’s ecosystem—those who prioritize simplicity, tighter integration, and long-term consistency, even at the expense of flexibility. It’s a better fit for turnkey environments where reliability and vendor support matter more than customization. Both NAS devices are excellent in their own right, but the right choice depends entirely on how much control you’re willing to trade for convenience—and whether your NAS should be a platform you shape, or a solution that shapes your workflow.
Aspect
Synology DS1522+
Synology DS1525+
Pros
– Broad 3rd-party HDD/SSD compatibility
– 2.5GbE LAN ports for faster networking out of the box
– Fully supports RAID recovery, expansion, and hot spares with any drive
– NVMe SSDs can be used for storage pools (Synology SSDs only)
– Better suited for drive migration from older NAS systems
– Quad-core CPU enables better multitasking and virtualization
– More internal volumes supported (up to 64)
– Lower power draw and slightly quieter operation
– Ideal for budget-conscious users and mixed-brand deployments
– Slightly higher user caps in DSM apps (Drive, Office, VMM)
Cons
– Only 1GbE networking unless upgraded
– Blocks DSM install and critical functions with unverified drives
– No support for NVMe storage pools
– Only Synology SSDs supported for caching or NVMe volumes
– Lower VM performance ceiling (dual-core CPU)
– Fewer internal volumes supported (32 max)
– Less suitable for users with existing 3rd-party storage hardware
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Is the CWWK N355 Soft Router Firewall / NAS Box Worth Your Data? (Review)
DIY router boxes have gained popularity in recent years, especially those coming out of China with various hardware configurations. The CWWK N355-powered firewall appliance is an intriguing option, not just as a high-performance router but also as a potential NAS device. Unlike many reviews that focus on its networking capabilities, this review explores its viability as a compact and efficient NAS solution.
The CWWK N355 is a well-rounded and versatile device that excels in networking, virtualization, and compact NAS applications, thanks to its dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, 2.5GbE LAN, expandable DDR5 RAM, and M.2 NVMe storage support. It is a compelling choice for firewall applications, Proxmox virtualization, and even lightweight NAS or media server setups, offering a balance of performance and connectivity in a compact and durable metal chassis with active cooling. The Alder Lake-N N355 CPU delivers efficient multi-core performance, making it suitable for running multiple services, including Docker containers, VMs, and network security applications. Additionally, its expandable memory and storage options give users flexibility, though its storage implementation is somewhat restrictive due to only one native NVMe slot and a SATA port with no internal mounting space. However, its aging Intel 82599ES 10GbE controller, high idle power consumption of 21-22W, and lack of full-speed PCIe lanes limit its potential for high-performance NAS deployments. While it can handle moderate file-sharing and media streaming workloads, users who require full 10GbE speeds, extensive storage expansion, and power efficiency may find better options in dedicated NAS motherboards with PCIe slots or higher-efficiency processors. Still, for those looking for a compact, high-speed network appliance with strong customization potential, the CWWK N355 remains a solid choice for advanced home labs, small business networking, and hybrid router-NAS setups. As long as users are aware of its networking bottlenecks and storage limitations, it offers impressive versatility and performance at an attractive price point.
BUILD QUALITY - 8/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 10/10
VALUE - 10/10
8.6
PROS
High-Speed Networking: Equipped with dual 10GbE SFP+ ports and two 2.5GbE LAN ports, providing excellent connectivity for advanced networking setups. Expandable Storage: Features two M.2 NVMe slots (one requiring an adapter) and a SATA 3.0 port, allowing for versatile storage configurations. Efficient Alder Lake-N CPU: The Intel N355 (8C/8T, up to 3.8GHz) offers efficient performance for firewall applications, Proxmox, lightweight NAS, and media servers. DDR5 Memory Support: Supports up to 48GB DDR5 RAM, enabling smooth multitasking, virtualization, and Docker/containerized environments. Robust Build and Cooling: Full aluminum chassis acts as a heat sink, with a top-mounted active cooling fan for effective thermal management. Wide OS Compatibility: Works with Windows 11 Pro, Linux distributions, ESXi, OPNsense, pfSense, OpenWrt, and TrueNAS, making it highly flexible. Compact and Power-Efficient: Small form factor and 15W TDP CPU make it space-saving and relatively low-power compared to traditional rack-mounted alternatives.
CONS
Aging 10GbE Controller: The Intel 82599ES 10GbE chipset is outdated, limiting maximum network speeds and performance efficiency in high-bandwidth workloads. Limited SATA Storage Options: While it includes a SATA 3.0 port, there is no internal mounting space for a 2.5-inch drive, requiring external solutions. Higher Idle Power Draw: Consumes 21-22W at idle, which is higher than dedicated NAS devices, potentially affecting long-term energy costs.
The CWWK N355 features a robust industrial design, with an all-metal chassis that acts as a heat sink, efficiently dissipating heat from critical components. The exterior is entirely metal, including the base panel, which features mesh ventilation to enhance airflow. A top-mounted active cooling fan ensures consistent airflow across the CPU and networking components, preventing thermal throttling under sustained workloads.
Internally, copper heat plates are placed over the CPU and 10GbE controllers, allowing for direct heat transfer to the chassis. This cooling system is highly effective, maintaining temperatures within safe limits even under heavy network and storage loads. During testing, the device remained at an average of 50-55°C under full load, with the fan producing minimal noise.
The cooling implementation makes the CWWK N355 a viable option for extended use in high-performance NAS, virtualization, or firewall applications where thermal efficiency is crucial. Given its mix of powerful networking features, ample connectivity, and storage options, this device has the potential to serve a broader range of applications than just routing. However, evaluating its strengths and weaknesses is crucial before repurposing it for a NAS setup.
One of the standout features of the CWWK N355 is its impressive network connectivity. Equipped with dual 10GbE SFP+ ports and two 2.5GbE i226V LAN ports, it offers significantly more bandwidth than traditional consumer NAS devices.
These high-speed connections enable rapid file transfers, efficient virtualization networking, and multi-user simultaneous access without bottlenecks.
It also includes two M.2 NVMe slots and a SATA 3.0 port, making it highly flexible for storage configurations. This means users can integrate fast NVMe storage while still having the option to include traditional SATA drives for cost-effective capacity expansion.
The aluminum chassis with active cooling enhances its thermal efficiency, ensuring stable operation even under load, a crucial aspect for maintaining performance in continuous 24/7 operation.
The N355 CPU, an Alder Lake-N processor, brings 8 cores and 8 threads, with a base clock of 1.8GHz and a boost up to 3.8GHz. This processor is designed for efficiency while maintaining a respectable level of performance for various workloads.
It also features integrated Intel UHD graphics, which allows it to handle lightweight GPU tasks such as video decoding, remote desktop applications, and low-power graphical processing.
The DDR5 SO-DIMM slot supports up to 48GB RAM, although some listings mention 32GB as the maximum. This expanded memory capacity is particularly beneficial for virtualization, allowing users to run multiple lightweight VMs, containers, and even a Plex media server with modest hardware-accelerated transcoding capabilities.
1 x DDR5 SO-DIMM slot, up to 48GB (some listings state 32GB max)
Storage
2 x M.2 NVMe (one requires adapter), 1 x SATA 3.0 (no internal mounting)
Networking
2 x 10GbE SFP+, 2 x 2.5GbE i226V LAN
Power Consumption
21-22W idle, up to 36W under load
Cooling
Aluminum chassis with active cooling fan
Ports
1 x Type-C, 1 x USB 3.2, 4 x USB 2.0, 2 x HDMI 2.0, TF Card Slot
Operating System Support
Windows 11 Pro, OPNsense, Linux, ESXi, OpenWrt
Dimensions
12.7 x 17.8 x 5.5 cm
Weight
1.3 kg
The combination of efficient CPU performance and expandable RAM makes it versatile, but users should be aware of its limitations when handling resource-intensive applications.
However, storage expansion comes with some challenges. While the device technically supports two M.2 NVMe drives, only one slot is a standard 2280 interface. The second slot requires an adapter, which is included, but adds complexity to installation. This additional requirement may be a concern for users who are less experienced with hardware modifications or prefer simpler plug-and-play configurations.
The SATA drive support is somewhat limited—while the port is available, there is no dedicated internal space for mounting a 2.5-inch drive inside the enclosure, meaning external mounting is necessary. This lack of internal SATA mounting may be a dealbreaker for those who prefer a more integrated and clutter-free build. While external enclosures or adapters could be used to house SATA drives, it introduces additional complexity and potential cable management issues.
Power consumption is another area of concern. Under idle conditions, the device draws 21-22W, which is quite high compared to traditional NAS appliances. Many consumer NAS systems are designed to run efficiently at around 10W to 15W when idle, making this unit significantly more power-hungry when not under load.
Under load, with 10GbE connections active, VMs running, and storage drives in use, power consumption reaches 36W. While this is still within reasonable limits for a device offering high-speed networking and multi-core processing, it is something to consider for users prioritizing energy efficiency. Over time, the additional power draw may add up, especially for those running multiple devices in a home or small business setup. If power efficiency is a critical factor, other lower-power options might be preferable.
Performance-wise, the M.2 NVMe drives achieve read speeds of up to 720MB/s and write speeds of 690MB/s.
While SATA performance peaks at around 200MB/s with a standard HDD. These speeds are respectable but fall short of fully utilizing the available 10GbE networking potential.
While this is acceptable for most home NAS applications, the 82599ES 10GbE controller is a notable bottleneck. It is an older PCIe Gen2 x4-based controller (in this deployment at least), which limits full 10GbE speeds.
In testing, even with dual 10GbE connections active, network transfers maxed out at around 600-700Mbps per link, rather than saturating the full 10GbE bandwidth on each of them.
This suggests that while it is capable of handling high-speed transfers, it is not the ideal choice for users who need to maximize 10GbE connectivity for large-scale data transfers or enterprise workloads.
While the CWWK N355 offers excellent networking and processing power, its relatively aging 10GbE controller, high idle power consumption, and limited internal storage space make it less ideal for an all-purpose NAS. However, it excels as a high-performance firewall/router, Proxmox host, or Plex server for users who can work around these limitations.
Users interested in setting up an advanced home lab or small business server might find this device appealing due to its networking flexibility, processing capability, and virtualization potential. While it lacks native software optimization found in dedicated NAS brands, those comfortable with manual setup and open-source NAS software will find it a capable and adaptable device.
For those seeking a dedicated NAS solution with full 10GbE performance, an ITX motherboard with PCIe 3.0 slots and dedicated storage expansion might be a better alternative. Such options would provide greater flexibility for storage expansion, more efficient networking solutions, and overall better optimization for NAS workloads. But if you’re looking for a compact, all-in-one networking and storage device, the CWWK N355 is an impressive contender.
Just be mindful of the legacy components and potential bottlenecks before making your final decision. With the right configuration and expectations, it can serve as a cost-effective and powerful addition to a home lab or small business network setup.
PROs of the CWWK N355 DIY 10GbE Box
CONs of the CWWK N355 DIY 10GbE Box
High-Speed Networking: Equipped with dual 10GbE SFP+ ports and two 2.5GbE LAN ports, providing excellent connectivity for advanced networking setups.
Expandable Storage: Features two M.2 NVMe slots (one requiring an adapter) and a SATA 3.0 port, allowing for versatile storage configurations.
Efficient Alder Lake-N CPU: The Intel N355 (8C/8T, up to 3.8GHz) offers efficient performance for firewall applications, Proxmox, lightweight NAS, and media servers.
DDR5 Memory Support: Supports up to 48GB DDR5 RAM, enabling smooth multitasking, virtualization, and Docker/containerized environments.
Robust Build and Cooling: Full aluminum chassis acts as a heat sink, with a top-mounted active cooling fan for effective thermal management.
Wide OS Compatibility: Works with Windows 11 Pro, Linux distributions, ESXi, OPNsense, pfSense, OpenWrt, and TrueNAS, making it highly flexible.
Compact and Power-Efficient: Small form factor and 15W TDP CPU make it space-saving and relatively low-power compared to traditional rack-mounted alternatives.
Aging 10GbE Controller: The Intel 82599ES 10GbE chipset is outdated, limiting maximum network speeds and performance efficiency in high-bandwidth workloads.
Limited SATA Storage Options: While it includes a SATA 3.0 port, there is no internal mounting space for a 2.5-inch drive, requiring external solutions.
Higher Idle Power Draw: Consumes 21-22W at idle, which is higher than dedicated NAS devices, potentially affecting long-term energy costs.
Where to Buy?
CWWK N355 2x10GbE Box Router/NAS ($304 AliExpress) – HERE
CWWK N355 2x10GbE Firewall Box U.S ($460 Amazon) – HERE
CWWK N355 2x10GbE Firewall Box U.K (£304 Amazon) – HERE
CWWK N355 MITX NVMe NAS ($184-295 AliExpress) – HERE
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Visiting Minisforum’s China Office – What Did I See and Are Minisforum Legit?
As part of an extended trip to Shenzhen to explore the operations of Chinese hardware manufacturers, I had the opportunity to tour the headquarters and production facilities of Minisforum.
Known primarily for their compact desktop PCs, Minisforum has grown into a recognizable name in the mini PC sector, especially among users seeking unique form factors and high-spec internals.
My visit was independently arranged—not funded or sponsored by Minisforum—and I was given broad access to their facilities, with the only restriction being a small section of their R&D operation involving future product development. This level of transparency allowed for a thorough, hands-on look at their operations, from production lines to internal workflows.
The visit came about through direct outreach. After arriving in China, I contacted several companies I regularly report on and review. Minisforum was among the few who responded affirmatively, agreeing to host a tour with very little advance notice. On the morning of the visit, I was picked up by three Minisforum team members, including their livestream and media lead, who also served as my translator for the day.
The visit took place across several floors of their Shenzhen headquarters, located in a commercial building they moved into in 2021, having launched the brand in 2018. They estimated they had around 300 staff globally, and based on what I saw, 150 to 170 people were active onsite, spread across administration, production, and support.
The headquarters occupied a full floor of the building, and it was apparent that expansion had been part of their strategy when they relocated in 2021. Though some office spaces were unoccupied, most of the floors were operational, with logistics and packaging activities ongoing. I observed pallets and packaging materials prepared for distribution, and a fair amount of sitting stock awaiting shipping. The layout was structured but busy, and of all the factory and office environments I toured during my trip, this one was arguably the cleanest and most organized. That said, I fully acknowledge that all facilities likely prepared for my visit to some extent.
The core office space was divided into five main sections: regional (domestic) sales, international sales (including platforms like Amazon), marketing and communications, product development, and web/app support. One notable area was their in-house video production studio used for livestreams and YouTube content.
It was professionally equipped and a far cry from many DIY setups I’ve seen elsewhere. The R&D section, while smaller in headcount, was well-defined, with product managers assigned to own specific hardware designs. Their approach appeared to give individual developers significant autonomy, from concept to execution.
Minisforum’s production line blended automation with human-led processes. Compared to other factories I toured in Shenzhen, theirs leaned more heavily toward manual labor, with an approximate 70/30 split in favor of human involvement. Tasks such as component placement, assembly, and basic testing were handled by line workers, while machines were used for stress tests and basic automation.
Staff wore ESD-safe gear like anti-static wrist straps, and their stations showed signs of regular use, such as floor wear and desktop clutter. There was no visible use of airlock or dust-control chambers, unlike in some other facilities, which may reflect a different internal standard or assessment of risk.
Minisforum included several test-specific environments within their production pipeline, which were not present in other factories I visited.
These included an aging room, where products were stress-tested under load over extended periods; a mute room, used to measure noise output under different system conditions.
Aand a shock testing room, used to simulate shipping and logistical handling stress.
These rooms provided an additional layer of quality control and indicated a focus on post-assembly validation. It is unclear how many units are tested this way—it may be based on statistical sampling—but the presence of these facilities in-house suggests a desire to validate performance prior to distribution.
The R&D tour provided insight into how Minisforum develops their hardware. While I could not film certain prototype designs, I was shown internal presentations, CAD models, and development slides covering current and future projects. Minisforum stated that all design IP is developed in-house and not resold or licensed out.
This was consistent with what I saw: unique PCB layouts, chassis concepts, and airflow strategies not commonly replicated by other brands. According to staff, each product is led by a dedicated product manager responsible for feature planning, design iterations, and incorporating customer feedback from forums and surveys. While I will cover this in more depth in a dedicated piece, one highlight was a preview of their upcoming NAS product line. Minisforum’s modular approach includes optional upgrades like M.2 to NVMe expansion cards and vertical mounting kits designed for optimal cooling. The design team emphasized airflow challenges when scaling NVMe bays and showed plans for vertical chassis configurations to help with thermal dissipation. Their willingness to walk through product iterations, including some early failures, was appreciated. I was also shown how they collect and incorporate customer usage data into next-generation revisions—a refreshing level of engagement with the post-sales cycle.
Throughout the tour, there were signs of an internal culture focused on autonomy and personalization. Employee desks in the sales and marketing areas included personal decorations, small toys, and hobby-related items—a contrast to the uniform, sterile environments in some tech companies. Staff I interacted with expressed general satisfaction, though naturally, any factory visit is likely to showcase a best-case scenario. That said, the absence of NDAs or filming restrictions during the majority of the tour does suggest a level of confidence in how operations are run. Meetings were conducted openly, and even during informal interviews with staff, the tone remained consistent: proud but not overly rehearsed.
Minisforum presented a distinctly integrated model of hardware development. Based on what I observed, they appear to retain full ownership of their hardware IP, from motherboard schematics to chassis design. Their hardware does not seem to be rebranded or redistributed through external labels, which distinguishes them from companies that act more as OEM aggregators or rely on ODMs. While their mini PCs are priced slightly higher than some competitors, that premium may reflect the additional effort in R&D, custom design, and modular flexibility.
Furthermore, Minisforum seems to focus on a smaller product catalog with longer development cycles, suggesting a strategy that prioritizes refinement over market saturation. In contrast to other manufacturers that may sell their designs through multiple storefronts or aliases (such as Beelink or Geekom), Minisforum appears to retain control over both design and distribution, offering a more vertically integrated approach. While no factory visit can fully capture day-to-day operations, this visit offered a grounded, independent view into how one of the more visible Chinese mini PC brands functions behind the scenes.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology Explain WHY They Changed Drive Support and Verification in 2025 NAS
During a recent visit to Taipei for Computex 2025, I took the opportunity to visit Synology’s headquarters and speak directly with company representatives about one of the most discussed and divisive topics in the NAS community today — the company’s increasingly strict stance on hard drive compatibility. With the rollout of Synology’s latest generation of hardware, users have been met with significant limitations on the use of third-party drives, prompting concern over reduced flexibility, potential e-waste, and the future direction of Synology’s hardware ecosystem. This article provides a can overview of that visit, beginning with the HQ tour, but mainly it is about putting several big questions users have about the brand’s change in support of Seagate, WD, etc on their 2025 devices.
Four core questions — based on direct community feedback — were put forward, addressing the motivation, risks, and future implications of Synology’s current drive support policy. Each answer is presented exactly as delivered. Note, this article is not sponsored by Synology and they have no control over the editorial stance and output! For users, partners, and industry observers alike, understanding these policy shifts is essential for making informed decisions about Synology systems moving forward.
Touring the Synology Headquarters
The Synology headquarters tour took place during a coordinated visit arranged alongside the Computex 2025 trade event. Approximately 30 to 40 individuals were in attendance, a mix that included official Synology partners, resellers, independent media, and technology commentators. The tour began with a structured company overview presentation outlining Synology’s operational history, business units, and market positioning.
While much of this information was familiar to long-term observers, it served to reinforce the company providing integrated storage and data management solutions. The presentation also included a brief overview of Synology’s global distribution and the evolving structure of its enterprise product lines.
Attendees were then guided through various areas of the facility, which covered several floors within a shared building. Synology does not occupy the entire structure, but the portions shown during the tour were substantial, comprising office sections, collaborative workspaces, logistics coordination areas, and support-related operations. Notably, many desks were temporarily unoccupied due to staff presence at Computex’s Nangang Exhibition Center.
Nonetheless, the offices remained populated with active terminals and systems undergoing live testing.
A significant portion of the tour focused on the environmental and durability testing facilities, including designated zones for acoustic profiling, thermal analysis, and dust resilience. The diversity of units being tested suggested coverage across multiple device classes, including both rackmount and desktop models.
The most extensive portion of the tour was the dedicated test and burn-in area. This floor was almost entirely devoted to long-term performance and diagnostic evaluations. Numerous Synology NAS units — some dating back to the early 2010s — were in continuous operation, either running synthetic workloads or undergoing compatibility assessments with the current DSM operating system.
The presence of so many legacy devices in active testing underscored the company’s emphasis on software longevity and cross-generational hardware support. However, it also provided a contrast to Synology’s new strict verification policies, especially given the mixed hardware environments visible during testing. The tour was led by ZP Kao, Sales Director at Synology, and Chad Chiang, Regional Manager for the UK and Germany, who offered clarification and responded to several direct inquiries during the walkthrough.
Why Has Synology Changed Its HDD Support Policy? Questions and Answers
Questions I put to Synology about their change in policy regarding verifying and supporting drive media being used on their 2025 and later series of NAS devices. I based these on the comments and suggestions from videos on the YouTube channel and comments on previous articles. I am under no illusions that these changes by Synology in their drive support policies have financial justifications (ranging from Support efficiency and it’s financial overhead, to the simple profitability of prioritizing their own labelled firmware optimized storage media choices over those of other brands), but I wanted to know if these were the only reasons for this? What other reasons could Synology provide to support this large and unpopular move. Thank you once again to Chad Chiang for taking the time to answer these questions.
Note – for a better understanding of the current DSM Support of Unverified media, as well as test scenarios detailing each setup and how DSM handles it, you can read it HERE in my Test Article.
How has the verification process changed for which drives you can use on Synology systems moving forward? And are there drive options from WD and Seagate currently undergoing support verification?
Answer – At Synology, we constantly reflect on a core question: Why do people choose a NAS? We believe the answer lies in the need for secure, reliable, and hassle-free data storage. This belief has guided our mission for over a decade. When analyzing our support history, the data clearly shows that systems using Synology-branded drives experience 40% fewer issues compared to those with third-party HDDs. This insight underscores the importance of using thoroughly tested drives. As for which third-party vendors are currently undergoing drive verification, we’re unable to disclose details. For the most accurate and up-to-date information, we recommend reaching out directly to the respective manufacturers.
The response positions Synology’s verification changes as a reliability-focused initiative and smooth platform running as the chief reasoning for them, referencing internal data that suggests a 40% reduction in support issues when Synology-branded drives are used. However, as mentioned previously, the statement does not provide supporting metrics such as sample size, timeframes, or specific failure modes, making it difficult to assess the scope or significance of this claim. I do not doubt that it is true, but without the X/Y and details of how this result was achieved, we are only getting half the story here. The policy shift is framed as a precautionary measure aimed at minimizing user disruption, but the absence of transparency regarding ongoing verifications with WD or Seagate limits clarity for users seeking alternatives – which is why users are seeing this more as a means for the brand to increase profitability in the 2025 series as a bundled utility purchase – not as a means of system stability.
Ultimately, discussing the technical standards or benchmarks involved in the verification process in paramount here. It largely confirms that responsibility for future third-party compatibility lies with the drive manufacturers themselves, effectively shifting the onus of transparency to them. While it is understandable that Synology might want to mitigate support complexity, the lack of specificity about how the verification criteria have evolved or what steps vendors must follow leaves key questions unanswered for both users and third-party storage providers. I reached out to representatives from Seagate and WD to see if they could elaborate further on this new media side verification process with their respective NAS/Server class media – neither was able to provide further details at this time.
UPDATED 07-05-25 = Added Unverified HDD and SSD (Migrated) Storage Pool RAID Repair, RAID POOL Expansion and Hot Spare Tests. Right now, the following is what works and what does not (between pre-2025 Series and the 2025 Series that is releasing now):
Blocked – system will not rebuild with unverified media
M.2 NVMe Cache – Synology SSDs
Supported
Supported
M.2 NVMe Cache – 3rd Party SSDs
Supported
Blocked
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – Synology SSDs
Not supported
Supported
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – 3rd Party SSDs
Not supported
Blocked
SMART Monitoring – Verified Drives
Full support
Full support
SMART Monitoring – Non-Verified Drives
Full support
Limited or blocked (TBC)
Storage Manager Alerts – Non-Verified Drives
Warnings, dismissible
Persistent, cannot be cleared
Overall Compatibility Flexibility
High – mix-and-match drives allowed
Low – walled-garden enforcement
Users are able to migrate existing storage arrays that feature Unverified/unsupported drive media in previous Synology systems into 2025 Plus series devices and still use DSM services – however once they do so, they are unable to use the same model ID of drives to perform RAID recovery, RAID expansion or introduced a hot spare, unless that drive is on the verified drive list. Why is this?
Answer- Advanced operations such as RAID recovery, expansion, or hot spare assignment are technically intensive and carry a higher risk of data loss if inconsistencies arise. Drives that haven’t been validated through Synology’s verification process may behave unpredictably under stress, impacting array stability or performance. For this reason, support for these functions is limited to verified drives—a precaution designed to safeguard user data and maintain long-term system reliability.
So, this answer outlines Synology’s rationale for restricting critical RAID operations on unverified drives and It emphasizes the increased risk associated with advanced storage operations, particularly when performed on drives that may not have been tested under stress or fault conditions. The justification focuses on data integrity and system reliability, suggesting that verified drives have undergone stress testing scenarios that others have not. However, the lack of granularity in what defines “unpredictable behavior” makes it difficult to independently evaluate the severity or frequency of these issues. Much like the statistics point earlier, this seems a remarkable stretch in terms of reaction to what many users would consider a very, very low % risk factor. Equally, though there is an argument that some drive media is less suitable for NAS usage (eg the WD Red SMR drives, desktop single drive use media like Seagate Barracuda and high power draw HDDs/SSDs in some cases), these make up a very small % of drive media in the market and using this as a reasoning to effectively bar the continued support of drive media that has been supported/used in Synology server use over the last 2 decades to prevent RAID recovery and Expansion in the latest gen for those carrying them over seems insane overkill.
The policy effectively limits upgradability and flexibility in mixed-drive environments. While it is technically reasonable to restrict risky operations on unvalidated components, the ability to migrate but not expand or rebuild a RAID introduces a half-measure — allowing users to enter unsupported configurations while restricting them mid-cycle. The result is a system state that may appear functional at first but ultimately lacks key functionality unless users conform to the verified list. For long-term users upgrading from older systems, this shift can lead to unexpected limitations without adequate warning, particularly in small or home office deployments. The messaging has been poor and though I made a video about these limitations (embedded above), there is practically no other clear and transparent information about this online (with incongruous detailson the Synology Knowledge base that could stand to be a lot clearer and louder).
HOT TAKE, and hear me out – If Synology do not allow support of RAID repair/Expansion on drives that have been migrated over from older NAS systems where the drives WERE originally supported (unless they use 2025 verified drives) because of reasons of stability, I have a somewhat extreme suggestion. As unpopular as it might have been, Synology should have just BARRED the support of migration from older generation Synology NAS devices with unverified drives entirely. I personally think they should have allowed for RAID repair/Expansion of unverified drives, but if they are going to pursue this for reasons of system stability, they should have committed to this fully and not allowed this grey area with migration. As it just looks bad for the brand, as means of ensuring people can upgrade/remain in the ecosystem, but then have limited scalability when those older drives require replacement/growth.
Were pre-populated Synology NAS devices considered, given the strict verified support stance that this new Synology hardware generation contains?
Answer – Regarding pre-populated NAS solutions, there hasn’t been significant internal discussion or a formal strategy around this model. As such, I don’t have a concrete answer at this time. The focus remains on ensuring that any storage media used—whether user-installed or bundled—is fully verified to meet Synology’s reliability standards.
Not much to unpack here. It makes sense. I imagine they DID discuss this as an option (as they are already engaging with this with systems like the Beestation), but at least for now, it seems off the table. As unpopular as this might have been, in some ways it could have solved a lot of this friction for some users. Provide the 2025 PLUS series as an empty/enclosure-only solution with similar compatibility as the 2024 and earlier generation – but then also supply several pre-populated options that feature Synology drive media as standard. However, that would be a different discussion entirely (eg logistics, SKUs, viability, ROI by offering this alongside flexible options).
Can you provide example(s) of critical system issues that using unverified drives caused, that were the tipping point for this new strict HDD support policy?
Examples of what stepped up our verification process moving forward:
Performance Issues: Unverified drives may function under light workloads but can suffer serious performance drops (e.g., IOPS decline) under multi-user access or when running demanding services like virtualization, backup, or databases. This can lead to poor user experience or service disruptions (e.g., iSCSI timeouts).
Stability Risks: Without thorough testing, unverified drives are more prone to failures under stress conditions such as unexpected power loss or long-duration file transfers—leading to timeouts, reboot failures, or data integrity issues in high-load or long-term operations.
Compatibility Problems: Drives not validated for compatibility may show unstable behavior with certain NAS controllers, resulting in drive drops, RAID instability, or data access interruptions over time.
Advanced Feature Failures: Unverified drives may fail during operations like SMART testing or Secure Erase, especially after unexpected power outages. Some drives may not respond properly under frequent access or specific command sets, affecting system stability.
Drive Failures Under High Load or Density: Some drives may become unresponsive under high data density or I/O intensity, with issues persisting even after a reset.
The examples provided by Synology highlight a variety of operational issues associated with unverified drives, most of which relate to performance degradation, system instability, or failure of advanced features under stress. These scenarios focus on workloads involving sustained I/O, power fluctuations, and controller-level interactions. In isolation, many of the issues described are plausible for lower-tier or unsuitable drive models, particularly in demanding or enterprise-like environments. That said, that are very low margins (eg 0.01% or lower) when you look at the traditional deployment of many Synology NAS solution in the Plus series. Again though, the scale and frequency of these issues remain unclear. There is no indication of how widespread such failures are across Synology’s user base, nor whether they represent rare edge cases or common occurrences. The examples also apply more logically to enterprise or high-density configurations, whereas the same strict policies now affect all tiers — including two-bay and four-bay systems used by home and prosumer users. Without concrete statistics or clearer thresholds, it is difficult to assess whether these issues justify the breadth of the policy. The policy appears to target potential worst-case scenarios, but may have broader consequences for user flexibility than the risk profile necessarily warrants.
Additional Information and Details from the MyBroadband Article
Further context on Synology’s new drive compatibility policy was provided in an interview between MyBroadband journalist Daniel Puchert (click to read) and Michael Chang, Synology’s Regional Sales Manager. The discussion reinforced many of the points raised during the HQ visit, while also offering additional information into the motivations behind Synology’s stricter approach to drive support in their latest generation of NAS systems. Chang explained that Synology’s primary objective was to ensure product reliability and reduce system-level faults that were increasingly traced back to third-party hard drives. According to Chang, complaints received by Synology often involved third-party drive issues, yet Synology would still be held accountable by users due to their role as the NAS provider. This prompted the company to centralize responsibility and tighten control over supported hardware configurations. While Synology-branded drives are currently the only models certified, Chang noted that other vendors are being invited to participate in the compatibility validation program — provided they meet the same testing standards.
(In the case of the NAS drives) “..because Synology’s product would typically facilitate the usage of third-party hard drives, it would also be the scapegoat for any faults with the entire system.”
“..complaints received by Synology regarding issues relating to its NAS devices were most often caused by faulty hard drives.
“severe storage anomalies have decreased by up to 88%” for hard drive models that have adopted its hard drive compatibility policy, compared to older models.”
“We still welcome third parties to join Synology’s ecosystem and have invited vendors to join our validation program,”
The article also mentioned that Synology-certified drives undergo over 7,000 hours of testing, and systems using those drives reportedly experience 40% fewer failures than those using uncertified media. Additionally, Synology claims that severe storage anomalies have dropped by up to 88% in systems following its compatibility policy. Although Chang confirmed that third-party compatibility may expand in the future, it will only do so under strict adherence to Synology’s internal benchmarks. These statements align with Synology’s position during the HQ tour, further emphasizing a shift toward a closed, highly controlled ecosystem that prioritizes consistent performance over hardware flexibility.
Synology and HDD Support and Verification – Conclusion and the Long Term
My biggest issue with all this is that, almost certainly, we are going to see Seagate, WD, Toshiba and more slow (slooooooooowly) appear on the compatibility lists for a number of the 2025 generation of devices over the coming months. So, what was all this for? The PR damage and likely early sales damage of the Synolgoy 2025 Series because of this change of support I would estimate is going to be pretty substantial – and all the reports and reactions to this online are not going to go away as soon as a Seagate Ironwolf or WD Red drive appears on the support lists. Also, Synology work on these devices for a very, very long time before launch – why is all this happening now – and not before launch. The cynic in me wants to just assume it was pure profitability and that Synology want to maximize profits, and if when this does begin to U-Trun ,that the brand can say that it was the plan all along. But whether that is true or not, the damage to the brand in the eyes of a substantial % of their long term fans is notable, and with many more players in the market (UniFi, QNAP, UGREEN and more) launching new products in Q3 and Q4 – is this all going to be a gamble by the brand that ends up costing them more than just leaving the support status quo where it was? Only time will tell.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Synology vs QNAP NAS – Which Should You Buy in 2025?
When choosing a NAS solution in 2025, two brands dominate the conversation: Synology and QNAP. These Taiwan-based companies have evolved their offerings significantly over the years, adapting to changing user needs in backup, multimedia, virtualization, and enterprise storage. Synology, with a strong emphasis on software polish and ecosystem integration, continues to appeal to users who prioritize stability and consistency. QNAP, by contrast, leans into offering higher-spec hardware, customization, and flexibility, targeting tech-savvy users who want granular control over their system. This article explores how the two compare across hardware, storage capabilities, software platforms, security, pricing, and overall value. Both Synology and QNAP share a lot of baseline features: multi-platform support across Windows, Mac, and Linux; mobile apps for Android and iOS; web-based GUIs; encryption; multi-user access; and strong community ecosystems. Yet important distinctions emerge as you look deeper. These differences often boil down to Synology delivering a more consistent, “appliance-like” experience, while QNAP offers broader hardware choices and wider compatibility. Neither brand is universally better, but each fits different user priorities. Let’s break down how Synology and QNAP stack up in detail for 2025.
Synology vs QNAP NAS – Hardware Comparison
In terms of hardware variety and specification, QNAP clearly maintains an advantage in 2025. QNAP offers a wider range of NAS models across every price tier, providing more options for users looking for features like 2.5GbE or 10GbE ports, Thunderbolt connectivity, PCIe expandability, and support for AI or GPU cards. Many QNAP systems at even mid-tier levels offer multi-core CPUs, 2.5GbE as a minimum, and M.2 NVMe slots for caching or storage pools. Synology, while offering a hardware range from ARM-based entry units to Xeon-powered enterprise models, typically emphasizes efficiency and stability over raw horsepower, often shipping systems with lower-core-count processors and 1GbE networking by default.
Hardware Feature
Synology
QNAP
M.2 NVMe SSD Slots
✓
✓
Dedicated Flash/SSD NAS Systems
✓ (Only in Rackmount)
✓
PCIe Expansion Slots
✓
✓
10GbE / 25GbE Network Support
✓
✓
Thunderbolt Connectivity
✓
Dual-Controller NAS Models
✓
✓
Support for SAS Drives
✓
✓
ZFS File System Support
✓
Btrfs File System Support
✓
Flexible/Hybrid RAID
✓ (SHR)
✓ (QTier)
HDMI Output for Direct Media Playback
✓
Tool-less Drive Installation
✓
✓
Integrated GPU for Media Transcoding
✓ (only on the low tier PLUS range)
✓
External GPU Support (PCIe GPU Expansion)
✓
U.2 NVMe SSD Support
✓
Redundant Power Supply Options
✓
✓
High-Capacity Scalability (Over 1PB)
✓
✓
Dedicated Out-of-Band Management (IPMI/iKVM)
✓
USB 4.0 Ports
✓
2.5GbE
✓ (But only on x25 Models)
✓
5GbE LAN Support
✓
Thunderbolt-to-Ethernet Bridging
✓
M.2 NVMe Storage Pool Creation
(only on new models) ✓
✓
Hot-Swappable Drives
✓
✓
AI Accelerator Card Support (TPU/NPU cards)
✓
Edge AI/Surveillance AI Built-in Modules
(only DVA series) ✓
✓
However, Synology’s hardware strategy is tightly coupled to its software-first philosophy. Devices are designed to maximize compatibility, power efficiency, and seamless operation with DSM. Some newer 2025 Synology models do offer improvements — such as M.2 NVMe storage pools and optional 10GbE upgrades — but their pace remains slower compared to QNAP’s frequent hardware refresh cycles. For users whose priority is high performance, customization, or bleeding-edge hardware, QNAP offers far more compelling options. For those seeking low-power, quiet, turnkey systems, Synology still provides highly reliable appliances.
Synology vs QNAP NAS – Storage Services and Scalability
Storage capabilities represent a growing area of divergence. Synology’s storage ecosystem emphasizes stability and data integrity through Btrfs file systems, SHR (Synology Hybrid RAID), fast RAID rebuilds, and snapshot technology. However, Synology has dramatically tightened its drive compatibility rules from 2025 onwards, particularly in the Plus series and higher, limiting users to certified Synology drives for initialization. This hardline approach restricts flexibility, as users cannot freely install third-party HDDs or SSDs. Meanwhile, users still benefit from technologies like SHR, making mixed-drive RAID arrays easier to manage, though concerns remain about SHR’s future viability under Synology’s evolving drive policies.
SERVICE
SYNOLOGY
QNAP
Notes
File Services
SMB, AFP, NFS
Cross-platform sharing
WebDAV
Remote access
FTP/FTPS
Standard protocols
Rsync/Remote Sync
Sync across systems
RAID & Storage
Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
Core RAID support
SHR (Hybrid RAID)
Synology-exclusive
Qtier Auto-Tiering
QNAP-exclusive SSD/HDD tiering
ZFS Support
(DSM 7.2+ select models)
(QuTS hero)
Synology uses Btrfs more widely
Storage Pools
Pool-based management
Thin Provisioning
On supported file systems
Storage Snapshots
(Btrfs-based)
(ZFS/ext4-based)
Both support snapshot schedules
Inline Deduplication
(Btrfs)
(ZFS)
Both support dedup, method differs
SSD Cache (Read/Write)
Model-dependent
Encryption (AES-256)
Volume/folder-level encryption
Backup & Sync
Hyper Backup / HBS3
(Hyper Backup)
(Hybrid Backup Sync 3)
Functionally equivalent
Active Backup for Business
Enterprise-grade backup (free)
Snapshot Replication
Data versioning support
Cloud Sync
Multi-cloud sync integration
QNAP’s storage flexibility is far greater. Users can utilize almost any NAS-rated or server-class drive from vendors like Seagate, Toshiba, and WD, without vendor lock-in. Beyond standard RAID levels, QNAP offers Qtier for intelligent auto-tiering between SSDs and HDDs and supports ZFS through its QuTS hero operating system. ZFS integration introduces enterprise-grade features such as inline deduplication, compression, triple-parity RAID options, and even faster rebuilds. Expansion is another strong suit for QNAP, with broad support for external expansion enclosures over USB and PCIe, while Synology supports far fewer expansion units. In short, QNAP offers a more powerful, flexible storage environment but demands more technical knowledge to manage effectively.
Synology DSM vs QNAP QTS/QuTS – Software Compared
Synology’s DSM (DiskStation Manager) remains the benchmark for NAS operating systems in terms of polish, consistency, and ease of use. Its streamlined UI, consistent app design, and stable system management tools make it highly user-friendly. DSM’s integration with Synology Drive, Hyper Backup, Active Backup for Business, and its Office suite provide turnkey productivity and backup solutions. However, Synology is moving increasingly toward a closed ecosystem, prioritizing first-party apps and services over broader third-party integration. Applications like Surveillance Station remain best-in-class, but recent trends — such as discontinuing Video Station — indicate Synology’s increasing control over its ecosystem.
Category
Feature
Synology
QNAP
Notes
Core OS
OS
DSM (DiskStation Manager)
QTS / QuTS hero
QuTS hero is ZFS-based
Web GUI Dashboard
Both have polished interfaces
Mobile Apps
DS apps (Synology), Qfile/Qmanager (QNAP)
Virtualization & Containers
Docker Support
QNAP supports LXC too
Virtual Machines
(VMM)
(Virtualization Station)
QNAP offers GPU passthrough
GPU Passthrough
(limited)
QNAP supports more virtualization use cases
AI / Surveillance
Surveillance Station
(QVR Pro/Elite)
QNAP includes more free camera licenses
AI Facial Recognition
(DVA series)
(QVR Face Tiger)
Hardware-dependent
Smart Object Detection
Both support this in premium models
Media Services
Plex Media Server
Supported by both
DLNA/UPnP Streaming
Basic media server support
Video Transcoding (HW Acceleration)
(some models)
(broader support)
QNAP supports external GPUs
Audio Station / Music Station
Web/mobile access to music
Cloud & Remote Access
QuickConnect / myQNAPcloud
(QuickConnect)
(myQNAPcloud)
Brand-specific DDNS/remote access services
HybridShare / HybridMount
(HybridShare)
(HybridMount)
Mount cloud storage as local; brand equivalent
Productivity & Apps
Synology Office (Docs, Sheets, Slides)
Google Docs-like suite for Synology only
Notes / Tasks / Calendar
Productivity tools
Mail Server & Chat
Business collaboration tools
App Ecosystem
App Center
QNAP has a broader variety
Package Manager CLI
(synopkg)
(qpkg)
Command-line support for installs
QNAP’s QTS and QuTS hero systems offer greater flexibility and third-party support at the cost of consistency. Users can deploy a much wider range of apps, including those for AI recognition, media streaming, and backup tasks, often with deeper customization options. QNAP’s app ecosystem embraces both QNAP-native and third-party applications, with tools like HybridMount and Hybrid Backup Sync offering robust cloud and backup integrations.
However, design inconsistencies and a more complex setup process make QNAP platforms better suited to technically proficient users. QNAP systems offer more functionality out of the box but can feel less cohesive than Synology’s more curated environment.
Synology vs QNAP NAS – Security
Synology continues to lead in NAS security in 2025. The company’s multi-layered approach — including an in-house Security Response Team, bug bounty programs, pen-testing partnerships, and rapid patching policies — maintains its reputation as one of the most secure NAS ecosystems. Security Advisor, SSL certificate management, encrypted folders, and proactive system audits are standard across DSM systems. Remote access via QuickConnect is tightly controlled to minimize exposure. This emphasis on hardening and responding quickly to vulnerabilities makes Synology a strong choice for users prioritizing security with minimal manual intervention.
Service
Synology
QNAP
Notes
Security & Access
2FA (Two-Factor Authentication)
User-level protection
VPN Server (OpenVPN, L2TP, PPTP)
Standard features
Firewall + IP Blocking
Security policy management
SSL Certificate Management
Let’s Encrypt, custom certs
Security Advisor
Built-in vulnerability scanner
QNAP has made substantial strides in recent years to bolster its security posture, responding to earlier criticisms following ransomware incidents. The introduction of its own PSIRT team, participation in Pwn2Own, and improvements to myQNAPcloud services represent real progress. However, QNAP’s security tools, like Security Counselor, often need to be manually installed and configured. While they now offer multi-factor authentication and SSL options, the user experience around setting up and maintaining a secure environment still lags slightly behind Synology. Power users comfortable with managing network-level protections can achieve strong security on QNAP, but casual users may find Synology’s default setup safer out of the box.
Synology vs QNAP NAS – Price Point and Value
QNAP consistently offers better raw hardware value for the price across its product range. A mid-tier QNAP NAS typically features higher-core CPUs, 2.5GbE or 10GbE networking, and expandability features like PCIe slots and multiple M.2 NVMe slots — features that, with Synology, are only available at much higher price points.
Additionally, QNAP’s lack of strict HDD compatibility listing (as currently the case for the Synology 2025 series, at the time of writing) and broader compatibility with storage and memory components can significantly reduce the total cost of ownership for DIY-minded users. Synology’s pricing, while generally higher, reflects its software development investment and the overall polish of its systems.
Buyers are paying for a more turnkey experience, better documentation, and consistent performance across the board. Moreover, Synology’s inclusion of powerful free tools like Active Backup for Business and Synology Drive adds enterprise-grade features without additional licensing costs, which in some cases offsets the hardware premium. Nonetheless, for users whose priority is maximum hardware performance and component freedom, QNAP usually offers a stronger return on investment.
Synology vs QNAP NAS – Conclusion and Verdict
Choosing between Synology and QNAP in 2025 depends largely on user priorities. Synology remains the best choice for users seeking a polished, consistent, stable, and secure NAS experience. Its streamlined DSM platform, reliable first-party apps, and strong support infrastructure make it ideal for small businesses, prosumers, and general users who want a “set it and forget it” solution. However, Synology’s movement toward hardware and software lock-in may be off-putting to users who value flexibility or those unwilling to buy only Synology-branded components. QNAP, by contrast, excels in offering more powerful hardware, greater configuration freedom, and broader third-party app support. Users who want to customize, expand, virtualize, and maximize their system’s capabilities — and who are comfortable managing more complex setups — will find QNAP to be the more empowering platform. While its software consistency and security history lag slightly behind Synology, the gap has narrowed considerably. Ultimately, Synology is the stronger pick for users valuing simplicity and long-term stability, while QNAP offers more opportunities for those willing to trade simplicity for flexibility and raw performance.
NAS Solutions
NAS Solutions
+ Better Software (In almost every respect!)
+ Much Better Global Support Presence
+ More business desirable
+ Larger Range of solutions
– Compatibility restrictions on HDD and Upgrades More and more
– Underwhelming hardware (comparatively)
+ Better Hardware for Price
+ Wider Variety of Solutions and Hardware Profiles
+ Supports ZFS and/or EXT4 (with ZFS platform now available on latest Intel Celeron Systems)
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology (Finally) Reveals Managed PoE 10GbE Switches – The PS Series
At Computex 2025, Synology formally unveiled its new PS Series of PoE switches—marking the company’s first venture into dedicated network switching hardware. Designed specifically for surveillance environments, these switches are not meant to replace general-purpose managed switches, but rather to complement Synology’s Surveillance Station ecosystem. The lineup includes three models: the high-capacity PS2600+, the compact PS1000+, and the entry-level PS500. Each model is tailored for powering PoE cameras and streamlining IP surveillance setups, with features like centralized control through Surveillance Station and fanless operation. While this launch addresses a long-standing gap in Synology’s ecosystem, it is clear that these devices are intended for a niche surveillance role rather than enterprise-wide or enthusiast-grade switching solutions.
Why is a Synology Switch so Highly Demanded? And Why is This Not Quite What Everyone Wanted?
For years, users of Synology’s NAS and surveillance solutions have speculated about the company expanding into networking hardware, particularly switches. Given Synology’s existing ecosystem of NAS units, cameras, routers, and software like Surveillance Station and SRM, a managed PoE switch seemed like the logical next step to unify its offerings under a single, tightly integrated platform. Many envisioned a Synology switch that could serve not just surveillance but also general-purpose networking, VLAN management, and broader SMB/enterprise deployments—effectively competing with established names like Ubiquiti, Netgear, or QNAP.
However, the PS Series unveiled at Computex 2025 diverges from that expectation. The PS2600+ and PS1000+ are exclusively intended for use with Synology’s Surveillance Station, lacking broader Layer 3 management tools outside of this context. Meanwhile, the PS500 is a basic, unmanaged unit aimed more at simple deployments than network optimization. There are no bundled camera licenses, limited software extensibility, and no SRM integration. As a result, while these switches will likely appeal to users looking for a seamless Synology surveillance setup, they fall short of the more versatile, all-encompassing switch that many long-time Synology users were hoping for.
Synology PS2600+ 26 Port L2+ Managed PoE Switch
The PS2600+ is the flagship switch in Synology’s new lineup, featuring 24 PoE+ ports and 2 additional 10GbE SFP+ uplink ports. Designed for rackmount or desktop use, the PS2600+ is completely fanless, making it suitable for noise-sensitive environments. It delivers a total PoE power budget of 185W, allowing it to power multiple IP cameras, particularly in larger surveillance setups. It is fully managed and integrates directly with Synology’s Surveillance Station for centralized control, including power management, port diagnostics, and network topology mapping.
In terms of network performance, the PS2600+ offers a switching bandwidth of 88 Gbps and a forwarding rate of 65.47 Mpps. It supports Layer 2+ features, including inter-VLAN routing and DHCP server capabilities, allowing it to segment and route traffic in more complex surveillance deployments. However, its software integration is limited exclusively to Surveillance Station, and it lacks any compatibility with Synology’s SRM (Router OS) or general-purpose network management tools. It is best suited for installations where the switch, NAS, and cameras are all part of a single, unified Synology surveillance environment.
Feature
PS2600+
Ports (Total)
26
RJ45 1GbE Ports
24 (PoE+)
10GbE SFP+ Ports
2
Console Port
Yes (RS-232 over RJ45)
Switching Bandwidth
88 Gbps
Forwarding Performance
65.47 Mpps
MAC Address Table
16K
Jumbo Frame Support
10,000 Bytes
Available PoE Power
185W
Extended Mode
Yes
Power Supply
Internal
Dimensions (H x W x D)
44 x 441 x 270 mm
Cooling
Fanless
Mounting
Rackmount / Desktop
L3 Features
Static Routing, Inter-VLAN Routing, DHCP
Surveillance Integration
Yes (via Surveillance Station CMS)
Synology PS500 5 Port Unmanaged PoE Switch
The PS500 is the most basic model in Synology’s PS Series and is designed primarily for entry-level surveillance setups. It offers a total of five ports, four of which support PoE+ for powering IP cameras or other devices. Unlike the other models, the PS500 is completely unmanaged—there is no software-based configuration, no VLAN support, and no integration with Surveillance Station CMS. It is intended for plug-and-play functionality, making it suitable for simple installations where centralized management is not required.
Despite its simplicity, the PS500 still delivers up to 60W of total PoE power and supports jumbo frames up to 9000 bytes. It is passively cooled and uses an external power supply, emphasizing its role as a compact, low-maintenance switch for desktop or wall-mounted deployments. While it doesn’t offer the flexibility or control of the PS2600+ or PS1000+, it fills a gap for users seeking a straightforward power delivery solution for small-scale IP camera installations.
Feature
PS500
Ports (Total)
5
RJ45 1GbE Ports
5 (4 PoE+)
SFP Ports
None
Console Port
No
Switching Bandwidth
10 Gbps
Forwarding Performance
7.44 Mpps
MAC Address Table
2K
Jumbo Frame Support
9000 Bytes
Available PoE Power
60W
Extended Mode
No
Power Supply
External (72W)
Dimensions (H x W x D)
26 x 121 x 75 mm
Cooling
Fanless
Mounting
Desktop / Wall-mount
L3 Features
None
Surveillance Integration
No
Synology PS1000+ 10 Port L2+ Managed PoE Switch
The PS1000+ serves as the mid-range offering in Synology’s PS Series, targeting smaller surveillance deployments that still benefit from centralized management. It includes 8 PoE+ RJ45 ports and 2 standard 1GbE SFP ports for uplink or fiber connectivity. Like the PS2600+, this model is fanless and supports both rackmount and desktop installations. It offers a total PoE power budget of 65W, which is sufficient for a modest number of IP cameras or access points in home or SMB setups.
From a network performance standpoint, the PS1000+ provides 20 Gbps of switching bandwidth and a forwarding rate of 14.88 Mpps. It also supports VLANs, static routing, and DHCP services, and is managed entirely through Synology’s Surveillance Station interface. Its role is clearly focused—bridging NAS units and IP cameras under one platform, without offering broader Layer 3 functionality or third-party network integration. For users with Synology NAS-based NVR setups and fewer cameras, the PS1000+ provides a compact, low-noise, managed switch option.
Feature
PS1000+
Ports (Total)
10
RJ45 1GbE Ports
8 (PoE+)
1GbE SFP Ports
2
Console Port
Yes (RS-232 over RJ45)
Switching Bandwidth
20 Gbps
Forwarding Performance
14.88 Mpps
MAC Address Table
Not Listed
Jumbo Frame Support
10,000 Bytes
Available PoE Power
65W
Extended Mode
Yes
Power Supply
Internal
Dimensions (H x W x D)
44 x 265 x 183 mm
Cooling
Fanless
Mounting
Rackmount / Desktop
L3 Features
Static Routing, Inter-VLAN Routing, DHCP
Surveillance Integration
Yes (via Surveillance Station CMS)
Synology PS Series Switches, Conclusion and Verdict
Synology’s entry into the network switch market with the PS Series marks a significant, though narrowly focused, expansion of its surveillance ecosystem. These switches are clearly designed with Surveillance Station users in mind, offering streamlined power and network management for PoE camera deployments. While the PS2600+ and PS1000+ provide useful managed features for larger and mid-sized surveillance environments, and the PS500 delivers a simple plug-and-play option, none of these models address general networking needs outside of Synology’s surveillance scope. For those seeking a unified Synology environment for NVR deployments, these switches may be a welcome addition—but broader adoption will likely remain limited until Synology delivers more versatile, multi-role networking solutions.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
At Computex 2025 in Taipei, Minisforum introduced the MS-R1 — a new class of mini PC that marks a distinct departure from its usual reliance on x86 architecture. This compact system is built around the ARM-based CIX P1 processor, an emerging 12-core chip aimed at redefining performance standards for ARM in desktop computing. The MS-R1 combines this processor with dual 10GbE networking, PCIe Gen 4 expansion, and up to 64GB of onboard LPDDR5 memory — all within a chassis under 5 cm thick. Unlike traditional Minisforum models that have leaned on AMD Ryzen or Intel Core platforms, this system positions itself as a versatile option for edge computing, AI acceleration, and lightweight server tasks.
The MS-R1 is clearly still in development, but its early prototype already suggests Minisforum is exploring wider horizons beyond conventional desktop replacement PCs. It leverages many of the strengths typically associated with ARM — such as power efficiency and thermally lightweight design — while mitigating common limitations through generous I/O and expansion capabilities. Whether this signals a broader shift in the company’s product direction remains to be seen, but the MS-R1 offers an intriguing glimpse into how ARM-based platforms might coexist with, or even challenge, traditional x86 solutions in the years ahead.
Minisforum MS-R1 PC Hardware Specifications
The Minisforum MS-R1 is equipped with the newly announced CIX P1 (CP8180) processor, a 12-core, 12-thread ARM-based SoC built on the ARMv9.2-A architecture. Manufactured using a 6nm process, the CPU combines eight performance cores and four efficiency cores, operating at up to 2.6 GHz. It is complemented by a 10-core Arm Immortalis GPU, likely the G720 series, which supports advanced graphical output and light AI rendering. Additionally, the chip includes a 30 TOPS-capable neural processing unit (NPU), bringing the total onboard AI compute power to 45 TOPS. This SoC runs Linux systems with kernel 6.6 or later and offers a UEFI-compatible BIOS with ACPI support — a rare but increasingly essential feature for ARM-based systems targeting general desktop or server use.
Component
Details
CPU
CIX P1 (CP8180) – 12-core (8P + 4E), ARMv9.2-A, up to 2.6 GHz
The MS-R1 includes 64GB of onboard LPDDR5 memory configured in a 128-bit arrangement. The memory is soldered and therefore non-user-upgradable, though the capacity and bandwidth are positioned to meet the needs of multitasking and light-to-midweight computational tasks, including AI inference. For primary storage, the system features a PCIe 4.0 x4 M.2 slot compatible with both 2280 and 22110-length NVMe SSDs, supporting drives up to 4TB. In addition to internal storage, a separate M.2 2230 slot provides wireless connectivity via Wi-Fi 6E and Bluetooth 5.2 modules. On the video output side, the device supports HDMI 2.0 (4K at 60Hz) and two USB Type-C ports with DisplayPort 1.4 alternate mode — one of which is capable of up to 8K at 60Hz, enabling high-resolution display setups in professional or creative environments.
Where the MS-R1 notably differentiates itself is in its high-speed I/O and expandability. Dual 10GbE copper LAN ports deliver enterprise-grade networking capability, especially valuable for file servers, edge compute nodes, or hybrid NAS use cases. A full-length PCIe x16 slot (operating at PCIe 4.0 x8 bandwidth) offers GPU or accelerator card support, effectively bridging the gap between ARM architecture and discrete compute expansion — something still rare in this space. USB connectivity is ample: 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 (10Gbps) Type-A on the rear, 1 x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps) Type-A on the front, and four USB 2.0 ports split across the front and rear. Audio is handled via HDMI, the DisplayPort-enabled Type-C ports, and a 3.5mm combo jack. Power is supplied via a 19V barrel-type DC-IN jack rated at 9.47A, and the device is controlled by a front-facing LED-lit power button. Despite its compact 195.6 × 189 × 48mm footprint, the MS-R1 integrates a surprising breadth of features for ARM-based edge computing in a mini PC form factor.
Why the Minsforum MS-R1 is a Big Deal?
The MS-R1 stands out primarily because it brings ARM architecture into a domain traditionally dominated by x86 processors — compact desktop systems with high-speed networking, PCIe expansion, and broad OS compatibility. ARM chips have long been associated with mobile, embedded, and power-efficient use cases, but they have rarely offered the kind of performance, I/O, and system flexibility seen in x86-based mini PCs. With the CIX P1 SoC, the MS-R1 challenges that assumption. It pairs a 12-core CPU (based on the ARMv9.2-A standard) with a 10-core GPU and an NPU capable of 30 TOPS, totaling 45 TOPS of AI compute. This puts it within reach of edge AI tasks, containerized application hosting, or lightweight virtualization. It’s also rare to see an ARM system with UEFI BIOS support, which enables compatibility with a wide range of Linux distributions and other OS environments — removing a common barrier for general users or developers.
Another reason the MS-R1 matters is its hardware-level ambition. While many ARM-based devices are limited in I/O and expansion, this system includes two 10GbE ports and a PCIe Gen 4 x8 slot — enabling add-in graphics cards or accelerators, typically absent in ARM ecosystems. Combined with onboard LPDDR5 RAM and NVMe Gen 4 storage, the MS-R1 begins to resemble a standard workstation or edge server in capability. Minisforum’s decision to use the CIX P1 processor, which is likely based on licensable Arm Cortex designs and built for a Chinese market increasingly focused on domestic alternatives, reflects both a strategic and technical shift. It also comes at a time when ARM is being seriously considered for broader computing roles, particularly in energy-efficient high-performance setups. The MS-R1 doesn’t just experiment with ARM—it places it in a form factor, price tier, and feature set that could realistically serve prosumers, developers, and small enterprise users.
When will the Minisforum MS-R1 Be Released and Price?
The Minisforum MS-R1 is not just another compact system — it’s a deliberate move into new territory for the brand. By integrating an ARMv9 SoC with high-speed networking, PCIe expansion, and a mature BIOS environment, the MS-R1 challenges preconceptions about what ARM-based mini PCs can deliver. While still in early development, it already positions itself as a potential edge server, AI inference node, or Linux-based workstation. Its soldered LPDDR5 memory, limited to 64GB, and single NVMe slot may limit flexibility in some use cases, but the inclusion of dual 10GbE and PCIe Gen 4 support compensate with substantial throughput potential. It is not yet clear how the market will respond to such a hybrid product — one that crosses lines between embedded computing and traditional desktops — but it’s an important experiment in bringing ARM computing to mainstream deployment environments.
Minisforum’s broader product roadmap at Computex 2025 suggests that the MS-R1 is just one piece of a larger diversification strategy. Alongside it, the company showcased the upcoming N5 Pro — a Ryzen 9-based NAS/PC hybrid with ECC memory support — and the G1 Pro, a small form factor system housing up to RTX 5060-class graphics and 120W CPUs. These products collectively show the company’s intent to cover multiple tiers of performance and deployment, from ARM-powered edge systems to x86-based content creation rigs.
Likely DDR5 SODIMM (config/details not yet confirmed)
Likely DDR5 SODIMM (config/details not yet confirmed)
Storage Expansion
2 × M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 4)
2 × M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 4)
Wireless
Wi-Fi (generation not specified), Bluetooth supported
Wi-Fi (generation not specified), Bluetooth supported
Power Supply
550W Built-in PSU
550W Built-in PSU
Chassis Volume
Approx. 3.9L (small form factor enclosure)
Approx. 3.9L (small form factor enclosure)
Cooling
Likely air cooling with dual-fan or vapor chamber (TBD)
Likely air cooling with dual-fan or vapor chamber (TBD)
Software
Minisforum Control Center app support
Minisforum Control Center app support
Lighting
Adjustable RGB Lighting
Adjustable RGB Lighting
Use Case
Compact gaming / creator PC
Higher-tier gaming / GPU compute mini system
Whether or not the MS-R1 reaches widespread adoption, it represents a notable shift toward ARM’s growing viability outside mobile and embedded contexts. It’s a signal that the boundary between ARM and x86 in high-performance personal computing may continue to blur in the years ahead.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
At Computex 2025 in Taipei, PROMISE Technology introduced the Pegasus5 M8, an NVMe-based RAID storage system built around Intel’s Thunderbolt 5 interface. This new addition to the Pegasus5 product line focuses on delivering high-throughput, low-latency performance in a compact form factor tailored for professionals working with data-heavy content. Thunderbolt 5 provides a significant increase in bandwidth compared to previous generations, supporting up to 80 Gbps combined data and video transfer, which the M8 leverages for intensive media workflows. The M8 was presented as part of PROMISE’s wider strategy to address evolving demands in high-resolution video production, AI-assisted processing, and portable high-speed storage. Its debut follows the earlier launch of the Pegasus5 R12 and R12 Pro, which introduced 12-bay and hybrid HDD/SSD tower configurations with RAID capabilities, aimed at larger-scale desktop storage environments.
Promise Pegasus5 M8 Hardware Specifications
The Pegasus5 M8 is a compact, all-flash 8-bay direct-attached storage (DAS) system that exclusively supports M.2 NVMe SSDs. It accommodates both standard 2280-length SSDs and 1.5-inch variants, allowing flexibility in selecting drives based on capacity, endurance, or thermal profile. The system supports a mix of TLC-based drives for high performance and QLC-based drives for increased capacity per dollar, giving users the option to tailor the configuration toward speed, cost-efficiency, or a balance of both. Each M.2 slot is connected via a high-speed PCIe backplane, allowing maximum parallel bandwidth to the controller for simultaneous multi-drive operations.
Specification
Details
Form Factor
8-Bay Portable NVMe Storage System
Drive Support
8 × M.2 NVMe SSD (2280 and 1.5-inch supported)
Interface
Thunderbolt 5 (up to 80 Gbps combined bandwidth)
Maximum Throughput
Up to 6,000 MB/s
RAID Support
RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60
RAID Engine
PROMISE PromiseRAID with NVMeBoost acceleration
Management Software
PROMISE Utility Pro (macOS and Windows compatible)
Power Delivery
Up to 140W passthrough charging (depends on host capabilities)
Display Support
Dual 6K or single 8K monitor via Thunderbolt 5 DisplayPort tunneling
Thermal Management
Intelligent fan control, internal heat dissipation with SSD thermal pads
Power Supply
Internal, 100–240V AC, 50–60Hz
Compatibility
macOS 13 and above, Windows 10 and later
Dimensions
Not officially disclosed (compact/portable class)
Certifications
RoHS, ErP compliant
The system’s core connectivity is provided by Thunderbolt 5, which doubles the baseline throughput of Thunderbolt 4. In standard mode, it offers 40 Gbps bidirectional data bandwidth, while the Bandwidth Boost mode enables a combined total of up to 80 Gbps for asymmetric workloads—ideal for video-heavy pipelines. In addition to raw data throughput, Thunderbolt 5 also provides support for DisplayPort tunneling, enabling the M8 to drive external monitors (up to dual 6K or a single 8K display) through the same interface used for data. Furthermore, the port delivers significantly enhanced power, with the system supporting passthrough charging of up to 140W, subject to host-side capabilities and cable specification.
Internally, the M8 leverages PROMISE’s NVMeBoost and PromiseRAID technologies for RAID management, data acceleration, and system diagnostics. RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, and 60 are supported across the full NVMe SSD array, providing a wide range of redundancy and performance configurations. PromiseRAID includes advanced features such as Predictive Data Migration (PDM), which periodically checks drive health using SMART telemetry and reallocates data proactively in the event of early failure indicators. This is paired with real-time monitoring, automatic rebuild processes, and background consistency checks—all accessible via the PROMISE Utility Pro software.
From a thermal and acoustic perspective, the M8 is designed with intelligent fan control that dynamically adjusts based on system temperature, minimizing noise during idle or low-load periods. The chassis incorporates airflow paths optimized for side-to-side or front-to-back movement depending on orientation, and thermal pads are used to dissipate heat from the M.2 SSDs to internal heatsinks. The power supply is internal, auto-switching between 100–240V AC, and the unit includes power-saving features such as host-synced sleep/wake, contributing to energy efficiency in extended deployment. The system is compatible with macOS 13 and later as well as Windows 11.
In the context of the PROMISE Pegasus5 series, particularly models like the R12 and M8 that utilize Thunderbolt 4 and 5, it’s important to distinguish between upstream and downstream ports as they serve different roles in device connectivity. The upstream port on a Pegasus5 system is used to connect the storage unit to the host computer—typically a Mac or Windows workstation. This is the primary data pathway through which the system is controlled, data is read and written, and device management is executed.
The downstream port, by contrast, enables daisy-chaining or peripheral expansion from the Pegasus unit to additional Thunderbolt or USB-C devices. This could include external monitors, additional storage devices, or other Thunderbolt peripherals. On Thunderbolt 4-enabled systems like the Pegasus5 R12, the downstream port supports dual 4K or a single 8K monitor, allowing it to act as both a storage device and a hub for display and accessory connectivity. On Thunderbolt 5 systems like the M8 or R12 Pro, this downstream capability is expanded further, supporting higher display resolutions and bandwidth-intensive devices without reducing data throughput to the storage array. This separation ensures consistent storage performance even when other peripherals are in use.
Promise Pegasus5 R12 and R12 Pro Specifications
The Pegasus5 R12 and R12 Pro are tower-based storage systems designed primarily for desktop environments where higher raw capacity and mixed-drive support are required. The standard R12 model features 12 bays for 3.5-inch SATA HDDs, supporting up to 288TB using 24TB drives. It connects via Thunderbolt 4 and provides sequential performance of up to 3,000 MB/s. The unit includes dual Thunderbolt 4 ports—one upstream and one downstream—supporting daisy-chaining and external display connectivity. Internally, it runs on a quad-core 2.2 GHz storage processor with 8GB of DDR4 ECC memory, and supports a wide range of RAID levels including 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, and 60, with optional hot spare functionality. Like the M8, it is managed via PROMISE Utility Pro and includes support for Predictive Data Migration.
Specification
Pegasus5 R12
Pegasus5 R12 Pro
Form Factor
12-Bay Tower
12 + 4-Bay Hybrid Tower
Drive Support
12 × 3.5″ SATA HDD
12 × 3.5″ SATA HDD + 4 × M.2 2280 NVMe SSD
Max Capacity
Up to 288TB (12 × 24TB)
288TB HDD + 32TB NVMe SSD (4 × 8TB)
Interface
Thunderbolt 4 (40 Gbps), USB4 compatible
Thunderbolt 5 (up to 80 Gbps), USB4 compatible
Maximum Throughput
Up to 3,000 MB/s
Up to 6,000 MB/s
RAID Support
RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60
RAID 0, 1, 5, 10, 50 (NVMe), full RAID for HDD
RAID Engine
PromiseRAID
PromiseRAID with NVMe RAID support
Processor
Storage Processor, 4-core, 2.2 GHz
Same
Memory
8GB DDR4 ECC DIMM
Same
Display Support
One downstream Thunderbolt 4 port (dual 4K or single 8K monitor)
Thunderbolt 5 display tunneling for multiple 6K/8K monitors
Power Delivery
Up to 85W (Thunderbolt/USB4 host)
Up to 140W passthrough charging (host dependent)
Management Software
PROMISE Utility Pro
Same
Operating Systems
macOS 13 and above, Windows 10 or later
Same
Hot Swap / Hot Spare
Supported
Supported
Smart Features
Predictive Data Migration, SMART polling, Intelligent cooling
Same
Dimensions (mm)
318 x 227 x 227
Same
Weight
15.5 kg
Slightly higher (exact value not disclosed)
Power Supply
AC 100–240V, 350W
Same
Certifications
EMC: FCC, CE; Safety: cTUVus, CB; RoHS, ErP
Same
The R12 Pro builds upon this foundation by introducing a hybrid 12+4 bay architecture—adding four M.2 2280 NVMe SSD slots alongside the 12 standard HDD bays. This hybrid layout enables users to implement NVMe-based caching or tiered storage to accelerate performance-critical operations while retaining the high capacity of mechanical storage. The R12 Pro is equipped with Thunderbolt 5 connectivity, offering a data rate of up to 6,000 MB/s and compatibility with advanced display and charging protocols. RAID support is extended to NVMe drives, allowing configurations such as RAID 0, 1, 5, 10, and 50 across the SSD layer. The system retains the same internal architecture and management tools as the standard R12 but introduces higher thermal demands and greater performance headroom due to its dual-media architecture.
Who are the Promise Pegasus5 M8, R12 and R12 Pro For?
The Pegasus5 M8, R12, and R12 Pro are each designed to address distinct storage requirements, aligning with varying workflows and user priorities. The M8 is suited for professionals who require high-speed NVMe performance in a compact and portable form factor. Its use of Thunderbolt 5 and full NVMe support makes it particularly effective for high-resolution video editing (4K to 8K), real-time AI model training, and mobile post-production environments. Its small footprint and low-noise design further enhance its usability for users who operate in constrained or shared workspaces, or who regularly travel with their equipment.
The R12 and R12 Pro are more appropriate for stationary, high-capacity storage needs. The R12, with its 12-bay HDD configuration, supports large media libraries and backup repositories, making it suitable for long-term storage in editing suites or enterprise archive setups. The R12 Pro extends this by incorporating NVMe SSD support alongside HDDs, offering tiered storage capabilities that appeal to users who require a balance between high throughput and large volume. This model is targeted at studios or teams managing high-bandwidth workflows such as multi-stream video processing, where simultaneous access to cached and archival data is necessary.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
OWC Reveals their new OWC Thunderbolt 5 Docking Station
At COMPUTEX 2025, OWC unveiled its latest leap in desktop connectivity with the introduction of the OWC Thunderbolt 5 Dock, a next-generation expansion solution aimed squarely at creative professionals, power users, and demanding hybrid workflows. Demonstrated live at the company’s booth in TaiNEX 1, the new dock consolidates high-speed data transfer, multiple display outputs, wide device compatibility, and substantial power delivery into a single desktop hub. Building on OWC’s legacy of designing hardware that blends reliability with real-world flexibility, the Thunderbolt 5 Dock offers users a central point for managing content-heavy projects, transforming USB-C tablets into full production stations, or anchoring a high-performance workstation setup. Its ability to handle up to three 8K displays, daisy-chain multiple devices, and deliver up to 140W of charging—all while being backward compatible with Thunderbolt 3, 4, USB4, and USB-C—makes it a standout solution for those needing a streamlined, forward-looking expansion unit. Just as importantly, the inclusion of certified Thunderbolt and Dock Ejector software integration ensures data integrity and safe disconnection, a key consideration for anyone working with volatile assets like live video edits, audio mixes, or large-scale backups.
OWC Thunderbolt 5 Dock – Hardware Specifications and Performance
The OWC Thunderbolt 5 Dock introduces a significant step up in performance and versatility for desktop users, particularly those in content creation and technical workflows. Central to the dock’s appeal is its Thunderbolt 5 controller, which supports up to 80Gb/s of bi-directional bandwidth, enabling simultaneous high-speed data transfers and display outputs without bottlenecking. For visual workflows, the dock supports up to three 8K displays or dual 6K monitors on macOS systems, making it a practical tool for video editors working with ultra-high-resolution footage or multitaskers using panoramic screen real estate. The dock also supports multiple daisy chains, allowing professionals to maintain full performance across chained devices, such as external RAID storage, 10GbE adapters, or A/V capture devices, without sacrificing throughput.
Feature
Specification
Thunderbolt Ports
3 x Thunderbolt 5 (USB-C, up to 80Gb/s, 120Gb/s Bandwidth Boost)
USB-A Ports
2 x USB-A 10Gb/s, 1 x USB-A 5Gb/s
Video Output
Supports up to 3 x 8K displays or dual 6K displays (macOS), up to 540Hz refresh
Ethernet
1 x 2.5GbE RJ45 (MDM-compatible)
Card Readers
1 x SD (UHS-II), 1 x microSD (UHS-II)
Audio
1 x 3.5mm audio combo jack (input/output)
Power Delivery
Up to 140W charging (suitable for high-performance laptops)
Daisy Chaining
Supports up to 3 separate Thunderbolt device chains
Backward Compatibility
Thunderbolt 4, Thunderbolt 3, USB4, USB-C
Software Support
OWC Dock Ejector, Apple SuperDrive Compatibility
Included Accessories
1 x Certified Thunderbolt 5 Cable, External Power Adapter
Certification
Fully Thunderbolt Certified
Dimensions & Weight
[To be confirmed by OWC]
Port selection on the Thunderbolt 5 Dock is deliberately broad, designed to cater to nearly every desktop connectivity requirement. The dock features three Thunderbolt 5 (USB-C) ports, two USB-A 10Gb/s, one USB-A 5Gb/s, and a 2.5GbE Ethernet port that supports remote management protocols like Mobile Device Management (MDM), making it suitable for enterprise setups. For storage and media ingestion, dual card slots supporting UHS-II SD and microSD formats allow fast transfers for photographers and videographers. Additionally, a 3.5mm audio combo jack is present for audio input/output, and the dock retains support for Apple’s SuperDrive, offering legacy compatibility that is often overlooked in newer designs.
Beyond the raw hardware, the inclusion of OWC Dock Ejector software adds a layer of operational safety not often found in third-party docks. This utility ensures that all connected drives are safely unmounted before disconnection, protecting against file corruption and data loss. This is particularly important when working with DAW projects or active NLE libraries. Moreover, thanks to Thunderbolt certification, users can rely on cross-platform interoperability and consistent performance whether they’re using macOS, Windows, or even supported Linux distributions. For iPad Pro and USB-C tablet users, the dock serves as a conversion point into a full workstation—adding monitor output, keyboard, storage, and audio capability through a single connection.
Power delivery is another area where the Thunderbolt 5 Dock asserts its future-ready stance. Capable of supplying up to 140W of charging power, it can easily handle even power-hungry notebooks like MacBook Pros or high-end Windows workstations, while also distributing power to connected accessories. The dock intelligently manages power distribution across the ports to maintain stability and avoid overdraw scenarios. As more users transition to single-cable workflows for portable performance and desktop-grade expansion, the OWC Thunderbolt 5 Dock stands out by balancing power, speed, and compatibility in a consolidated form factor.
Is Thunderbolt 5 a Big Jump on Thunderbolt 4, REALLY?
Thunderbolt 5 represents a major leap over Thunderbolt 4 in terms of bandwidth, display support, PCIe throughput, and power delivery—pushing the connectivity standard into a new performance tier. Where Thunderbolt 4 maxed out at 40Gbps, Thunderbolt 5 doubles that with 80Gbps of standard bi-directional bandwidth, and introduces a Bandwidth Boost mode of up to 120Gbps—a key benefit for multi-display setups and high-frame-rate output. Video support has also improved dramatically: while Thunderbolt 4 can manage a single 8K display at 60Hz or two 4K displays, Thunderbolt 5 enables multiple 8K displays or three 4K displays at 144Hz, and even supports a single 540Hz panel—important for ultra-responsive applications like game design, simulation, and high-end color grading.
Specification
Thunderbolt 4
Thunderbolt 5
Maximum Bandwidth
40Gbps
80Gbps (standard), up to 120Gbps (with Bandwidth Boost)
Video Output
1 x 8K @ 60Hz or 2 x 4K @ 60Hz
Multiple 8K or 3 x 4K @ 144Hz, up to 1 x 540Hz single display
PCIe Throughput
32Gbps (PCIe 3.0)
64Gbps (PCIe 4.0)
Power Delivery
Up to 100W (15W accessory minimum)
Up to 240W (140W accessory minimum)
Daisy Chaining
Supported (limited bandwidth headroom)
Enhanced multi-chain support with full performance retention
High-end displays, external GPUs, creative workflows, pro tablets
PCIe bandwidth also sees a doubling, moving from 32Gbps (PCIe 3.0) in Thunderbolt 4 to 64Gbps (PCIe 4.0) in Thunderbolt 5, allowing external SSDs, GPUs, and fast capture cards to perform at significantly higher throughput levels. Similarly, power delivery has increased from 100W to up to 240W, with a new mandatory 140W standard for device charging—enabling the dock to power even high-performance mobile workstations over a single cable. Despite these gains, Thunderbolt 5 remains fully backward compatible with Thunderbolt 4, Thunderbolt 3, and USB-C/USB4 devices, scaling features based on host and peripheral support. As manufacturers like Apple, Dell, and Lenovo begin integrating Thunderbolt 5 into new devices, docks like OWC’s Thunderbolt 5 model are well-positioned to deliver the full benefits of this next-gen interface, particularly in workflows involving heavy media processing, multi-monitor editing suites, and mobile-first productivity ecosystems.
What else did OWC show at Computex 2025?
OWC Envoy Ultra – This rugged portable SSD is built for real-world use in demanding environments. With integrated cable design and speeds exceeding 6000MB/s, it’s ideal for creatives working on location. Compatible across macOS, Windows, iPad Pro, Chromebooks, and Surface devices, the Envoy Ultra offers high-performance external storage in a bus-powered form factor.
OWC Thunderbolt 5 Hub – Designed for users who need more high-speed ports, this compact hub expands a single Thunderbolt 5 connection into three Thunderbolt 5 ports and an additional USB-A port. It supports full 80Gb/s bi-directional bandwidth and up to 120Gb/s for display tasks, making it a scalable solution for device-heavy workspaces.
OWC ThunderBlade X12 – Aimed at film editors and content studios, the ThunderBlade X12 is a RAID-capable SSD offering peak write speeds of 6600MB/s and sustained write speeds of 5990MB/s. It’s designed for high-resolution video workflows where real-time editing and transfer speeds are mission-critical.
OWC Jellyfish – This shared storage solution caters to collaborative editing environments, with scalable capacity from terabytes to petabytes. Supporting 4K to 12K media editing, Jellyfish includes management software and robust security, ideal for teams handling post-production and asset-heavy projects.
OWC Memory Cards and Readers – Built with performance and reliability in mind, OWC’s CFexpress and SD card lines offer fast write speeds and integration with OWC Innergize software, which optimizes performance and checks card health for professional photographers and videographers.
OWC Portable SSDs – Models like the Envoy Pro FX and Express 1M2 continue to serve mobile users with cross-platform support, rugged construction, and high throughput, ensuring reliable data transfer in the field or on set.
OWC Desktop Storage – The Mercury Elite Pro and ThunderBay lines offer RAID-enabled storage for desktop users, with Thunderbolt and USB-C interfaces for speed and versatility. These units are designed for high-capacity needs in media production, backup, and archiving.
OWC Archive Pro Ethernet – A robust LTO-based solution for long-term, high-volume data backup over the network. Tailored for enterprise, media, and government use cases, it supports automated workflows and is optimized for data integrity and longevity in cold storage environments.
OWC Thunderbolt 5 Dock – Release Date and Price
The OWC Thunderbolt 5 Dock is now available for pre-order at $329.99 USD, positioning it as a premium but competitively priced solution for professionals seeking cutting-edge desktop expansion. Each unit includes a certified Thunderbolt 5 cable, external power supply, and access to OWC’s Dock Ejector software, with customer support included. Shipping is expected to begin in early July 2025, following its live showcase at COMPUTEX Taipei. With Thunderbolt 5-equipped laptops and devices entering the market, this dock is one of the first fully certified options to deliver the expanded bandwidth, power delivery, and device flexibility that next-generation workflows demand.
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
We want to keep the free advice on NASCompares FREE for as long as we can. Since this service started back in Jan '18, We have helped hundreds of users every month solve their storage woes, but we can only continue to do this with your support. So please do use links to Amazon Amazon UK
on the articles when buying to provide advert revenue support or to donate/support the site below.Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
Terms and Conditions
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Home: https://www.backblaze.com/cloud-backup.html#af9rgrBusiness: https://www.backblaze.com/business-backup.html#af9rgrComparison with other service providers: https://www.backblaze.com/best-online-backup-service.html#af9rgr
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology Launches RS2825RP+ RackStation NAS for Business Deployments
As Synology continue its large-scale refresh of its solution portfolio, it is finally time to start talking about rackmount solutions! Although many were waiting on the RS1225+, it looks like the brand wants to ‘go big’ with the Synology RS2825RP+ 16 Bay, expandable 10GbE equipped and 25G Ready server solution. Arriving in the PLUS series, and therefore subject to the recent hardline storage media verification changes made by the brand for the 2025 series and onwards, the RS2825RP+ is clearly a very, very different solution and therefore perhaps reaching a target audience who are more receptive to it (maybe). Synology have a phenomenal history when it comes to their rackmount series – for many years it was just the rackstation series – but eventually we saw the UC, SA, FS and XS arrives.. which in turn is now rolling towards the enterprise challengers such as the Active Protect DP devices, the Gridstation (GS) devices and even a long desired and promised NVMe Flash series (the PAS range). So, PLUS series devices like the RS2825RP+ are occupying an increasingly squeezed area of the portfolio where buyers want comparatively affordable, scalable and capable storage. The changes by the brand on drive media support and verification do undercut this somewhat, so with that in mind, what has this new 3U Rackmount got to offer you in 2025 that makes it deserved your money and your data?
The Synology RS2825RP+ is equipped with an AMD Ryzen V1780B processor, offering a quad-core architecture with base and boost clocks of 3.35 GHz and 3.6 GHz, respectively. Designed for enterprise-grade workloads, the system includes 8 GB of ECC DDR4 memory in a single module configuration, which can be expanded up to 32 GB via two available slots. The rackmount chassis conforms to a 3U form factor and houses 16 front-accessible drive bays, supporting both 3.5” and 2.5” SATA formats. Networking capabilities include dual 1GbE ports and a single 10GbE port for high-speed data transfer, with a PCIe Gen3 slot offering further upgrade flexibility for additional NICs or storage controllers. According to Synology’s internal benchmarks, the unit delivers up to 3,519 MB/s sequential read and 1,790 MB/s write performance, which is suitable for multi-user environments requiring fast data access and sharing.
16 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (expandable to 28 bays with 1 x RX1225RP)
Hot Swappable Drives
Yes
Expansion Slot
1 x PCIe Gen 3 x8 (x4 link)
LAN Ports
1 x 10GbE RJ-45, 2 x 1GbE RJ-45
USB Ports
2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1
Expansion Ports
1 (for Synology RX1225RP)
Form Factor
Rackmount 3U
Dimensions (H x W x D)
132.3 mm x 482 mm x 656.5 mm
Weight
17.3 kg
System Fans
3 x 80 mm
Power Supply
Redundant, AC 100–240V, 50/60 Hz, Single Phase
Operating Temperature
0°C to 35°C (32°F to 95°F)
Storage Temperature
-20°C to 60°C (-5°F to 140°F)
Relative Humidity
5% to 95% RH
Max Operating Altitude
5,000 m
Rack Installation
4-post 19″ rack (Synology Rail Kit RKS-02, sold separately)
Engineered for sustained operation in business-critical environments, the RS2825RP+ incorporates three hot-swappable fans for effective airflow and dual redundant power supplies to mitigate downtime during hardware failures. The hot-swappable drive trays support online volume management, allowing for drive replacement or expansion without system shutdown. The power input is adaptable across 100–240V AC ranges, ensuring compatibility with global power standards. The system is further enhanced by a dedicated hardware encryption engine, allowing encrypted data processing without heavily impacting performance, making it practical for organizations handling sensitive or regulated data.
On the software side, the RS2825RP+ runs Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM), which supports a wide suite of data protection, business productivity, and infrastructure management applications. Included without additional licensing are tools such as Synology High Availability, which enables failover between identical units to ensure service continuity, and Snapshot Replication, which offers near-instantaneous recovery points for shared folders and LUNs. Hyper Backup extends protection to remote servers and public clouds with features like deduplication, data integrity verification, and multi-versioned backup scheduling. For IT environments reliant on virtualization, DSM integrates natively with VMware vSphere, Microsoft Hyper-V, Citrix, and OpenStack, with support for VMware VAAI and Windows ODX to offload and streamline storage operations.
Hyper Backup, Active Backup Suite (PCs, VMs, M365, Google Workspace)
High Availability
Supported (cluster with identical Synology NAS)
Surveillance Station
2 licenses included (up to 90 cameras supported with additional licenses)
Hybrid Share
Yes (C2 subscription required)
Synology Office
Up to 900 users
Synology Chat
Up to 300 users
Synology Drive
1,000 users / 15 million hosted files
MailPlus Server
5 accounts free (up to 1,100 with license packs)
SAN Manager
64 iSCSI Targets / 128 LUNs
VPN Server
12 concurrent connections
Security Features
Firewall, encrypted folders, SMB/FTP over TLS, HTTPS, Let’s Encrypt
Browser Support
Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge
Languages Supported
20+ including English, Français, Deutsch, 日本語, 简体中文, 한국어
Beyond infrastructure, DSM also serves as a collaboration platform. Synology Drive allows for real-time file synchronization across Windows, macOS, Linux, and mobile platforms, with granular permissions for enterprise-grade file governance. Users can collaborate using Synology Office, which provides a shared workspace for documents, spreadsheets, and presentations with unlimited versioning and cross-format compatibility. Communication features such as Synology Chat and Calendar are included, supporting encrypted messaging and team scheduling. Hybrid Share, an optional feature, combines on-premise access speed with cloud-based scalability, enabling multi-site deployments to efficiently manage shared files with a single global namespace.
The RS2825RP+ supports a maximum of 28 drives when paired with the RX1225RP expansion unit, enabling up to 560 TB of raw storage using currently available 20 TB drives. Storage flexibility is provided through support for Btrfs on internal volumes and a range of file systems on external devices. Multiple RAID configurations are available, including Synology Hybrid RAID, Basic, JBOD, and traditional RAID levels 0 through 10. SSD caching is supported via both SATA and M.2 NVMe SSDs, the latter requiring optional expansion cards. Volume sizes up to 200 TB are supported, although configurations exceeding 108 TB require the system to be upgraded to 32 GB of RAM, ensuring memory availability for managing large metadata and file tables.
A key constraint with the RS2825RP+ is Synology’s enforcement of verified drive compatibility. At the time of release, the system only allows initialization and full access to features when Synology-branded drives or those listed on its official compatibility list are installed. This closed ecosystem policy may limit adoption among users seeking to repurpose third-party or existing storage media. The restriction also affects advanced features such as SSD caching, drive health monitoring, and hybrid volume configurations, which are tied to Synology’s drive firmware and integration layers. The Synology RS2825RP+ offers a balanced mix of compute power, storage expandability, and data protection features suitable for centralized IT infrastructure in small to medium-sized businesses. Its high-speed throughput, enterprise-grade software suite, and support for virtualization and surveillance make it versatile for multiple deployment scenarios. However, organizations considering this model should weigh the implications of Synology’s drive compatibility enforcement against their existing hardware procurement policies.
Synology RS2825RP+ vs RS2821RP+ – A Significant Upgrade?
he RS2825RP+ is expected to replace the older RS2821RP+ in Synology’s 16-bay rackmount NAS lineup, and while both systems share the same 3U chassis size, drive bay count, and expansion support up to 28 bays, they diverge significantly in internal hardware. The newer model features a faster AMD Ryzen V1780B CPU with a higher base clock of 3.35 GHz (vs 2.2 GHz in the V1500B), along with 8 GB of ECC DDR4 memory pre-installed—double that of the RS2821RP+. The RS2825RP+ also includes a 10GbE port by default, something absent from the RS2821RP+, which instead comes with four 1GbE ports. While both models support PCIe expansion, the RS2825RP+ uses a newer generation processor with improved encryption offloading and virtualization potential, better suited to modern business applications with higher throughput demands.
However, the RS2821RP+ offers greater flexibility in terms of supported drive media. Although Synology recommends its own branded drives for this unit, it does not enforce the same strict hardware lock-in seen on the RS2825RP+. Users of the RS2821RP+ can utilize a broader range of 2.5” and 3.5” SATA HDDs and SSDs, including many from third-party vendors, without encountering initialization blocks or feature restrictions. This openness makes the RS2821RP+ a more attractive option for businesses with existing storage investments or those who prioritize long-term cost control and vendor neutrality. By contrast, the RS2825RP+ requires verified drives at launch, which restricts hardware reusability and may increase TCO for those transitioning from legacy systems.
When Will the Synology RS2825RP+ Be Released and the Price?
Ultimately, the RS2825RP+ represents a forward step in terms of raw performance and integrated networking capabilities, aligning with Synology’s broader push toward all-in-one systems with deeper integration and control. But that progress comes at the cost of flexibility, particularly in storage media compatibility. The RS2821RP+ may remain relevant for users seeking broader hardware compatibility, even as the RS2825RP+ replaces it in the official portfolio. Buyers will need to weigh the advantages of newer hardware against the limitations introduced by Synology’s tighter ecosystem approach.
All shared information online and inadvertent slips on the RS2825RP+ appear to indicate that the RS2825RP+ will arrive at a similar price point to it’s predecessor at around $3000-3499, and launching earlier in the eastern regions, but eventually rolling out globally in June.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology RS2825RP+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
QNAP Tech Summit 2025 – All New Hardware and Software Solutions Unveiled
During Computex 2025 in Taipei, QNAP hosted its annual Tech Summit to unveil a broad array of new hardware and software solutions aimed at addressing evolving demands across creative, enterprise, and edge environments. The event marked a continued shift in QNAP’s product direction—placing greater focus on hybrid cloud integration, high-speed connectivity, and on-premises AI deployment. With an emphasis on real-time collaboration, secure multi-site operations, and scalable infrastructure, the brand introduced several next-generation NAS systems, networking components, and AI-ready platforms.
Among the standout themes were high-availability architecture with modular redundancy, scale-out storage clusters for petabyte-class expansion, Thunderbolt 5 and USB4-enabled creative workflows, and new AI capabilities integrated directly within NAS environments. Surveillance, backup automation, and cloud services also featured prominently in QNAP’s roadmap for 2025. This article provides a structured breakdown of each individual hardware product and software solution announced or demonstrated during the summit, using verified details from the live showcase and official press releases.
TVS-AIh1688ATX – Thunderbolt, AI Workloads, and Hybrid SSD/HDD Architecture
The TVS-AIh1688ATX is QNAP’s latest high-performance desktop NAS solution designed for creative professionals, AI developers, and hybrid storage environments. Powered by Intel’s 15th-generation Core Ultra processors, this system offers up to 24 cores with an integrated 13 TOPS NPU, making it one of the most compute-capable QNAP NAS systems available to date. Designed for high-throughput workloads such as video editing, AI model inference, and multi-user virtualization, the unit blends storage flexibility with modern I/O and connectivity. The TVS-AIh1688ATX features 12 x 3.5-inch SATA HDD bays and 4 x 2.5-inch U.2 NVMe SSD bays, providing tiered storage suitable for media caching, fast data ingestion, and archival. Although the M.2 slot configuration has not been officially confirmed, the design suggests focus has been placed on high-speed U.2 storage instead. Memory is expandable up to 192GB DDR5 ECC, supporting both VM-intensive and AI-enhanced environments.
On the connectivity side, the system offers dual Thunderbolt 4 (USB4) ports built-in, with optional expansion for Thunderbolt 5 using the QXP-T52P PCIe upgrade card, which utilizes Intel’s JHL9580 controller. It includes 2 x 10GBASE-T Ethernet ports and supports 25GbE/100GbE expansion via available PCIe Gen 4 x4 slots. This makes it viable for multi-user 4K/8K content workflows, fast data offloads, and scalable network integration.
This NAS runs either QTS (EXT4) or QuTS hero (ZFS), depending on user preference, with support for ZFS features like inline compression, deduplication, and near-limitless snapshots. It is also fully compatible with FileTiers, Qsirch with AI-enhanced RAG search, myQNAPcloud One, and VM Station with GPU pass-through for AI workloads. These attributes enable it to serve both as a media production hub and localized AI platform.
Feature
Details
CPU
Intel Core Ultra (up to 24 cores, with 13 TOPS NPU)
Memory
1 x DDR5 ECC (expandable up to 192GB)
Drive Bays
12 x 3.5″ SATA HDD + 4 x 2.5″ U.2 NVMe SSD
Thunderbolt Ports
2 x USB4/Thunderbolt 4 (built-in), 2 x Thunderbolt 5 (optional via PCIe)
PCIe Expansion
Up to 3 slots (2 usable for TB5, 100GbE, or GPU options)
Network Ports
2 x 10GBASE-T, optional 25GbE / 100GbE via PCIe
AI Acceleration
Integrated NPU, supports GPU pass-through via Virtualization Station
Storage Features
RAID 0/1/5/6/10, ZFS/EXT4, SnapSync, FileTiers
Software
QTS / QuTS hero, Qsirch AI Search, myQNAPcloud One
Use Cases
4K/8K editing, local AI inference, VM hosting, media archiving
TS-h974TX – Compact 9-Bay NAS with Thunderbolt 4 and Hybrid SSD Support
The QNAP TS-h974TX is a compact 9-bay NAS aimed at professionals requiring a balance between high-speed external connectivity, internal storage flexibility, and moderate compute performance. It features an Intel Core i3-1215U processor with 6 cores (2P + 4E) and 8 threads, capable of boosting up to 4.4GHz, making it suitable for multimedia workflows, virtualization, and SMB-level AI services.
This NAS includes 5 x 3.5-inch SATA HDD bays and 4 x 2.5-inch U.2 PCIe Gen 3 x2 slots, giving users the ability to combine traditional hard drive storage with fast SSD caching or performance-tier pools. QNAP’s support for E1.S or NVMe M.2 modules in these U.2 slots also enables forward-looking upgrade paths. The TS-h974TX ships with 8GB of DDR5 memory, upgradeable to 64GB, with support for ECC where required.
Key to the system’s appeal is its inclusion of 2 x Thunderbolt 4 ports, which allow for high-speed DAS-style access from editing workstations or integration into content creation environments. Networking options include 1 x 10GBASE-T and 1 x 2.5GbE RJ45 port, supporting link aggregation and flexible deployment scenarios.
The system runs QuTS hero, taking advantage of ZFS features such as inline deduplication, compression, and SnapSync. Its form factor, combined with its I/O options and high-speed storage lanes, makes it well-suited for use in hybrid video production pipelines, post-production setups, and edge AI inference when combined with GPU-accelerated containers or VMs.
Feature
Details
CPU
Intel Core i3-1215U (6C/8T, up to 4.4GHz)
Memory
8GB DDR5 SODIMM (2 slots, up to 64GB)
Drive Bays
5 x 3.5″ SATA HDD + 4 x 2.5″ U.2 PCIe Gen 3 x2 SSD
Thunderbolt Ports
2 x Thunderbolt 4
Network Ports
1 x 10GBASE-T, 1 x 2.5GbE RJ45
PCIe Expansion
Not specified (non-expandable unit)
AI/VM Support
Container Station, Virtualization Station, Qsirch AI
File System Support
ZFS via QuTS hero
Use Cases
4K editing, SSD caching, SMB NAS, AI inference with external GPU
ES1686dc R2 – Dual-Controller, High Availability ZFS NAS for Enterprise
The QNAP ES1686dc R2 is a 16-bay enterprise-grade NAS built for continuous uptime and operational resilience through a dual active-active controller architecture. Each controller operates independently but in parallel, handling I/O workloads simultaneously to ensure that services remain online even if one controller fails or undergoes maintenance. This makes it well-suited for deployment in industries such as finance, healthcare, and high-throughput virtualization environments where data availability is critical.
Each controller includes 4 x 10GbE SFP+ ports, allowing for high-speed link aggregation and redundant connectivity. The system also includes 2 x PCIe slots per controller, which can be used to expand the unit with additional 10GbE, 25GbE, or SAS expansion cards. Write cache integrity is protected via NVRAM modules, reducing the risk of data loss during unexpected power failures.
The ES1686dc R2 runs QuTS hero, utilizing the ZFS file system for inline deduplication, compression, and end-to-end data integrity. It supports SnapSync for real-time remote replication and near-limitless snapshots, allowing organizations to maintain strong data protection policies and disaster recovery protocols. The system is also designed to be compatible with QNAP’s L3 Lite switch series and AMIZcloud monitoring tools, enabling integration into larger scale-out architectures and hybrid network environments.
This NAS platform also benefits from a modular design—with field-replaceable PSU and controller modules, administrators can quickly restore service in the event of hardware failure without downtime or full system shutdown.
Guardian (health monitoring), AMIZcloud, QuLog, Qsirch AI
Use Cases
Mission-critical apps, HA clusters, virtualization, regulated sectors
USB4 Network Adapters and JBOD Expansion – High-Speed I/O for Creative and Enterprise Workflows
At the QNAP Tech Summit 2025, several USB4-based hardware accessories were unveiled, aimed at enhancing the connectivity of both NAS and client systems. These include network adapters for 10GbE and 25GbE access, as well as a new 8-bay USB4 JBOD expansion enclosure for extending direct-attached storage capacity.
QNA-UC10G2SF – USB4 to Dual-Port 10GbE SFP+ Adapter
This fanless adapter allows any USB4-enabled host system to connect directly to high-speed SFP+ networks. It features 2 x 10GbE SFP+ ports, includes two transceivers, and connects via a USB4 Type-C cable (included). Designed for creative users and workstation environments, it enables direct 10GbE access from laptops or desktops without PCIe upgrades.
QNA-UC25G2SF – USB4 to Dual-Port 25GbE SFP28 Adapter
This higher-bandwidth model offers dual 25GbE SFP28 ports via a single USB4 connection. Due to increased power requirements, it includes a second USB-C port for PD (Power Delivery). Two 25GbE transceivers are included. This device targets studios and enterprise setups needing ultra-fast file transfer or VM-to-host access from portable systems.
TL-D810TC4 – 8-Bay USB4 JBOD Enclosure
This hot-swappable SATA enclosure provides 8 x 3.5-inch drive bays over a single USB4 40Gbps connection, supporting high-capacity HDDs or SSDs. Designed as an expansion solution for Thunderbolt/USB4-compatible NAS or PCs, it includes smart/manual fan control, and is positioned as a scalable media storage device for video editors, content creators, and backup environments.
All these devices are plug-and-play and designed for cross-platform use (Mac/Windows/Linux where supported), and help bridge the performance gap between traditional NAS systems and direct-attached workflows in hybrid production setups.
USB4 Expansion Solutions – Overview
Model
Description
Ports
Notable Features
QNA-UC10G2SF
USB4 to 2 x 10GbE SFP+ Adapter
2 x SFP+
Fanless, includes 2 transceivers, low power
QNA-UC25G2SF
USB4 to 2 x 25GbE SFP28 Adapter
2 x SFP28
PD support, includes 2 transceivers
TL-D810TC4
8-Bay USB4 JBOD Expansion Enclosure
8 x SATA bays
40Gbps USB4, smart/manual cooling, hot-swap
TS-h1077AFU – 1U All-Flash Rackmount NAS with Ryzen 7 and PCIe Gen 4
The QNAP TS-h1077AFU is a 1U rackmount NAS designed for high-performance, latency-sensitive workloads requiring SSD-only configurations. It is equipped with an AMD Ryzen 7 Pro 7745/7700 processor, offering up to 8 cores and a maximum boost clock of 5.3GHz. This CPU choice allows for substantial multi-threaded throughput, making the unit suitable for containerized environments, virtualization, and enterprise-grade data services. The system features 10 x 2.5-inch SATA SSD bays, optimized for full flash arrays (AFA), which support consistently high IOPS and bandwidth for applications like VDI, database hosting, or video post-production. For expansion, it includes 2 x PCIe Gen 4 x8 slots, enabling the addition of 25GbE NICs, SAS expansion cards, or even GPU accelerators depending on thermal and power constraints.
Networking is built-in with 2 x 10GBASE-T and 2 x 2.5GbE RJ45 ports, providing flexible connectivity options for core and edge deployments. With DDR5 ECC memory support, the TS-h1077AFU can be expanded up to 192GB, ensuring system reliability in mission-critical operations. This system runs on QuTS hero, leveraging the ZFS file system with support for deduplication, compression, inline snapshots, and real-time synchronization. It integrates easily into hybrid storage environments through FileTiers, Hybrid Backup Center, and QuTScloud support.
Feature
Details
CPU
AMD Ryzen 7 Pro 7745/7700 (8-core, up to 5.3GHz)
Memory
DDR5 ECC UDIMM, up to 192GB
Drive Bays
10 x 2.5″ SATA SSD (hot-swappable)
Network Ports
2 x 10GBASE-T + 2 x 2.5GbE RJ45
PCIe Expansion
2 x PCIe Gen 4 x8
Form Factor
1U Rackmount
File System
ZFS (QuTS hero)
Key Features
All-flash performance, ECC memory, Gen 4 expansion, HA-ready
TS-262A and TS-462A – Entry-Level Intel NAS for Home and Small Office Users
The TS-262A and TS-462A are updated tower NAS models designed to serve the needs of entry-level users, home offices, and small businesses. Both systems are built around the Intel Celeron N5095, a quad-core processor running at 2.0GHz (burst up to 2.9GHz), providing modest compute resources for basic file sharing, backups, multimedia streaming, and light virtualization.
The TS-262A features 2 x 3.5-inch SATA bays, while the TS-462A expands this to 4 x 3.5-inch SATA bays, offering greater capacity for RAID configurations and future scalability. Both models support 2 x M.2 2280 PCIe Gen 3 x1 NVMe SSDs, allowing users to create SSD cache or performance volumes for improved access speeds on frequently used files.
Each system includes 2 x USB 2.0 ports, 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2 ports (10Gbps), and 1 x 2.5GbE RJ45 port, offering a notable upgrade from traditional 1GbE-only units. However, unlike the 64-series QNAP NAS models, neither of these units includes a PCIe expansion slot, meaning network or port upgrades are not supported beyond what is pre-installed.
These units run QTS, offering features like Snapshot Backup, Hybrid Backup Sync (HBS3), multimedia streaming applications, and Container Station for lightweight container use. Both systems are capable of running Plex Media Server and basic Docker workloads, although limitations in CPU/GPU mean users should not expect real-time 4K transcoding.
Feature
TS-262A
TS-462A
CPU
Intel Celeron N5095 (4C/4T, up to 2.9GHz)
Intel Celeron N5095 (4C/4T, up to 2.9GHz)
Memory
2 x DDR4 SODIMM (up to 16GB)
2 x DDR4 SODIMM (up to 16GB)
Drive Bays
2 x 3.5″ SATA HDD
4 x 3.5″ SATA HDD
M.2 Slots
2 x M.2 2280 PCIe Gen 3 x1
2 x M.2 2280 PCIe Gen 3 x1
Network
1 x 2.5GbE RJ45
1 x 2.5GbE RJ45
USB Ports
2 x USB 2.0, 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2
2 x USB 2.0, 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 2
PCIe Slot
Not included
Not included
Software
QTS
QTS
Use Cases
Backup, file server, media playback, Plex (basic)
Backup, file server, media playback, Plex (basic)
QuTS Mega and 60 Bay Scale Out Enclsoure – Scale-Out NAS and Petabyte-Level Expansion
At Computex 2025, QNAP showcased QuTS Mega, its scale-out NAS operating system designed for high-capacity, high-performance deployments. Unlike traditional NAS setups, QuTS Mega enables multiple NAS nodes to operate in a single clustered environment, supporting linear scaling of both capacity and performance. This architecture is ideal for organizations dealing with large datasets over long retention periods—such as media archives, surveillance storage, or AI training sets.
To demonstrate this, QNAP introduced the a 60-bay JBOD enclosure compatible with SAS or SATA drives. Each unit connects via HD Mini-SAS and can be configured using dual-port or quad-port SAS expansion cards, offering 12Gbps throughput per link. In QuTS Mega environments, these enclosures are used to form part of a multi-node cluster—QNAP stated support for up to 96 nodes, scaling total usable capacity up to 45 petabytes with redundancy features like triple parity RAID options.
QuTS Mega is distinct from QTS and QuTS hero in that it is purpose-built for clustered data storage. It supports intelligent data distribution across nodes, node redundancy, and non-disruptive expansion. This eliminates the need for forklift upgrades or data migrations when scaling infrastructure. All nodes in a QuTS Mega cluster operate under a single namespace, simplifying storage management for administrators.
QNAP’s live demo at the Tech Summit included MC-LAG (Multi-Chassis Link Aggregation) between switches, showing seamless failover and uninterrupted iSCSI/SMB connectivity even during network outages—further reinforcing QuTS Mega’s design for high-availability storage backbones.
Feature
Details
OS Platform
QuTS Mega (scale-out NAS OS)
Cluster Size
Up to 96 nodes
Total Capacity
Up to 45PB (with 60-bay JBODs)
JBOD Drive Bays
60 x 3.5″ SAS/SATA
Expansion Cards
2-port and 4-port 12Gb SAS cards available
RAID Support
Includes triple-parity configurations
Networking
Supports MC-LAG and seamless failover between clustered nodes
Use Cases
Petabyte-scale backup, media archiving, AI training, tiered cloud sync
TS-h1655XeU-RP – Short-Depth 3U Rackmount NAS with Hybrid SSD Support
The QNAP TS-h1655XeU-RP is a 3U short-depth rackmount NAS designed for environments requiring high-density storage in shallow enclosures, such as edge data centers or space-constrained AV deployments. It combines large-capacity HDD storage with high-speed SSD caching capabilities, making it suitable for virtualized infrastructure, surveillance archiving, or tiered storage environments. The system is powered by an Intel Atom C5125, an 8-core processor operating at 2.8GHz, which balances efficiency with adequate performance for file services, surveillance management, and backup workloads. It supports ECC RAM and offers two DDR4 SODIMM slots, with expansion support for up to 64GB depending on configuration.
The chassis includes 12 x 3.5-inch SATA drive bays, supporting high-capacity HDDs, and 4 x E1.S or M.2 2280 PCIe SSD slots, ideal for deploying SSD caches or high-IOPS VM storage volumes. This hybrid layout enables intelligent data placement and supports FileTiers for tiered storage strategies.
Networking consists of 1 x 10GBASE-T and 2 x 2.5GbE RJ45 ports, with optional PCIe 3.0 expansion via 2 available slots for additional NICs or storage interface cards. This unit runs QuTS hero, leveraging ZFS features such as inline deduplication, compression, SnapSync, and nearly unlimited snapshots. With its short-depth 12-inch chassis and redundant PSU (RP) support, the TS-h1655XeU-RP is targeted at deployments where rack depth, service uptime, and flexible media configurations are primary considerations.
Hybrid Backup Center and myQNAPcloud One – Unified Backup, Immutability, and Multi-Site Control
QNAP used the Tech Summit 2025 to unveil an upgraded version of its data protection ecosystem, anchored by the new Hybrid Backup Center and the expanding capabilities of myQNAPcloud One. Together, these tools aim to provide a unified, policy-driven backup infrastructure for NAS-to-NAS, NAS-to-cloud, and multi-site environments.
The Hybrid Backup Center builds upon the earlier HBS3 platform, providing a centralized dashboard for managing backup tasks across all connected devices. It includes a real-time topology view, allowing administrators to visualize active jobs, destination targets, and data flow between NAS units and cloud services. The system supports local snapshots, remote replication, and cloud synchronization, all of which can be monitored and managed from a single interface.
One of the most significant upgrades is support for immutable backups, which can be enforced on both local NAS volumes and cloud targets. This ensures that backup data cannot be modified or deleted for a user-defined retention period, protecting against ransomware, accidental deletion, or tampering. Integration with QuLog Center also enables alerting and auditing, helping IT administrators track backup success/failure and user interaction with backup sets.
myQNAPcloud One, originally introduced in earlier product cycles, now operates as a full-featured object and file storage platform. It’s available under a subscription model with transparent pricing tiers that avoid bandwidth or API call surcharges. Designed for enterprise users, it supports tiered archiving from FileTiers, cloud snapshots, and off-site replication of backup tasks. When paired with QTS or QuTS hero NAS systems, it enables hybrid backup strategies with automatic data tiering between local SSD, HDD, and cloud storage.
These platforms are also tightly integrated with AMIZcloud, QNAP’s centralized fleet and lifecycle management portal, which provides global monitoring, health checks, and backup verification reports across large deployments.
Feature
Details
Hybrid Backup Center
Central dashboard for managing multi-site NAS backups
Backup Types
Local snapshot, remote replication, NAS-to-cloud sync
Immutability Support
Enforced on local volumes and cloud backups
Topology View
Real-time mapping of jobs and targets
Cloud Platform
myQNAPcloud One (subscription-based, no API/bandwidth penalties)
Use Cases
Ransomware protection, long-term archiving, distributed site backups
Integration
FileTiers, QuLog Center, AMIZcloud, Qsirch AI indexing support
QBoat Industrial NAS – Fanless M.2-Based System for Harsh Environments
The QNAP QET Industrial NAS is a rugged, compact network-attached storage solution designed specifically for deployment in industrial and factory environments, where environmental conditions may exceed the tolerance of traditional IT hardware. Engineered for wide temperature operation, the unit is rated for -40°C to +70°C, making it suitable for remote monitoring stations, production lines, and embedded data logging systems.
The system is built in a fanless chassis with enhanced thermal design, allowing passive cooling even under load. Internally, it supports 3 x M.2 NVMe SSDs, delivering full solid-state storage performance without the moving parts or vibration concerns associated with HDDs. These M.2 drives are ideal for applications requiring high-speed writes and reliability, such as sensor data capture or control system logging.
Connectivity is handled via 2 x Gigabit Ethernet ports, which are sufficient for industrial deployment scenarios where redundancy or dual-network operations are required. The device is powered via a robust industrial-grade power input, supporting wider voltage ranges and enhanced electrical protection.
The QET Industrial NAS is managed using QTS or QuTS hero, depending on the specific configuration, and supports standard QNAP services such as Hybrid Backup, QVR surveillance integration, and remote management via AMIZcloud. It provides a low-maintenance solution with on-prem AI inference support, allowing local deployment of lightweight AI models using hardware such as Google Coral TPUs or M.2 AI accelerators.
QET Industrial NAS – Specifications
Feature
Details
CPU
Not explicitly detailed (low-power embedded class)
Memory
Not specified (likely soldered or small SO-DIMM)
Storage
3 x M.2 NVMe SSDs
Network Ports
2 x Gigabit Ethernet
Power Input
Industrial-grade (wide voltage range, ruggedized)
Cooling
Fanless passive cooling
Operating Temp Range
-40°C to +70°C
Software
QTS or QuTS hero
Use Cases
MES systems, remote industrial sites, embedded AI, harsh environments
QAI-H1290FX – Edge AI NAS with RTX GPU Acceleration and On-Prem RAG Search
The QNAP QAI-H1290FX is a purpose-built edge AI storage server designed to enable on-premises deployment of large language models (LLMs) and retrieval-augmented generation (RAG) workflows without relying on cloud infrastructure. Positioned as an appliance for enterprises seeking data privacy, lower latency, and full control over their AI infrastructure, the QAI-H1290FX includes pre-installed GPU hardware and integrated AI software capabilities.
Internally, the unit can be configured with either two NVIDIA RTX 4000 Ada GPUs or a single RTX 6000 Ada, providing the CUDA cores and VRAM necessary to host and serve advanced AI models such as DeepSeek, Qwen, Mistral, and LLaMA. These models are deployed using either Virtualization Station or Container Station, and are tightly integrated with QNAP’s AI-enhanced Qsirch engine. The device supports RAG-based natural language search, allowing users to query locally stored documents using plain language and receive contextual, reference-backed answers.
The system includes standard QNAP management utilities as well as GPU monitoring, model download management, and resource orchestration tools accessible via a centralized interface. For businesses with compliance obligations or sensitive data workloads, this appliance offers a CapEx-friendly AI solution that avoids data residency concerns and ongoing cloud inference costs.
The QAI-H1290FX also supports FileTiers, QuTS hero for ZFS storage management, and can offload archived or low-priority data to myQNAPcloud One or external NAS systems, maintaining high-speed access to AI-critical datasets on SSD or NVMe storage pools.
Feature
Details
GPU Options
2 x NVIDIA RTX 4000 Ada or 1 x RTX 6000 Ada
AI Model Support
DeepSeek, Qwen, Mistral, LLaMA, Gemma (via container or VM)
CPU / Memory
Not officially specified (high-performance platform)
AI Capabilities
RAG search integration, LLM inference, local AI pipeline
On-prem AI inference, enterprise document search, private LLM hosting
QNAP SSD 700 Series – Enterprise E1.S NVMe SSDs for NAS and Flash Expansion
The QNAP SSD 700 Series introduces enterprise-grade E1.S NVMe SSDs aimed at delivering consistent performance, endurance, and reliability for QNAP NAS and expansion enclosures, particularly those supporting U.2, E1.S, or hybrid SSD configurations. These drives are designed for deployment in all-flash NAS environments, as well as tiered storage setups requiring high IOPS for AI, virtualization, or database workloads.
Built on PCIe Gen 4 x4 architecture, the SSD 700 drives deliver random read performance up to 900K IOPS, with write performance up to 60K IOPS. These metrics are tuned for mixed-use environments with a DWPD (Drive Writes Per Day) rating of 1, balancing endurance and cost-effectiveness for sustained 24/7 operations.
Drives are available in 1.92TB and 3.84TB capacities, with a 9.5mm E1.S form factor, making them compatible with newer QNAP NAS platforms such as the TS-h1655XeU-RP and TS-h974TX. They include Power Loss Protection (PLP) to protect in-flight data during unexpected shutdowns, and support TCG Opal 2.0 for hardware-level encryption and secure data sanitization.
These drives are warrantied for 5 years, aligning with typical enterprise storage lifecycles, and are designed to operate reliably under sustained load and elevated ambient temperatures often found in densely populated NAS enclosures.
Feature
Details
Interface
PCIe Gen 4 x4
Form Factor
E1.S, 9.5mm height
Capacities
1.92TB, 3.84TB
Performance
Up to 900K IOPS (read), 60K IOPS (write)
Endurance
1 DWPD
Data Protection
Power Loss Protection, TCG Opal 2.0
Use Cases
All-flash NAS, tiered storage, AI caching, VMs, database acceleration
Warranty
5 Years
QXP-T52P – Dual-Port Thunderbolt 5 Expansion Card for High-Speed NAS Connectivity
The QXP-T52P is QNAP’s new Thunderbolt 5 expansion card, designed to bring next-generation 80Gbps connectivity to compatible QNAP NAS systems with available PCIe Gen 4 x4 slots. This card allows NAS units to directly interface with high-bandwidth creative workflows, fast data ingest setups, or multi-user collaborative environments that rely on low-latency throughput.
The card is built around the Intel JHL9580 Thunderbolt 5 controller, and provides 2 x Thunderbolt 5 (USB-C) ports, each capable of handling up to 80Gbps bi-directional bandwidth. It is backward-compatible with Thunderbolt 3, Thunderbolt 4, and USB4 hosts or accessories, ensuring broad interoperability with editing suites, external RAID enclosures, and high-speed JBODs.
Installation is supported in QNAP NAS units equipped with PCIe Gen 4 support and appropriate cooling and power headroom. Once installed, the card enables DAS-style access to the NAS at ultra-high speeds, which is particularly beneficial for large file editing (4K/8K video), VFX production, and real-time content review.
The QXP-T52P is intended to complement QNAP systems such as the TVS-AIh1688ATX, which includes native Thunderbolt 4 ports but can expand further using this card, creating up to four Thunderbolt connections for simultaneous editing stations.
Feature
Details
Interface
PCIe Gen 4 x4
Thunderbolt Ports
2 x Thunderbolt 5 (USB-C)
Controller
Intel JHL9580
Max Bandwidth
80Gbps (bi-directional per port)
Compatibility
Thunderbolt 5/4/3, USB4, USB-C
Use Cases
NAS-to-workstation DAS, video editing, real-time data ingestion
System Requirements
QNAP NAS with PCIe Gen 4 slot and adequate cooling
QVR Surveillance and TVR-AI200 – Unified VMS and Edge AI for Security Deployment
In the surveillance segment of the Tech Summit 2025, QNAP presented an expanded role for its video monitoring ecosystem, centered on the TVR-AI200 NVR appliance and an updated QVR Surveillance platform. These solutions aim to simplify system deployment, enhance video intelligence at the edge, and consolidate multi-site management under a single interface. The TVR-AI200 is a compact, standalone NVR that supports up to 16 IP cameras via built-in PoE+ ports. With a setup time of under 10 minutes and support for offline initialization, it is positioned as a rapid-deployment solution for retail chains, branch offices, and remote sites. Unlike standard NAS-based surveillance, this unit is dedicated solely to VMS tasks, running QVR Pro/Elite natively and optimized for AI-enhanced video analytics such as facial recognition, motion detection, and object tracking.
On the software side, the QVR Surveillance suite has received architectural and interface updates. Key enhancements include multi-channel event playback, real-time timeline navigation, and customizable recording profiles. New AI event triggers—such as virtual boundaries, unattended object detection, and license plate recognition—can be configured to trigger alerts or backups through myQNAPcloud One or secondary NAS units. Additionally, QNAP highlighted its ongoing partnership with Network Optix, enabling full support for Nx Witness VMS across QNAP NAS models. This integration allows QNAP devices to host both the video management software and the recorded footage, reducing the need for external VMS servers and helping small-to-medium deployments consolidate hardware. Storage management is enhanced with FileTiers, ensuring high-frequency footage stays on SSD or U.2/NVMe volumes, while archival video is moved automatically to slower disks or cloud targets. This helps reduce costs while maintaining fast access to recent recordings.
The QNAP Tech Summit at Computex 2025 presented a broad and structured update to QNAP’s product lineup, with a clear focus on high-speed connectivity, AI integration, and scalable infrastructure. Standout hardware included the TVS-AIh1688ATX, which combines U.2 SSD support and Thunderbolt 4/5 expansion for creative workflows, and the QAI-H1290FX, positioned as a turnkey edge AI platform for private LLM deployment. In the enterprise space, the ES1686dc R2 demonstrated QNAP’s continued investment in dual-controller, high-availability storage for critical workloads.
On the software side, the introduction of QUTS Mega signals a shift toward large-scale, clustered storage, while the enhanced Hybrid Backup Center and myQNAPcloud One provide unified data protection with support for immutability and real-time monitoring. Surveillance applications were also refined with the launch of the TVR-AI200 and expanded support for AI-based event detection and third-party VMS integration. Overall, QNAP’s announcements reflect a strategy focused on modularity, multi-tier storage, and integration across local and cloud environments—delivering solutions for both general-purpose NAS users and specialized professional deployments.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
At Computex 2025, Jonsbo introduced two compact NAS enclosures designed specifically for Mini-ITX systems — the N10 and NV10. These cases mark a departure from the larger, high-capacity N5 chassis revealed at Computex the year before, instead prioritizing a more focused approach for users building flash-based NAS setups or compact home servers.
Both models support FLEX power supplies up to 150mm and include a USB Type-C front I/O, but they diverge in functionality: one favors SSD storage, while the other accommodates low-profile GPUs. With a small footprint of just 205mm x 205mm x 108mm, the N10 and NV10 are part of a broader trend toward highly efficient, minimal-space deployments. As demand grows for quieter, energy-efficient NAS builds and localized AI or media applications, these enclosures reflect Jonsbo’s continued push into purpose-built server chassis for the DIY market.
Hardware Specifications for the N10 and NV10
The Jonsbo N10 enclosure is engineered specifically for users building compact NAS systems that rely on SSD storage. It accommodates a Mini-ITX motherboard and includes four internal 2.5-inch drive bays arranged along the base of the chassis. These drive bays do not feature a backplane or quick-release mechanism; instead, drives are mounted using traditional screw-based trays. Users will need to ensure their motherboard or PCIe expansion cards provide the necessary SATA ports to connect all four drives.
The chassis is constructed from a combination of 3.3mm thick aluminum alloy panels and a 1.0mm steel internal frame, contributing to overall structural rigidity while maintaining a lightweight footprint. Cooling is handled by two built-in 40mm fans mounted on the rear panel, operating at 5000 RPM to provide active airflow across the storage bays. The magnetic top panel allows for quick internal access during installation or servicing.
The NV10, while identical in size and base materials to the N10 (205mm wide, 205mm deep, and 108mm high), is tailored to users who require GPU support within a compact chassis. It features two low-profile PCIe expansion slots and supports dual-slot graphics cards up to 190mm in length. There are no dedicated drive bays in the NV10, leaving internal space available for airflow and graphics card installation.
While it does not include internal case fans like the N10, the enclosure relies on ventilation cutouts across the top, sides, and rear to manage passive airflow. Effective cooling in the NV10 will depend on the power supply’s exhaust fan and any active cooling solution on the GPU. The enclosure’s internal volume is tight, so thermal constraints and airflow direction should be carefully planned during assembly.
Both models support FLEX 1U power supplies up to 150mm in length, which mount at the rear of the case above the motherboard tray. The CPU cooler clearance is limited to 38mm in both the N10 and NV10, necessitating the use of low-profile coolers—such as those from Noctua or Dynatron. Neither model includes support for ATX or SFX power supplies, nor is there native support for 3.5-inch HDDs, reinforcing their focus on SSD or flash-only builds.
A single USB Type-C port is located on the front I/O of both enclosures, though no additional USB or audio connectors are present. There is also no onboard fan control or lighting, making these enclosures minimal by design. Weights are modest, with the N10 at 1.6 kg and the NV10 slightly lighter at 1.5 kg, making them easy to transport or integrate into space-limited deployments.
Why Are Jonsbo Enclosures So Popular?
Jonsbo enclosures have gained popularity among NAS and SFF (small form factor) PC builders due to their consistent focus on minimalist design, high material quality, and purpose-built layouts that cater to niche DIY projects. Their use of thick aluminum panels combined with solid steel internals strikes a balance between aesthetics, durability, and thermal performance. Unlike many generic ITX cases, Jonsbo often designs around specific use cases—such as flash-based storage, GPU acceleration, or low-noise operation—rather than attempting to serve broad mainstream needs. This specialization appeals to enthusiasts who value efficient use of space, passive ventilation potential, and understated external styling. Additionally, the availability of features like magnetic panels, FLEX PSU support, and increasing support for ITX motherboards with NAS features has positioned Jonsbo as a go-to brand for compact, customizable server enclosures.
Where is the Jonsbo N6?
While the N10 and NV10 mark Jonsbo’s continued refinement of compact, purpose-driven NAS and SFF enclosures, attention is already shifting to the next model in development: the Jonsbo N6. Although few details have been officially confirmed, early indications suggest that the N6 may attempt to bridge the gap between the high-capacity N5 and the minimal N10/NV10 by offering more drive bays, improved airflow, or even partial hot-swap capabilities—all while retaining the small footprint and aluminum-steel construction the brand is known for. If Jonsbo continues to respond to user demands for compact yet scalable server chassis, the N6 could potentially appeal to builders seeking more flexibility without committing to full tower or rackmount designs. Its rumored release later in 2025 will likely determine how far Jonsbo is willing to expand its NAS-focused lineup beyond flash-only configurations.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Synology DS425+ arrives as part of the company’s 2025 refresh of its popular DiskStation NAS lineup, positioned as a 4-bay solution for prosumers, content creators, and small business users who demand reliable private cloud functionality, media handling, and data protection tools—all in a desktop-friendly chassis. Succeeding the widely adopted DS423+, the DS425+ builds upon the same Intel Celeron J4125 architecture but introduces upgraded network connectivity and improved support for SSD caching, aiming to enhance performance across daily operations like file synchronization, multimedia streaming, collaborative document editing, and surveillance management. Running the latest version of DiskStation Manager (DSM), the DS425+ leverages Synology’s full ecosystem of services, including Synology Drive, Active Backup Suite, Surveillance Station, and Synology Photos. With this release, Synology is also doubling down on its strict hardware compatibility enforcement, limiting drive support to Synology-verified models only—a shift that may influence buyers with preexisting storage investments. Even so, the DS425+ offers a compact yet powerful platform for centralized storage, hybrid cloud collaboration, and secure file access from anywhere.
Synology DS425+ Hardware Specifications
At the heart of the Synology DS425+ is the same Intel Celeron J4125 processor seen in the DS423+—a quad-core, Gemini Lake-based chip with a base clock of 2.0 GHz and a burst frequency of 2.7 GHz. While this CPU has proven competent for basic NAS operations like SMB file serving, lightweight multimedia indexing, and DSM’s collaborative apps, its inclusion in a 2025 NAS release feels increasingly outdated. The J4125 first launched in 2019, and although its low power consumption and integrated hardware encryption engine remain attractive for entry-tier devices, it’s now noticeably behind in areas like video transcoding, AI-assisted tasks, and virtualization performance. For example, when running more demanding DSM features such as Surveillance Station with high-resolution streams, or multiple simultaneous file indexing operations via Synology Photos and Drive, this processor can quickly become a limiting factor, especially in multi-user environments.
2 × M.2 2280 NVMe SSD (for Synology SSDs only – cache or storage pool)
LAN Ports
1 × 2.5GbE RJ-45, 1 × 1GbE RJ-45
USB Ports
2 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
Maximum Raw Capacity
Up to 80 TB (4 × 20 TB drives)
RAID Support
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10
Cooling
2 × 92 mm fans
Power Supply
External 90W AC adapter
Power Consumption
28.3W (Access), 8.45W (HDD Hibernation)
Dimensions
166 mm × 199 mm × 223 mm
Weight
2.18 kg
Noise Level
19.8 dB(A)
Warranty
3 years (extendable to 5 years in select regions)
Drive Compatibility
Synology-verified drives only (HAT3300, HAT5300, SNV3400, etc.)
Memory configuration hasn’t changed either, with the DS425+ shipping with 2 GB of DDR4 non-ECC RAM soldered to the board and a single expansion slot allowing upgrades to a maximum of 6 GB. This is a practical ceiling for general use—enough to handle several DSM packages like Synology Office, Drive, or Hyper Backup simultaneously—but it’s insufficient for users looking to run dockerized apps, virtual DSM instances, or advanced services such as Synology MailPlus in a more scalable manner. The non-ECC nature of the RAM also weakens the case for this NAS as a long-term professional solution, especially when handling sensitive or mission-critical workloads.
Networking is where the DS425+ makes a partial step forward, but not without caveats. It features a single 2.5GbE LAN port alongside a 1GbE port—an improvement over the dual 1GbE design of the DS423+—but a closer look reveals an intentional limitation. Unlike many other brands that now offer dual 2.5GbE ports for link aggregation or seamless failover at full speed, Synology’s decision to pair a 2.5GbE with a 1GbE appears less about cost or chipset restrictions and more about product segmentation. This asymmetric port setup discourages buyers from choosing the DS425+ over higher-tier units like the DS925+, which offers more symmetrical bandwidth and better expansion paths. From a hardware standpoint, there is no compelling technical reason this device couldn’t have included dual 2.5GbE—especially given its target audience of small business and prosumer users with growing data needs.
Storage connectivity fares better. The DS425+ supports four hot-swappable 3.5″/2.5″ SATA drives and adds two M.2 2280 NVMe SSD slots for cache acceleration—valuable for improving read/write IOPS, especially in workloads like media library scanning in Synology Photos or large document syncing in Synology Drive. These M.2 slots do not consume the main drive bays, preserving all four bays for primary storage—a practical advantage for users looking to maintain high capacity while improving responsiveness. However, it’s important to note that, per Synology’s 2025 compatibility policy, only Synology-branded SSDs (such as the SNV3400 series) can be used for either cache or storage pool creation, cutting out a wide array of affordable third-party options.
In terms of design, the DS425+ remains compact and energy-efficient, measuring 166 × 199 × 223 mm and weighing 2.18 kg. It uses two 92mm fans for active cooling, and power usage is modest—28.3W under load and just 8.45W in disk hibernation. Two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports are available for external drive backups or peripheral support, and the unit is shipped with two RJ-45 cables, a power supply, and a 3-year warranty (extendable to 5 years in some regions). But while the physical build quality is solid, many of the internal hardware choices feel driven more by Synology’s desire to maintain product hierarchy than by a desire to fully meet evolving user needs in this segment.
Synology DS425+ vs DS423+ NAS – Much of an Upgrade?
On paper, the DS425+ and DS423+ appear remarkably similar—so much so that many users might question whether the DS425+ is a true generational upgrade. Both models use the same Intel Celeron J4125 quad-core processor, support up to 6 GB of non-ECC DDR4 memory, and house four 3.5″/2.5″ SATA bays alongside dual M.2 NVMe SSD slots. The physical dimensions, weight, fan configuration, and even the power draw figures are virtually identical. For many core use cases—such as basic file storage, Synology Drive collaboration, and multimedia backups via Hyper Backup—the user experience will feel nearly the same. This makes the DS425+ look more like a platform refresh than a reinvention.
Category
Synology DS423+
Synology DS425+
Difference / Notes
CPU
Intel Celeron J4125, 4-core, 2.0–2.7 GHz
Intel Celeron J4125, 4-core, 2.0–2.7 GHz
Identical processor
Memory (Default)
2 GB DDR4 non-ECC
2 GB DDR4 non-ECC
Same default memory
Memory (Max)
6 GB (2 + 4 GB)
6 GB (2 + 4 GB)
Same maximum capacity
Drive Bays
4 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
4 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
Identical layout
M.2 NVMe Slots
2 × M.2 2280 (cache only)
2 × M.2 2280 (cache or storage pool)
Allows storage pools (Synology SSDs only)
LAN Ports
2 × 1GbE
1 × 2.5GbE + 1 × 1GbE
DS425+ adds faster networking but lacks symmetrical dual 2.5GbE
USB Ports
2 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
2 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
Same
Max Raw Capacity
Up to 80 TB (4 × 20 TB drives)
Up to 80 TB (4 × 20 TB drives)
Same
RAID Support
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
Identical
Drive Compatibility
Broad third-party support (with warnings)
Synology-verified drives only
DS425+ enforces drive lock-in
Power Consumption (Active)
28.3W
28.3W
Same
Power Consumption (Idle)
8.45W
8.45W
Same
Noise Level
19.8 dB(A)
19.8 dB(A)
Same
Cooling
2 × 92 mm fans
2 × 92 mm fans
Same
Dimensions / Weight
166 × 199 × 223 mm / 2.18 kg
166 × 199 × 223 mm / 2.18 kg
Identical physical chassis
Warranty
3 years (extendable to 5 years)
3 years (extendable to 5 years)
Same
DSM Version
DSM 7.2+
DSM 7.2+
Same
However, the key differences lie in network connectivity and platform intent. The DS423+ features dual 1GbE ports with support for link aggregation or failover, while the DS425+ trades this for a mix of one 2.5GbE and one 1GbE port. While this technically increases the potential maximum throughput to 2.5Gbps, this hybrid setup seems designed to offer “just enough” improvement to distinguish the DS425+ without cannibalizing interest in higher-tier systems like the DS925+. For users with modern 2.5GbE switches, the DS425+ will offer a slightly snappier file access and faster backups—particularly when working with large media libraries or high-frequency synchronization tasks in Synology Photos or Drive. But those with symmetrical link aggregation setups may find the port layout frustratingly limiting.
Another critical shift is in Synology’s approach to drive compatibility. The DS423+—like most NAS units in the 2020–2023 era—offered relatively open support for third-party HDDs and SSDs, including Seagate IronWolf, WD Red, and enterprise-class models. Users would receive warnings when using non-verified drives, but DSM remained fully functional. In contrast, the DS425+ adopts the same restrictive policy seen in all 2025 Synology NAS systems, outright blocking DSM installation and pool creation with unverified hard drives or NVMe SSDs.
This has broad implications for cost-conscious users or those migrating from older Synology NAS units, as they may find that previously functional media is now flagged and unusable. Even within Synology’s own ecosystem, only select SKUs (e.g., HAT3300, HAT5300, SAT5200, SNV3400) are accepted without persistent alerts or functionality restrictions. While this change may support long-term system stability and vendor accountability, it narrows the appeal of the DS425+ as a flexible, user-driven NAS appliance.
Ultimately, the DS425+ is one of the smallest refresh/upgrades over the DS423+, largely just in its added 2.5GbE port. But for users already operating a DS423+, the performance incentives to upgrade are limited—unless specific use cases demand faster network throughput or tighter integration with Synology’s enterprise-leaning ecosystem. For first-time buyers, the DS425+ makes more sense if you are already choosing only the media the brand recommends and want a relatively low-noise, compact NAS with good multi-user potential, cloud tools, and basic virtualization support.
Synology DS425+ NAS – Software and Services
The DS425+ runs Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM), one of the most polished NAS operating systems available today, offering a blend of enterprise-level tools and consumer-friendly accessibility. Users can configure the device as a centralized file server, hybrid cloud gateway, backup vault, media hub, or private collaboration platform—all from within an intuitive web-based interface.
The system supports the Btrfs file system, enabling advanced data protection features such as file self-healing, quota management, and snapshot replication. With support for up to 256 system-wide snapshots and 128 per shared folder, users can roll back accidental deletions or ransomware-damaged data in seconds. Synology’s Hybrid Share also allows users to extend storage capacity to the cloud with on-demand file streaming and local caching, balancing scalability with local performance.
Category
Specification
Operating System
DiskStation Manager (DSM) 7.2+
File Systems (Internal)
Btrfs, ext4
File Systems (External)
Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
RAID Support
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10
Max Internal Volumes
32
Max Single Volume Size
108 TB
SSD Caching
Yes (via M.2 NVMe SSDs – Synology verified only)
M.2 SSD Storage Pool Support
Yes (Synology NVMe SSDs only)
Snapshot Replication
128 snapshots per shared folder / 256 system-wide
Synology Drive
Max 20 users / 500,000 hosted files
Synology Office
Max 20 users
Synology Chat
Max 100 users
Synology MailPlus
5 free accounts, up to 20 users (license required)
Virtual Machine Manager (VMM)
Up to 2 VMs or 2 Virtual DSMs (1 license included)
Surveillance Station
2 free licenses, up to 40 IP cameras (H.265 1080p @ 1200 FPS)
25+ languages including English, German, French, Spanish, Japanese, Simplified/Traditional Chinese
Collaboration is another strong point of the DSM ecosystem. Synology Drive provides a private alternative to Google Drive or Dropbox, enabling real-time file synchronization across devices and platforms, with versioning, sharing permissions, and browser-based access. Integrated with Synology Office, users can collaborate on documents, spreadsheets, and presentations with password protection and revision tracking.
These tools perform well even with modest hardware like the DS425+, and are ideal for distributed teams or remote workers. For communication, Synology Chat brings secure instant messaging with support for encrypted channels and message retention policies, while Synology MailPlus offers a fully-fledged private email server with support for up to 20 users (5 licenses included). These services transform the DS425+ from a simple storage box into a multi-role productivity appliance.
Synology also continues to invest in security and monitoring, with DSM 7.2+ adding features like Adaptive Multi-Factor Authentication (AMFA), which intelligently triggers additional login requirements based on user behavior and access patterns. Admins can leverage Active Insight, Synology’s cloud-based fleet monitoring system, to detect threats and performance anomalies across multiple NAS units, and even enforce policy-based snapshot creation during suspicious activity. For those managing backups, Synology’s Active Backup Suite covers Windows, Linux, VMware, Hyper-V, and Microsoft 365/Google Workspace, while Hyper Backup supports encrypted, deduplicated, multi-destination backups to local disks, other NAS units, or Synology’s C2 Storage cloud. Surveillance Station also comes bundled with two free IP camera licenses, and can support up to 40 H.265 1080p streams simultaneously—ideal for small-scale CCTV installations that want private, license-free storage.
Synology DS425+ NAS – Price and Release Date
The Synology DS425+ is scheduled to launch globally in June 2025, following an earlier rollout across Eastern markets beginning in the second half of May 2025. Based on its positioning and minimal hardware changes from the DS423+, it is expected to arrive with a similar MSRP in the range of $449 to $499 USD. This pricing places it firmly in the upper-middle segment of Synology’s 4-bay lineup, targeting users who need more performance and features than entry-level models offer, but without the broader expansion and higher price tags of units like the DS923+ or DS925+. However, with the inclusion of the new restrictive drive compatibility policy, buyers will need to factor in the additional cost of Synology-verified HDDs or SSDs, which could notably increase the total cost of ownership compared to similarly priced NAS systems that support a wider range of drives.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS425+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Synology at Computex 2025 – New NAS, Flash, and Surveillance Solutions Unveiled
At Computex 2025, Synology unveiled an extensive range of new hardware and storage solutions across both consumer and enterprise tiers. From compact desktop NAS to high-performance rackmount flash storage systems, the 2025 product line spans diverse use cases in home multimedia, business backups, AI-powered surveillance, and parallel active storage infrastructure. However, a significant underlying theme across this year’s announcements is Synology’s strict enforcement of Synology-verified storage media across both the Plus series and enterprise-class devices.
This ongoing shift in policy has raised concerns within the NAS community—especially among users who rely on third-party drives for flexibility and cost-effectiveness. Messaging around this storage validation system remains inconsistent, with key technical and strategic details still unclear. Nonetheless, this year’s lineup confirms Synology’s intent to consolidate hardware and media under its own ecosystem, even while expanding its presence into flash-first infrastructure and turnkey surveillance platforms.
The PAS7700 marks Synology’s formal entry into high-performance all-NVMe storage for the enterprise sector. It is the most powerful product in the new Parallel Active Storage (PAS) series, designed with a dual-controller architecture and full end-to-end U.3 NVMe support. Each controller in the PAS7700 is powered by an AMD EPYC processor, supports up to 1TB of DDR4 ECC memory, and is capable of sustaining 30GB/s sequential throughput with over 2 million 4K random read IOPS. This architecture supports true active-active failover, high concurrency, and data consistency across large virtualized workloads or AI/ML pipelines.
Networking options include up to 4x 100GbE and 12x 25GbE ports (via optional NICs), and expansion is achieved using the PAX224, a 24-bay U.3 NVMe expansion chassis connected via HD-SAS 12Gb/s dual-link architecture. The PAS7700’s chassis is built to scale up to 216 NVMe drives for a maximum raw capacity exceeding 1.6PB, though real-world capacity will depend on drive model, RAID configuration, and overhead.
One of the more contentious elements is that, like all of Synology’s 2025 enterprise lineup, the PAS7700 mandates the use of Synology-verified U.3 NVMe SSDs. The drives shown on the show floor included 8TB Synology-branded U.3 SSDs, though Synology did not confirm their OEM origin, controller model, or endurance ratings beyond stating that they were optimized for sustained IOPS workloads. This storage lock-in policy has drawn criticism from users seeking flexibility in enterprise deployments.
PAS3600 – Hybrid Flash Storage for Cost-Efficient Deployment
Positioned as the mid-range sibling to the PAS7700, the PAS3600 provides a more accessible entry into the Parallel Active Storage series by utilizing SATA drives rather than U.3 NVMe. Designed for hybrid flash deployment, the PAS3600 features dual controllers, each running an Intel Xeon processor and supporting up to 256GB of ECC DDR4 memory per controller. While it doesn’t match the raw performance of the PAS7700, it still delivers substantial throughput and redundancy suitable for enterprise virtual machine hosting, storage tiering, and backup environments.
Network connectivity includes support for up to 4x 25GbE and 8x 10GbE ports via optional NICs, with the system capable of scaling out using the PAX212, a 12-bay SATA flash expansion chassis. These expansion units also use 12Gb/s HD-SAS, and maintain redundant power supplies and dual data interconnects to ensure performance stability and non-disruptive scaling. Like the rest of Synology’s 2025 enterprise systems, the PAS3600 enforces the use of Synology-verified SATA SSDs, understandable in this sector of the industry and in line with this kind fo product.
PAS3600 Specifications
Feature
Details
Architecture
Dual-controller, active-active
CPU
Intel Xeon (per controller)
Memory
Up to 256GB DDR4 ECC (per controller)
Storage Bays
Up to 25 SATA bays (hybrid flash configurations)
Max Network Interface Options
Up to 4x 25GbE, 8x 10GbE
Expansion
PAX212 – 12-bay SATA (HD-SAS 12Gb/s)
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA SSDs only
Use Case
Backup, hybrid flash storage, cost-optimized VM use
DVA7400 – AI-Powered Surveillance Rackmount System
The DVA7400 represents the most powerful surveillance solution Synology has introduced to date. It is the first in the DVA (Deep Video Analytics) lineup to be available in a rackmount form factor, making it suitable for larger, centralized surveillance deployments. The unit leverages an AMD Ryzen processor in combination with a dedicated GPU, enabling support for up to 100 camera streams and 40 simultaneous AI video analysis tasks, such as motion detection, facial recognition, and people counting.
In terms of connectivity, the DVA7400 includes dual 10GbE ports to ensure adequate bandwidth for high-resolution video ingestion and management. Additionally, it features a separate remote management interface, streamlining system oversight in enterprise environments. Internally, the system includes a dedicated AI processor with 190+ TFLOPS FP8 performance and 16GB of VRAM, allowing for real-time video indexing and recognition tasks.
As with most Synology surveillance systems, the DVA7400 includes a limited number of camera licenses by default. However, users deploying Synology-branded cameras benefit from license-free operation. Support for ONVIF-compliant third-party cameras is included but requires standard Synology Surveillance Station licenses. While the hardware is a significant leap forward, the system’s drive compatibility remains subject questionable, as the brand does not currently have an inhouse branded surveillance optimized HDD (eg comparable to WD Purple or Seagate Skyhawk – designed for much heavier WRITE over READ).
DVA7400 Specifications
Feature
Details
Form Factor
Rackmount (1U or 2U, TBD)
CPU
AMD Ryzen (model not disclosed)
GPU
Dedicated AI GPU (16GB VRAM, 190+ TFLOPS FP8)
AI Video Analytics
40 tasks simultaneously
Camera Streams Supported
Up to 100
Network Ports
2x 10GbE, 1x dedicated remote management port
Camera License Policy
ONVIF supported; Synology cameras license-free
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified storage media required
Use Case
Enterprise surveillance, AI-driven video analysis
FS200T – Compact All-Flash NAS for Quiet Environments
The FS200T, formerly expected as the DS625Slim, is now reclassified under the FlashStation series. This compact 6-bay NAS is designed for SSD-only deployments using 2.5″ SATA drives, and is aimed at users needing high-speed, low-noise storage in home studios or small office environments. Internally, it is powered by the Intel Celeron J4125, a quad-core processor that, while dated, includes integrated graphics. It is paired with 4GB of DDR4 memory, which is not ECC and may limit enterprise use.
Network connectivity includes 1x 2.5GbE and 1x 1GbE RJ-45 ports, a configuration that presents a noticeable bottleneck when combined with a 6-SSD RAID setup. No PCIe or expansion options are available. Despite the performance limitations imposed by its dated processor and limited bandwidth, the FS200T’s small form factor and flash-focused design make it a viable solution for read-heavy tasks or quiet operation environments where rotational noise from HDDs is undesirable.
FS200T Specifications
Feature
Details
Form Factor
Desktop, ultra-compact
CPU
Intel Celeron J4125 (4 cores, 4 threads)
Memory
4GB DDR4 (non-ECC, upgradable TBD)
Drive Bays
6 x 2.5″ SATA SSD only
Network Ports
1x 2.5GbE, 1x 1GbE
Expansion Options
None
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA SSDs only
Use Case
Quiet SSD storage for home offices, light workloads
DS725+ – Dual-Bay Plus Series NAS with Expansion Support
The DS725+ is Synology’s latest 2-bay entry in the 2025 Plus series, offering modest upgrades over its predecessor, the DS723+. It features a 2-core, 4-thread AMD Ryzen R1600 processor, 4GB of ECC DDR4 memory (expandable), and includes two Ethernet ports: one 2.5GbE and one 1GbE. Unlike the previous model, the option for PCIe 10GbE upgrade has been removed, marking a notable downgrade in scalability.
Despite its small size, the DS725+ supports expansion up to 7 total drives using the Synology DX525 USB-C expansion unit, allowing users to migrate to larger RAID arrays over time. Internally, it includes two M.2 NVMe slots that can be used for either SSD caching or storage pools, enhancing read/write performance if properly configured. However, NVMe performance may still be limited by the relatively modest CPU and system architecture.
As with all 2025+ series units, this model enforces strict use of Synology-verified drives for optimal compatibility. This includes both the internal SATA bays and NVMe SSDs, aligning with Synology’s broader shift to a closed hardware ecosystem—an approach that continues to draw mixed reactions from the NAS community.
DS725+ Specifications
Feature
Details
CPU
AMD Ryzen R1600 (2C/4T)
Memory
4GB DDR4 ECC (expandable)
Drive Bays
2 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA HDD/SSD
M.2 Slots
2 x NVMe (cache or storage pool)
Network Ports
1 x 2.5GbE, 1 x 1GbE
Expansion Support
DX525 via USB-C (up to 7 total drives)
PCIe Slot
None (no 10GbE upgrade support)
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA & NVMe SSDs only
Use Case
Small business, home backup, scalable 2-bay setup
DS425+ – 4-Bay Multimedia NAS with Modest Refresh
The DS425+ is the 2025 refresh of the DS423+, aimed at SOHO and multimedia users seeking a 4-bay system with enhanced network throughput and M.2 NVMe support. Internally, the DS425+ continues to use the Intel Celeron J4125, a quad-core processor with integrated graphics, and comes with 4GB of DDR4 non-ECC memory. This model includes two Ethernet ports—1x 2.5GbE and 1x 1GbE—a somewhat disappointing choice that limits link aggregation potential and overall throughput compared to systems offering dual 2.5GbE.
The DS425+ includes two M.2 NVMe slots, usable for either SSD caching or as part of a storage pool. However, given the CPU and system bus limitations of the J4125, real-world NVMe performance may be constrained. There are no PCIe upgrade slots, meaning no pathway to 10GbE or further expansion beyond USB and the DX525 expansion unit.
Crucially, as part of the 2025 Plus series, the DS425+ requires Synology-verified drives for compatibility—both for its SATA and NVMe bays. This has led to pushback from users accustomed to broader drive support, especially in the mid-range where cost-effectiveness and flexibility are often more important than validation.
DS425+ Specifications
Feature
Details
CPU
Intel Celeron J4125 (4 cores, 4 threads)
Memory
4GB DDR4 (non-ECC, upgradable)
Drive Bays
4 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA
M.2 Slots
2 x NVMe (cache or storage pool)
Network Ports
1 x 2.5GbE, 1 x 1GbE
Expansion Support
DX525 via USB-C (up to 9 total drives)
PCIe Slot
None
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA & NVMe SSDs only
Use Case
Multimedia, Plex, home backups, SOHO storage
DS1525+ – 5-Bay All-Purpose NAS with Enhanced CPU and Expansion
The DS1525+ sits in the middle of Synology’s Plus series, offering a blend of scalability, multimedia handling, and business backup functionality. It upgrades the CPU from the DS1522+ by moving from the AMD Ryzen R1600 (2C/4T) to the AMD Ryzen V1500B, a 4-core, 8-thread processor that previously powered the DS1621+ and DS1821+. The system comes pre-installed with 8GB of DDR4 ECC memory, double that of its predecessor.
The DS1525+ includes two 2.5GbE RJ-45 network ports and supports the Synology Network Upgrade Module, which provides a pathway to 10GbE networking via a compact add-in module. This model also retains two M.2 NVMe slots for SSD caching or storage pool creation. It supports expansion to 15 total drives when connected to two DX525 expansion units, making it suitable for growing media libraries or multi-user project environments.
However, it still falls under Synology’s 2025 policy requiring Synology-verified storage media, both for the five primary SATA bays and the M.2 NVMe slots. This requirement continues to stir user debate, particularly in the mid-range segment, where third-party storage flexibility has historically been an expectation.
DS1525+ Specifications
Feature
Details
CPU
AMD Ryzen V1500B (4 cores, 8 threads)
Memory
8GB DDR4 ECC (expandable)
Drive Bays
5 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA
M.2 Slots
2 x NVMe (cache or storage pool)
Network Ports
2 x 2.5GbE RJ-45
10GbE Support
Yes, via Synology Network Upgrade Module
Expansion Support
Up to 15 drives with 2x DX525
PCIe Slot
Not full-sized PCIe (uses mini-module instead)
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA & NVMe SSDs only
Use Case
Multimedia, workgroup storage, backup, light VM use
DS1825+ – 8-Bay High-Capacity NAS for Power Users and SMBs
The DS1825+ serves as the high-capacity flagship in the 2025 Plus series, aimed at power users and small to medium businesses that require extensive storage and moderate processing capabilities. Like the DS1525+, it is powered by the AMD Ryzen V1500B (4 cores, 8 threads) and includes 8GB of ECC DDR4 memory by default. The unit offers two 2.5GbE RJ-45 ports, replacing the four 1GbE ports found in its predecessor, the DS1821+.
Storage can be expanded up to 18 total drives by connecting two DX525 expansion units via USB-C. The DS1825+ also includes two M.2 NVMe slots, supporting both SSD caching and dedicated NVMe storage pools. Unlike the DS1525+, it retains a standard PCIe slot, supporting full-sized 10GbE and higher NICs—with Synology now offering 25GbE and 50GbE upgrade cards, expanding its relevance in virtualization and high-bandwidth media workflows.
However, as with all devices in the 2025 Plus series, the DS1825+ enforces Synology’s drive verification system. Only Synology-verified SATA drives and NVMe SSDs are supported for optimal operation, and unsupported drives may be flagged or disabled in future DSM updates—a policy that continues to concern experienced users building mixed-brand NAS environments.
DS1825+ Specifications
Feature
Details
CPU
AMD Ryzen V1500B (4 cores, 8 threads)
Memory
8GB DDR4 ECC (expandable)
Drive Bays
8 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA
M.2 Slots
2 x NVMe (cache or storage pool)
Network Ports
2 x 2.5GbE RJ-45
PCIe Slot
1 x PCIe (supports 10/25/50GbE NICs)
Expansion Support
Up to 18 drives with 2x DX525
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA & NVMe SSDs only
Use Case
Virtualization, large-scale media storage, backup
DX525 – 5-Bay Expansion Unit for DS and Plus Series
The DX525 is Synology’s latest 5-bay expansion unit, designed for use with a wide range of their 2025 DS and Plus series NAS models. It connects via USB-C rather than the older eSATA standard, supporting newer devices such as the DS725+, DS425+, DS1525+, DS1825+, DS925+, and others.
It provides a seamless way to expand storage without migrating to a larger system or creating a new volume, and is fully integrated into DSM’s Storage Manager for volume extension and RAID expansion.
The DX525 supports both 3.5″ and 2.5″ SATA drives, with hot-swappable trays for quick replacement. While no network or processing capability exists on the unit itself (it’s entirely dependent on the host NAS), it can be used for extending existing RAID volumes or creating new independent volumes. This makes it useful for both capacity growth and tiered storage strategies.
DX525 Specifications
Feature
Details
Drive Bays
5 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
Interface
USB-C (to host NAS)
Compatible Systems
DS225+, DS425+, DS725+, DS925+, DS1525+, DS1825+
Power Supply
External (built-in PSU)
Expansion Mode
Volume extension, new volume creation (via DSM)
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA drives only
Use Case
Capacity expansion for growing NAS volumes
SNV5420 – Enterprise NVMe SSD for Sustained Caching Workloads
The SNV5400 is Synology’s newest high-performance M.2 NVMe SSD for caching and sustained-write workloads, positioned above the earlier SNV3400 series. Targeted at SMBs and enterprise deployments requiring high-speed caching, the SNV5400 delivers up to 660,000 random read IOPS and 120,000 random write IOPS, with a rated endurance of 2,900 TBW. It features end-to-end data protection and power loss protection, ensuring data integrity during unexpected shutdowns—essential for cache-tier applications in critical environments.
Unlike previous Synology NVMe SSDs, the SNV5400 also supports in-system firmware upgrades, reducing maintenance downtime during drive management or lifecycle refresh. It is available in at least one confirmed variant, though broader capacity options have not yet been fully disclosed. The controller used is reportedly the IG5636 FAA, believed to be a Gen4 NVMe controller, but Synology has not publicly confirmed full hardware details or OEM sourcing. In addition to the SNV5400 enterprise drive, Synology showed off a new high-performance M.2 NVMe SSD at Computex 2025 that appears to target heavier workloads than the SNV3400. It reportedly uses the IG5636 FAA controller, which supports PCIe Gen4, suggesting significantly higher throughput than their current Gen3 offerings. However, Synology did not publicly confirm specs such as endurance, capacity range, or the NAND type used.
This unnamed SSD is presumed to be part of a future SNV or new series aimed at advanced caching, AI workloads, or even storage pool applications in high-performance Plus and enterprise NAS models. Synology staff on the show floor were unable to confirm OEM origins or whether this model would be mandatory in future NVMe-capable systems.
HAT5300 20TB – Synology’s Largest Enterprise-Grade HDD
The HAT5300 20TB is the latest and highest-capacity addition to Synology’s line of enterprise SATA hard drives, extending the HAT5300 series for large-volume and high-workload environments. Designed specifically for compatibility with Synology’s 2025 NAS and SAN systems, this 3.5-inch SATA drive offers up to 23% higher sustained sequential read performance than previous models, positioning it as a reliable option for high-throughput backup, archival, and surveillance storage tasks.
The drive supports workloads of up to 550 TB/year, making it suitable for 24/7 operation in business-critical storage arrays. It also includes persistent write cache technology, which helps preserve data integrity during power loss events. Like other models in the HAT5300 line, this drive undergoes over 500,000 hours of internal validation on Synology systems and supports in-system firmware upgrades directly via DSM.
This is currerntly the largest hard drive offered by Synology in their existing line up of storage media drives.
HAT5300 20TB Specifications
Feature
Details
Form Factor
3.5″ SATA HDD
Capacity
20TB
Sustained Read Speed
Improved (up to 23% higher than previous HAT models)
Workload Rating
550 TB/year
Persistent Write Cache
Yes
Validation
500,000+ hours of stress testing
In-System Firmware Updates
Supported via DSM
Media Policy
Synology-verified only (required in 2025 series)
Use Case
Enterprise backup, media storage, high-capacity arrays
BeeStation Plus – Preconfigured Private Cloud with Plex and AI Tools
The BeeStation Plus is Synology’s latest entry in the consumer-grade NAS lineup, positioned as a plug-and-play private cloud aimed at home users, content creators, and families. It comes pre-populated with an 8TB Synology HAT3300 Plus hard drive, sealed within a single-bay enclosure that does not allow for internal drive replacement or expansion. This closed-box approach prioritizes simplicity but removes RAID failover and user-serviceability, relying instead on USB or cloud-based backups.
Internally, the BeeStation Plus runs on an Intel Celeron J4125 processor—an aging but capable quad-core CPU with integrated graphics. It is paired with 8GB of memory, doubling that of the original ARM-based BeeStation. The device ships with Synology’s BeeStation Manager (BSM) software preinstalled and fully configured Plex Media Server, with media libraries and directories already initialized, enabling fast setup for streaming to smart TVs, tablets, and mobile devices. It also features local AI-powered photo indexing and object recognition via Bee Photos.
Backup support includes USB-A and USB-C ports, as well as integration with BeeProtect, Synology’s new cloud backup platform. Each BeeStation Plus includes a 3-month free trial of BeeProtect, after which it transitions to a subscription model. While this system offers some of the easiest Plex deployment in Synology’s portfolio, users should be aware of its limitations—chiefly, the lack of RAID protection, upgrade paths storage scalability limits.
BeeStation Plus Specifications
Feature
Details
Form Factor
Single-bay desktop NAS (sealed)
Internal Drive
1 x 8TB HAT3300 Plus (pre-installed, non-removable)
Plug-and-play media server, personal cloud, photo archive
DS225+ – Budget 2-Bay NAS for Entry-Level Users
The DS225+ is Synology’s entry-level 2-bay NAS refresh for 2025, intended for home users, small backups, and basic multimedia needs. It features the same Intel Celeron J4125 processor found in the DS425+ and BeeStation Plus—offering integrated graphics but limited modern performance. Paired with 4GB of DDR4 memory, the system supports two SATA bays, making it suitable for mirrored RAID 1 setups or small independent volumes.
In terms of connectivity, the DS225+ includes 1 x 2.5GbE and 1 x 1GbE Ethernet ports—adequate for most basic workloads, but still a step behind systems offering dual 2.5GbE or upgradable networking. The system lack the two M.2 NVMe slots that can be configured for SSD caching or used as additional storage pools in the DS725+.
While the DS225+ offers a very approachable route into NAS usage, it is subject to the same Synology-verified storage media policy as the rest of the 2025 series. Users are limited to verified drives for both SATA bays will be especially annying at a device level that is considered very, very ‘entry’, which continues to frustrate those hoping to reuse older hardware or source drives independently.
DS225+ Specifications
Feature
Details
CPU
Intel Celeron J4125 (4 cores, 4 threads)
Memory
4GB DDR4 (non-ECC, upgradeability TBD)
Drive Bays
2 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA
Network Ports
1 x 2.5GbE, 1 x 1GbE
Expansion Support
None (no DX support confirmed for this model)
PCIe Slot
None
Media Compatibility
Synology-verified SATA & NVMe SSDs only
Use Case
Home backups, light Plex/media, basic RAID setups
SPU7200D Series – Synology Enterprise U.3 NVMe SSD for PAS-Series Systems
The SPU7200D Series is Synology’s first enterprise-grade U.3 NVMe SSD, introduced at Computex 2025 to support the new PAS7700 and PAX224 rackmount flash systems. This SSD is designed for mission-critical environments where low latency, sustained throughput, and dual-port failover are essential. It conforms to the U.3 (PCIe 4.0 x4) standard and operates as a dual-port SSD, ensuring continuous accessibility in active-active dual-controller setups like those used in Synology’s PAS architecture.
Performance characteristics of the SPU7200D include up to 140,000 100% 4K random write IOPS, with a design focus on low-latency access patterns for high-concurrency workloads. The drive includes support for TCG Opal encryption, crypto erase, and anti-PSD (power safe data) protections to ensure fast and secure data sanitization in compliance-driven environments.
It also supports in-system firmware upgrades through Synology DSM, reducing maintenance windows during firmware validation or patch rollouts. As part of Synology’s locked ecosystem, the SPU7200D is required in PAS systems under the Synology-verified storage media policy—a continuing point of contention for enterprise users seeking broader SSD sourcing options.
SPU7200D U.3 NVMe SSD Specifications
Feature
Details
Form Factor
U.3 NVMe (2.5″, PCIe 4.0 x4)
Ports
Dual-port enterprise SSD
Max 4K Write IOPS (100%)
Up to 140,000
Latency Optimization
Yes – Low latency under mixed and write-heavy workloads
Security Features
TCG Opal, crypto erase, anti-PSD
Firmware Management
In-system firmware upgrades via DSM
Media Policy
Synology-verified only (required in PAS-series)
Use Case
Enterprise flash arrays, PAS7700, high-concurrency VM use
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Asustor Rolling Out Gen5 Rackmount NAS – The AS7212RDX and AS7216RDX Lockerstor Pro Gen2
At Computex 2025, Asustor unveils its latest additions to the Lockerstor rackmount family—the Lockerstor R Pro Gen2 series, comprising the 12-bay AS7212RDX and 16-bay AS7216RDX NAS systems. Positioned as high-performance, scalable solutions for small to medium businesses and enterprise deployments, these new models mark a notable hardware shift for the brand. Powered by AMD’s latest Ryzen 7 Pro processors and featuring support for PCIe Gen 5, 10GbE networking, and DDR5 ECC memory, this generation is clearly engineered for intensive multitasking, virtualized environments, and high-throughput applications. In addition to core hardware improvements, the systems ship with the ADM 5 software platform, which brings expanded storage and network configuration options, enhanced snapshot tools, and a wide ecosystem of applications. Combined with support for the new Xpanstor 12R expansion chassis and backed by a 5-year warranty, the Lockerstor R Pro Gen2 series is clearly being positioned to compete in the same space as rackmount solutions from QNAP, Synology, and TrueNAS, but with a focus on open upgrade paths and hardware flexibility. In this article, we break down the hardware, software, and overall direction of this release based on what we’ve seen firsthand on the Computex show floor.
Lockerstor R Pro Gen 2 Hardware Specifications
The Asustor Lockerstor R Pro Gen2 series, comprising the 12-bay AS7212RDX and the 16-bay AS7216RDX, represents a significant upgrade in rackmount NAS architecture, engineered specifically for small to medium-sized businesses and enterprise-grade environments. At the heart of both systems is the AMD Ryzen 7 Pro processor, based on a 5nm process with 8 physical cores. This processor line, typically used in high-efficiency workstations, delivers balanced compute performance and thermal control, making it suitable for multi-threaded tasks such as virtualization, container deployment, and high-volume file services. The systems ship with 16 GB of ECC DDR5 memory as standard, offering improved memory bandwidth and error correction capabilities vital to maintaining consistent data integrity under sustained load.
Category
AS7212RDX (12-Bay)
AS7216RDX (16-Bay)
Form Factor
2U Rackmount
2U Rackmount
Drive Bays
12 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA/SAS
16 x 3.5″/2.5″ SATA/SAS
Expansion Support
Xpanstor 12R SAS Expansion Unit
Xpanstor 12R SAS Expansion Unit
Processor
AMD Ryzen 7 Pro (8-Core, 5nm)
AMD Ryzen 7 Pro (8-Core, 5nm)
Memory (Standard)
16 GB DDR5 ECC
16 GB DDR5 ECC
Memory (Max)
TBC (likely >96-128 GB, ECC supported)
TBC (likely >96-128 GB, ECC supported)
M.2 Slot
1 x M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 5.0 x4)
1 x M.2 NVMe (PCIe Gen 5.0 x4)
PCIe Expansion
1 x PCIe Gen 5.0 x8
1 x PCIe Gen 5.0 x8
Network Ports
2 x 10GbE + 2 x 1GbE RJ-45
2 x 10GbE + 2 x 1GbE RJ-45
Power Supply
Dual Redundant 80 PLUS Platinum
Dual Redundant 80 PLUS Platinum
Hot-Swappable Drives
Yes
Yes
Cooling
Redundant Hot-Swappable Fans
Redundant Hot-Swappable Fans
Chassis Dimensions
TBC
TBC
Weight (Approx.)
TBC
TBC
Warranty
5 Years
5 Years
In terms of storage acceleration and flexibility, both units are equipped with a single M.2 NVMe slot supporting PCIe 5.0, offering a notable increase in throughput compared to earlier PCIe 3.0 or 4.0 implementations. This slot is intended for either SSD caching or as a standalone high-speed storage tier, useful for workflows involving small file I/O, databases, or active archive datasets. Both systems also feature dual 10-Gigabit Ethernet and dual 1-Gigabit Ethernet ports, enabling high-speed networking with support for link aggregation, load balancing, and network redundancy. For those requiring more, a PCIe Gen5 x8 expansion slot is available, compatible with a wide range of enterprise accessories including SAS expansion controllers or additional 25/40/100GbE NICs, offering clear upgrade paths for future network scaling.
Operational resilience is enhanced by redundant 80 PLUS Platinum-certified power supplies, designed to minimize energy waste while providing reliable failover in the event of a PSU failure. The hot-swappable nature of these components, combined with tool-less access to the drive bays and internal fan modules, supports minimal disruption during maintenance or component replacement. Both models use a standard 2U rackmount form factor and support a variety of enterprise-class SATA or SAS drives. Additionally, they are fully compatible with Asustor’s Xpanstor 12R SAS JBOD expansion unit, allowing businesses to scale storage capacity with minimal downtime. Asustor includes a 5-year hardware warranty with these units, placing them firmly in the enterprise support tier and aligning with long-term deployment cycles common in business environments.
Lockerstor R Pro Gen 2 ADM Software
ADM 5, the latest iteration of Asustor’s NAS operating system, is pre-installed on the Lockerstor R Pro Gen2 series and delivers a broad set of administrative, storage, and security features geared toward SMB and enterprise users. The interface is browser-based, with a modular design that separates key configuration areas—such as access control, storage, network, and service management—into distinct application windows. While this layout may require some initial familiarization, it provides logical compartmentalization that benefits ongoing maintenance and delegation of user privileges. On the storage side, ADM supports both Btrfs and EXT4 file systems. Storage pools—representing RAID arrays—must be mapped directly to volumes, meaning that each volume corresponds to a single RAID pool, and the OS does not currently support multiple volumes on a single pool. Snapshot functionality is implemented at the volume level rather than on a per-folder basis, which could be limiting for users seeking granular rollback capabilities. Nevertheless, snapshots can be scheduled at hourly intervals, locked to prevent automatic deletion, and restored manually or automatically, including optional pre-restore snapshot creation. The system also includes scrubbing and defragmentation tools for Btrfs volumes.
ADM 5 includes a wide range of file-sharing services, including SMB (with multichannel support), AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync, and iSCSI. Each of these services can be configured through a dedicated “Services” panel, with advanced tuning options such as SMB encryption levels, access control lists, and port customization. iSCSI support includes LUN and target creation, authentication, and snapshot scheduling. The built-in File Manager allows users to open multiple file browser windows simultaneously within the same tab, streamlining operations like drag-and-drop transfers or cross-volume comparisons. Shared folders can be configured with granular access control, write-once-read-many (WORM) settings, and optional encryption. Users can also specify upload/download-only folder behavior for shared workspaces. Drive monitoring tools include support for SMART diagnostics, IronWolf Health Management (on supported Seagate drives), and drive lifespan tracking. However, NVMe SSD management features are currently limited, with no built-in benchmarking or thermal analysis tools. On the system security side, ADM Defender provides firewall configuration, IP blacklisting, and brute-force protection policies. Two-step verification, user session management, and auto-lock policies are configurable for each user account. Remote access can be managed through integrated VPN settings, EasyConnect tunneling, and port forwarding, although some tasks require navigating across multiple panels rather than a unified dashboard.
Asustor Lockerstor R Pro Gen 2 Thoughts and Verdict
Seeing the Asustor Lockerstor R Pro Gen2 series up close at Computex 2025, it’s clear that Asustor is starting to target the upper end of the SMB and mid-enterprise market with a platform that prioritizes performance, scalability, and resilience. The use of AMD’s Ryzen 7 Pro processor, DDR5 ECC memory, and support for PCIe Gen5 across both storage and expansion puts this NAS series in a position to compete directly with more established rackmount offerings. With the added flexibility of the Xpanstor 12R SAS expansion unit and redundant 80 PLUS Platinum power supplies, the platform clearly anticipates long-term deployment cycles and high-availability expectations. ADM 5, preloaded on both the 12-bay and 16-bay models, offers a wide range of file services and storage management tools. It’s not the most streamlined interface I’ve seen at the show, but its modularity does provide powerful customization if you’re willing to invest time into setup. Snapshot support, folder-level access controls, and multi-gigabit networking options all contribute to a solid enterprise feature set. While there’s still room for refinement in areas like NVMe SSD analytics and centralized configuration workflows, the ADM ecosystem is evidently maturing in pace with the hardware.
As it stands today at Computex, the Lockerstor R Pro Gen2 looks to be one of the most forward-looking rackmount solutions Asustor has released to date, and one of the most competitive solution at the show! The combination of PCIe Gen5 infrastructure, robust software support, and a competitive warranty makes this system a serious contender for IT environments seeking reliability without stepping into proprietary lock-in or over-complex licensing. Final availability and region-specific configurations are still to be confirmed, but what I’m seeing here suggests Asustor is closing the gap with its more dominant competitors in the rackmount NAS space.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
The Synology DS725+ enters the scene as part of the company’s 2025 refresh to its Plus Series lineup, targeting power users, small businesses, and edge deployments that require compact, capable storage solutions without stepping into rackmount or enterprise territory. As a successor to the DS723+, it introduces several meaningful updates that improve the system’s usability right out of the box—most notably, a doubling of base memory to 4 GB ECC DDR4 (up from 2 GB) and the inclusion of a 2.5GbE LAN port for significantly faster network transfers, especially when working with high-resolution media or syncing large datasets across offices. These improvements make it immediately better suited for modern hybrid cloud workflows via Synology Drive, smoother multi-user access in Synology Photos and Office, and more responsive local performance in Surveillance Station environments. However, these upgrades come with trade-offs: the CPU remains unchanged, using the same AMD Ryzen R1600 found in the DS723+, and the PCIe slot has been removed, eliminating the popular option to upgrade to 10GbE networking or install additional specialized cards. As a result, while the DS725+ simplifies connectivity by offering faster speeds upfront, it also enforces a more rigid hardware configuration. It’s a device clearly designed with platform consistency and managed environments in mind—particularly when paired with Synology’s increasingly closed ecosystem of verified drives and accessories. For those already aligned with Synology’s ecosystem, the DS725+ offers a stable and streamlined solution for private cloud deployment that is more about ability than base storage – but with the option to add more later, collaborative data workflows, and secure backup environments. But does it deserve your data? Let’s discuss.
Synology DS725+ NAS – Hardware Specifications
The DS725+ is powered by the same dual-core AMD Ryzen R1600 processor found in its predecessor, the DS723+. This chip runs at a base clock of 2.6 GHz with a boost up to 3.1 GHz and supports hardware encryption acceleration, making it capable of handling simultaneous services like encrypted file access, Synology Drive syncing, and light virtual machine workloads. While it’s a competent processor for this class of NAS, its reuse in the DS725+ may be seen as a missed opportunity for users who were hoping for a newer or more power-efficient generation—particularly with rising expectations around AI-powered indexing and multimedia transcoding. That said, DSM 7.2’s core apps like Hyper Backup, Snapshot Replication, and Active Backup Suite remain well within the CPU’s performance envelope, ensuring reliable day-to-day operations for home offices and remote workers.
2 × M.2 2280 NVMe SSD (Synology-verified only; for cache or storage pool)
Max Drive Bays (with Expansion)
7 (with 1 × DX525 expansion unit via USB-C)
RAID Support
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, 1; RAID 5/6/10 with expansion
LAN Ports
1 × 2.5GbE RJ-45, 1 × 1GbE RJ-45
USB Ports
1 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
Expansion Port
1 × USB-C (for DX525 expansion)
PCIe Slot
None
Cooling
1 × 92 mm fan
Power Supply
External 90W power adapter
Power Consumption
21.07W (Access), 8.45W (HDD Hibernation)
Noise Level
20.7 dB(A)
Dimensions (H × W × D)
166 × 106 × 223 mm
Weight
1.51 kg
Operating Temperature
0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
Warranty
3 years (extendable to 5 years with Extended Warranty Plus in select regions)
Drive Compatibility
Synology-verified drives only (HAT3300/5300, SAT5200, SNV3400, etc.)
Where the DS725+ makes a clear improvement is in memory. Unlike the DS723+, which shipped with 2 GB of ECC RAM, the DS725+ doubles the default capacity to 4 GB ECC DDR4, offering more breathing room for multitasking, container workloads, and collaborative apps like Synology Office and Chat. This is particularly helpful for deployments using packages such as Synology MailPlus or managing multiple Surveillance Station camera streams. The RAM is installed in one of two available SODIMM slots, and the unit officially supports up to 32 GB (16 GB x2), making it suitable for heavier use cases like running multiple virtual DSM instances or handling extensive indexing operations in Synology Photos. ECC memory, while not strictly essential for all users, adds a layer of data integrity that reinforces the DS725+’s suitability for professional and production environments.
In terms of connectivity, the DS725+ makes a decisive shift by replacing the DS723+’s dual 1GbE ports with a more modern setup: one 2.5GbE and one 1GbE port. This move improves real-world transfer speeds out of the box without requiring a PCIe network upgrade, as was previously necessary. However, it also reflects a deliberate limitation: the PCIe Gen3 x2 slot from the DS723+ is no longer present, meaning users cannot add a 10GbE NIC or other expansion cards. Storage-wise, the DS725+ retains the same 2-bay SATA layout, supports hot-swappable 3.5″/2.5″ drives, and introduces M.2 NVMe SSD slots that allow Synology-branded SSDs to be used not just for caching but also for primary storage pools. Users can expand total storage to 7 drives via the DX525 USB-C expansion unit, and cooling is handled by a single 92mm fan in the rear. Power draw remains low, with a 90W adapter and idle consumption under 9W, keeping it efficient for always-on deployment.
Synology DS725+ vs DS723+ NAS – Much of an Upgrade?
At a glance, the DS725+ and DS723+ appear to be cut from the same mold. They share the same AMD Ryzen R1600 dual-core processor, identical physical dimensions, drive bay count, and expansion potential via an optional five-bay unit. However, the DS725+ makes several deliberate design changes aimed at improving out-of-the-box usability, while also signaling a shift toward Synology’s 2025 platform philosophy. Chief among these changes is the inclusion of a 2.5GbE LAN port, replacing one of the two 1GbE ports found on the DS723+. This upgrade allows users to immediately take advantage of higher bandwidth for file transfers, especially useful for larger datasets handled through Synology Drive or multimedia libraries accessed via SMB. At the same time, the DS725+ sheds the DS723+’s PCIe Gen3 x2 expansion slot, which means users no longer have the option to add a 10GbE NIC or other cards. For users needing maximum future-proofing or high-throughput workloads, this loss may feel restrictive.
Category
Synology DS723+
Synology DS725+
Difference / Notes
CPU
AMD Ryzen R1600 (2-core, 2.6 / 3.1 GHz)
AMD Ryzen R1600 (2-core, 2.6 / 3.1 GHz)
Same processor
System Memory (Default)
2 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM
4 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM
DS725+ has double the default memory
Maximum Memory
32 GB (2 × 16 GB)
32 GB (2 × 16 GB)
Same
Memory Slots
2 SODIMM slots
2 SODIMM slots
Same
Drive Bays
2 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
2 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA (hot-swappable)
Same
M.2 NVMe Slots
2 × M.2 2280 (cache or storage, Synology SSDs only)
2 × M.2 2280 (cache or storage, Synology SSDs only)
Same
Max Drive Bays (Expansion)
7 (with 1 × DX517 via eSATA)
7 (with 1 × DX525 via USB-C)
DS725+ uses newer expansion method
RAID Support
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1; RAID 5/6/10 with expansion
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1; RAID 5/6/10 with expansion
Same
LAN Ports
2 × 1GbE
1 × 2.5GbE + 1 × 1GbE
DS725+ improves speed, but loses symmetrical LAN failover
USB Ports
1 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
1 × USB 3.2 Gen 1
Same
Expansion Port
1 × eSATA
1 × USB-C
DS725+ uses newer standard
PCIe Slot
1 × PCIe Gen3 x2 (for 10GbE NIC or other upgrades)
None
DS725+ removes PCIe expandability
Cooling
1 × 92 mm fan
1 × 92 mm fan
Same
Power Supply
65W external adapter
90W external adapter
DS725+ uses slightly higher-capacity PSU
Power Consumption
21.07W (Access) / 8.62W (HDD Hibernation)
21.07W (Access) / 8.45W (HDD Hibernation)
Virtually identical
Noise Level
20.7 dB(A)
20.7 dB(A)
Same
Dimensions (H × W × D)
166 × 106 × 223 mm
166 × 106 × 223 mm
Same
Weight
1.51 kg
1.51 kg
Same
Drive Compatibility
Broad third-party support (with warnings)
Synology-verified drives only
DS725+ enforces strict hardware lock-in
Warranty
3 years (extendable to 5 years)
3 years (extendable to 5 years)
Same
Another key improvement is in system memory. The DS725+ comes with 4 GB of ECC DDR4 RAM pre-installed, doubling the 2 GB included with the DS723+. This seemingly modest upgrade has real-world implications. Services like Synology Photos, which require more memory for AI-driven facial and object recognition, or Synology Office, which handles collaborative document editing, benefit directly from the added RAM—making the system more responsive and able to support more concurrent users from the outset. For users running multiple applications, hosting virtual DSMs, or leveraging Hyper Backup with compression and deduplication, the DS725+ delivers a more capable base configuration without requiring immediate memory expansion. Both systems support upgrades up to 32 GB, but the DS725+ gives a head start where it matters.
However, the most controversial difference between these two models lies in drive compatibility. The DS723+ was among the last in Synology’s lineup to offer relatively open support for third-party drives—with warning banners but no functional blocks in DSM. The DS725+, by contrast, fully embraces Synology’s walled-garden storage policy. Users must use Synology-verified drives (such as HAT3300/5300 HDDs and SNV3400 SSDs) for core operations like DSM installation, volume creation, and RAID rebuilds. While migrated pools using unverified drives may still mount with warnings, new deployments and expansions are effectively locked down. This shift reflects Synology’s strategy to control hardware variables for improved stability and long-term support—but it’s also a clear trade-off in flexibility and total cost, especially for existing users with stockpiled third-party drives from trusted vendors like Seagate or WD.
Synology DS725+ NAS DSM Software & Services
Like all current-generation DiskStation models, the DS725+ runs on Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM) 7.2, a mature, Linux-based operating system that delivers one of the most refined NAS user experiences available today. DSM combines consumer-friendly accessibility with enterprise-ready tools, making the DS725+ suitable for a wide range of use cases—from personal media libraries to business-critical collaboration environments.
Core services such as Synology Drive transform the DS725+ into a fully private cloud, enabling real-time file syncing across devices and platforms, granular access permissions, file versioning, and web-based document previews. The system can support up to 50 Drive users and half a million hosted files, making it a capable solution for small teams managing shared datasets or projects. Meanwhile, Synology Photos leverages the upgraded system memory to provide intelligent media organization, with facial and object recognition that improves as additional photos are indexed—an increasingly valuable feature in creative or archival workflows.
For data protection and business continuity, the DS725+ supports Synology’s comprehensive backup ecosystem. Active Backup Suite consolidates backup tasks for Windows and Linux endpoints, VMware and Hyper-V virtual machines, and Microsoft 365 or Google Workspace SaaS accounts. Administrators can automate tasks, monitor statuses from a unified console, and execute bare-metal recovery when needed.
Complementing this is Hyper Backup, which allows multi-destination backups—ranging from local USB storage to other NAS units, rsync targets, or Synology C2 Storage. The inclusion of Snapshot Replication provides near-instantaneous versioned recovery with 128 snapshots per shared folder and 256 per system, ensuring protection against data corruption, ransomware, or accidental deletion. These tools can be used together to create a robust, layered protection strategy even in a small-scale deployment.
Beyond file management and backup, DSM turns the DS725+ into a complete digital operations hub. With Synology Office, users can co-author documents, spreadsheets, and presentations in real time within a browser—ideal for small teams replacing Google Workspace or Microsoft 365 with a private alternative. Communication tools like Synology Chat and MailPlus offer encrypted messaging and a scalable private email server with support for up to 60 users (5 free accounts included).
For security-conscious setups or compliance-driven environments, these services operate entirely within your NAS, without relying on third-party cloud platforms. Meanwhile, Surveillance Station allows the DS725+ to manage up to 40 IP cameras at 1080p (H.265) with license-free recording for two channels, making it a competent choice for office or home surveillance when paired with Synology’s mobile and desktop apps. DSM’s inclusion of Adaptive Multi-Factor Authentication (AMFA), Active Insight fleet monitoring, and SSL/TLS support ensures that even this compact 2-bay NAS delivers serious administrative and security capabilities.
Synology DS725+ NAS Release and Price
The Synology DS725+ is set for a phased global release, with initial availability rolling out across Eastern markets—including Japan, Taiwan, China, and Australia—in late May 2025, followed by a wider international launch in June 2025. While Synology has yet to publish official retail pricing, the DS725+ is expected to arrive in line with its predecessor, the DS723+, placing it in the $449 to $499 USD range. This positions the DS725+ in the upper tier of the compact 2-bay NAS segment, offering a blend of business-capable performance and centralized storage management for prosumers, remote workers, and small teams.
Although its specifications remain similar to the DS723+ in some areas—particularly with regard to the CPU—the DS725+ includes default features like 2.5GbE networking and higher base memory, which previously required add-ons or manual upgrades. These improvements may appeal to users who want a more capable system straight out of the box without needing to invest in additional hardware. However, buyers should also be aware of the tightened hardware compatibility policy introduced across Synology’s 2025 product line. As with other new-generation models, the DS725+ requires Synology-verified drives for key operations such as DSM installation, volume creation, and SSD caching, which could impact overall system cost and drive choice flexibility.
Given these factors, the DS725+ is best suited for users seeking a stable, tightly integrated NAS experience with long-term software support and advanced functionality provided through DSM. While those with existing third-party drives may need to consider compatibility constraints, the DS725+ still represents a focused and modernized solution in the 2-bay NAS category—particularly for those fully aligned with Synology’s expanding ecosystem.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS725+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
ORICO is preparing to launch a new range of hybrid and all-flash NAS systems under the CyberData Vault banner, targeting a wide spectrum of users—from content creators and post-production teams to small office environments and AI development professionals. The information, shared directly by the brand ahead of its upcoming crowdfunding campaign, reveals six individual models: CF500, CF500 Pro, CF6 (All-Flash), CF56, CF56 Pro, and the CF1000. Each variant is engineered to meet specific workflow demands, offering a range of storage bay configurations, performance tiers, and connectivity options. Central to all models is the integration of the ZFS file system, providing snapshot-based protection and data integrity checks, alongside Intel’s 12th or 13th Gen CPUs, DDR5 memory, and support for hybrid M.2 + HDD setups. These NAS units are designed for users seeking full ownership of their data infrastructure with no recurring software fees—delivering private cloud capabilities optimized for speed, scalability, and reliability.
Orico Cyberdata Vault NAS Hardware Specifications
The ORICO CyberData Vault NAS lineup spans a diverse range of hardware configurations, designed to match varying workloads from basic file storage to high-bandwidth, real-time editing and AI processing. At the entry point, the CF500 and CF500 Pro models provide 5-bay HDD storage combined with dual M.2 SSD slots, powered by either a quad-core Intel N150 or an octa-core Intel Core i3-N305 processor. These systems support up to 32GB of DDR5 memory and are well-suited for small studios or home offices seeking an affordable yet capable hybrid NAS.
Specification
CF500
CF500 Pro
CF6 (All-Flash)
CF56 (Mixed)
CF56 Pro (Mixed)
CF1000
CPU
Intel N150 (4C / 4T)
Intel Core i3-N305 (8C / 8T)
Intel Core i3-N305 (8C / 8T)
Intel Core i3-N305 (8C / 8T)
Intel Core i3-N305 (8C / 8T)
Intel Core i5-1240P (12C / 16T)
Memory (DDR5)
8GB (up to 32GB)
8GB (up to 32GB)
16GB (up to 64GB)
16GB (up to 64GB)
16GB (up to 64GB)
16GB (up to 64GB)
Boot/Flash Storage
32GB eMMC
32GB eMMC
64GB eMMC
64GB eMMC
128GB SSD
128GB SSD
Drive Bays
5 x 3.5” HDD + 2 x M.2 SSD
5 x 3.5” HDD + 2 x M.2 SSD
6 x M.2 NVMe SSD (All Flash)
5 x 3.5” HDD + 6 x M.2 SSD
5 x 3.5” HDD + 6 x M.2 SSD
10 x 3.5” HDD + 2 x M.2 SSD
RAID Support
0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10
0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10
0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10
0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10
0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10
0 / 1 / 5 / 6 / 10 / 50 / 60
Networking
1 x 2.5GbE
1 x 2.5GbE + 1 x 10GbE
1 x 2.5GbE + 1 x 10GbE
1 x 2.5GbE + 1 x 10GbE
2 x 10GbE
2 x 10GbE
USB Ports
2 x USB 3.2 Gen2
2 x USB 2.0
Same as CF500
Same as CF500
Same as CF500
Same as CF500
2 x USB4
2 x USB 3.2 Gen2
2 x USB 2.0
Video Output
1 x HDMI 2.0 + 1 x DP 1.4
1 x HDMI 2.0 + 1 x DP 1.4
1 x HDMI 2.0 + 1 x DP 1.4
1 x HDMI 2.0 + 1 x DP 1.4
1 x HDMI 2.1 + 1 x DP 1.4a (8K)
1 x HDMI 2.1 + 1 x DP 1.4a (8K)
AI & AIGC Features
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Thunderbolt Support
No
No
No
No
Expansion via RAID cabinet
Expansion via RAID cabinet
GPU Dock Support
No
No
No
Optional
Supported
Supported
Cooling Design
Active, efficient air cooling
Active, efficient air cooling
Active, efficient air cooling
Advanced hybrid cooling
Advanced hybrid cooling
High-performance multi-zone cooling
Mid-range models like the CF6 (All-Flash), CF56, and CF56 Pro introduce more performance-oriented features. All three are equipped with the 8-core Intel Core i3-N305 CPU and support up to 64GB DDR5 memory, but differ in storage layout. The CF6 is an all-flash system with six M.2 NVMe SSD slots and no HDD bays, tailored for latency-sensitive applications such as video editing or containerized workloads. The CF56 and CF56 Pro, on the other hand, feature a hybrid design—five 3.5″ HDD bays plus six M.2 SSD slots—offering both capacity and speed. These models also begin to incorporate higher-tier I/O, including 10GbE networking and dual HDMI/DisplayPort outputs.
At the top of the range, the CF1000 model pushes into workstation or rackmount territory with 10 HDD bays and 2 M.2 SSD slots, dual 10GbE ports, and a 12-core/16-thread Intel Core i5-1240P processor. With a 128GB SSD boot drive, up to 64GB DDR5 memory support, and expanded RAID options (including RAID 50/60), the CF1000 is positioned for users requiring serious throughput, redundancy, and application scalability. Across the series, thermal management is maintained through active cooling designs, ensuring stable performance even during sustained workloads.
Orico Cyberdata Vault NAS Software Specifications
All six models in the CyberData Vault lineup operate on CyberData OS, ORICO’s fully self-developed operating system designed for professional-grade data storage and media management. Built around the enterprise-grade ZFS file system, the OS supports features such as inline data integrity verification, native encryption, space-efficient snapshots, and advanced RAID configurations (RAID 0/1/5/6/10 on all models, and RAID 50/60 on the CF1000). The ZFS layer also enables up to a 30% performance boost over EXT4 in typical file access and backup scenarios. Data resilience is central to the platform, with support for deduplication, rollback, and point-in-time recovery, making it suitable for high-stakes environments where data consistency and uptime are critical.
CyberData OS is built with cross-platform compatibility, providing unified access and real-time collaboration between Windows, macOS, Android, iOS, and smart TVs. A full set of user and role management tools enables secure file access across teams or departments, while snapshot-based rollback ensures fast recovery from accidental deletions or ransomware incidents. Remote access is handled through P2P networking, allowing seamless file transfers, Office document previews, and collaborative editing, even outside the local network—without compromising on security. The platform also supports one-click file backup and Time Machine integration for macOS, providing tailored backup workflows for both casual and power users.
Beyond core storage functions, the OS serves as a media hub, complete with 4K playback support, automatic movie wall generation, and integration with third-party cloud platforms—allowing users to stream or preview content without full downloads. AI capabilities are deeply embedded, particularly in the CF56 Pro and CF1000, where localized AIGC (AI-generated content) features are available. Users can perform semantic image searches, facial recognition, location-based media filtering, and automatic music/video categorization. These AI tools enhance productivity by minimizing manual sorting and retrieval work in large media libraries.
For developers and power users, the system includes an upgraded FaaS-based Docker environment, allowing microservices deployment, scaling of containerized apps, and remote control of Windows and Linux VMs. Paired with the GPU Dock integration, the NAS can be transformed into a high-performance workstation for offline rendering, design work, or even virtual machine gaming. Additionally, ORICO supports expansion through a Thunderbolt RAID cabinet, offering scalable, high-speed external storage ideal for demanding data workflows or secure long-term backups. Combined, these features elevate CyberData OS from a standard NAS interface to a multi-role private cloud operating environment, capable of adapting to a broad spectrum of home and enterprise tasks.
Who Are Orico?
ORICO Technologies Co., Ltd. is a Shenzhen-based hardware manufacturer known for producing a wide range of consumer and professional-grade storage, connectivity, and power solutions. Established in the early 2000s, ORICO has gained recognition for its extensive portfolio of USB hubs, docking stations, enclosures, and more recently, NAS devices. The company has built its reputation around delivering functional, affordable technology designed for both home and enterprise users, often focusing on modular expandability and compatibility with emerging interface standards like USB4, Thunderbolt, and 10GbE. With the upcoming launch of the CyberData Vault NAS series, ORICO is signaling a shift toward deeper integration of AI, high-performance computing, and enterprise-ready data management—all within a private cloud framework tailored to small teams and professionals looking to move away from subscription-based storage platforms.
The Orico Cyberdata Vault NAS – Price and Release Date
The ORICO CyberData Vault NAS series is expected to launch via Kickstarter in late May to early June, marking the company’s formal entry into the high-performance private cloud storage sector. While final pricing has not yet been confirmed, ORICO aims to offer a competitive tiered structure across the six models, reflecting differences in storage configurations, processing power, and expansion options. Positioned as a direct response to a wave of emerging Chinese NAS alternatives, the CyberData Vault lineup is expected to compete with recent and upcoming releases such as the UGREEN NASync DXP series, the Minisforum N5 Pro, and the Aoostar WTR Max. All of these systems target prosumer and professional users seeking hybrid storage, high-speed connectivity, and non-subscription-based private cloud infrastructure—an increasingly active space that ORICO appears intent on disrupting with its multi-model launch strategy.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
XikeStor FS5104DH & FS510402DH: All-Flash NAS Systems with Quad 10GbE and PCIe 4.0 Expansion
XikeStor has announced two desktop NAS models: the FS5104DH and FS510402DH. These systems combine Intel Core i5 mobile-class processors with M.2 NVMe storage and multiple 10GbE ports. Both are designed for users seeking compact systems with high throughput and flash storage performance. The models differ slightly in expansion options and chassis dimensions, offering users a choice depending on capacity and connectivity requirements. While they do not include traditional 3.5″ drive bays, their full flash-based architecture and high-speed networking capabilities place them in a growing category of SSD-optimized NAS platforms.
FS5104DH & FS510402DH – Key Specifications
The FS5104DH and FS510402DH share the Intel Core i5-12450H processor (8 cores, 12 threads), which provides higher performance than typical NAS systems using lower-power CPUs. This CPU uses Intel’s Alder Lake-H architecture, with a hybrid design that includes four performance cores and four efficiency cores, offering improved multi-threaded performance and better energy efficiency. With support for DDR5 memory up to 64GB and four M.2 NVMe slots, both models are focused on SSD-based data access for tasks requiring high input/output performance. These specifications are well-suited to workloads such as real-time file sharing, virtualized services, and containerized deployments.
The FS510402DH model adds dual U.2 SSD support, providing the option to use enterprise-grade storage devices with higher endurance and sustained performance under heavy I/O loads. It also includes a PCIe 4.0 x8 expansion slot, allowing users to add specialized hardware if needed, such as GPUs for transcoding, AI acceleration, or additional high-speed network interfaces.
Feature
FS5104DH
FS510402DH
CPU
Intel Core i5-12450H (8C/12T, up to 4.4GHz)
Intel Core i5-12450H (8C/12T, up to 4.4GHz)
Networking
2× 10GBASE-T + 2× 10G SFP+
2× 10GBASE-T + 2× 10G SFP+
NIC Controller
Not specified
Intel X550 (Copper) + Intel X710 (SFP+)
Storage Bays
4× M.2 NVMe (2280)
4× M.2 NVMe (2280) + 2× 2.5″ U.2 SSD support
Memory
DDR5 4800 MHz / 5200 MHz, up to 64GB
DDR5 4800 MHz / 5200 MHz, up to 64GB
Expansion
None listed
1× PCIe 4.0 x8 Slot
Display Output
HDMI + Mini DisplayPort
HDMI + Mini DisplayPort
Chassis Size
216 × 150 × 74.6 mm
216 × 150 × 50.5 mm
Power Supply
19V / 6A (120W)
19V / 6A (120W)
Hardware and Connectivity
The Intel Core i5-12450H processor used in both models is part of Intel’s Alder Lake-H series. It offers a base clock speed of 2.0GHz and turbo capability up to 4.4GHz. This CPU includes both performance and efficiency cores, supporting modern instruction sets, hardware virtualization, and AVX2. This makes the systems appropriate for users running lightweight virtual environments, media processing applications, or software containers. Hardware support for VT-x, VT-d, and AES-NI also makes these models suitable for encrypted file hosting and virtualized services with device passthrough. Memory support includes two SO-DIMM DDR5 slots, operating at up to 5200 MHz depending on configuration. Both NAS units come pre-equipped with 16GB and can be upgraded to 64GB. DDR5 memory improves bandwidth and efficiency, which may benefit users with concurrent workloads or services that rely heavily on RAM, such as metadata indexing, caching, and virtual machine hosting.
Storage is handled via four M.2 2280 NVMe SSD slots. In the FS510402DH, two additional U.2 bays support enterprise SSDs. These U.2 drives, often used in data centers, offer advantages such as power loss protection, longer write endurance, and sustained IOPS performance. The inclusion of PCIe 4.0 x8 in the FS510402DH provides flexibility for those requiring additional network bandwidth or hardware acceleration. This may be important in situations where AI tasks or intensive transcoding are involved, or where multiple VMs require independent network interfaces.
10GbE Networking and Use Case Scenarios
Both models offer four 10-gigabit Ethernet ports, split evenly between RJ45 and SFP+. This allows deployment in environments that use either copper or fiber infrastructure. The FS510402DH identifies specific network controllers — Intel X550 for copper and X710 for fiber — which are widely supported across Linux, Windows, and BSD-based systems. These controllers are known for their stability and compatibility in enterprise applications. Link aggregation is supported, enabling up to 40Gbps of combined throughput when connected to a compatible switch. This allows multiple users to simultaneously access data at high speeds or enables redundant network paths for failover. Environments that could benefit from this setup include video production studios working with 4K or 8K footage over SMB or NFS, research environments handling multi-terabyte datasets, or businesses deploying virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI) solutions backed by NVMe flash storage.
Build Quality and I/O Design
The enclosures for the FS5104DH and FS510402DH are constructed from CNC-machined aluminum with an anodized finish. This design assists in passive heat dissipation and contributes to durability. A single fan is used for active cooling, and the overall noise profile is intended to be low enough for office or studio use. The metal chassis also provides a more robust build compared to consumer-grade plastic NAS devices.
Both systems include Mini DisplayPort and HDMI outputs, allowing the NAS to be accessed directly with a monitor and input devices. This may be useful for initial configuration, local GUI access, or monitoring system status without relying on remote access tools. A MiniDP to DP cable is included with the FS510402DH. USB 3.2 connectivity is also present in both models, with Type-A and Type-C ports supporting up to 10Gbps transfers for external storage devices, UPSs, or peripheral hardware. These ports enable fast offloading of data, peripheral expansion, or direct-to-NAS backups without requiring a PC intermediary.
Pricing and Availability
No official pricing or launch schedule has been provided for the FS5104DH or FS510402DH at this time. Based on component selection and feature set, the systems are positioned for small to medium business deployments and users requiring compact flash-based storage with 10GbE support. Additional announcements regarding retail availability, regional distribution, and bundled software support are expected. Once these details are confirmed, this section will be updated to reflect available SKUs, configurations, and potential comparisons with competing NAS systems
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Xikestor FS5104DH NAS
About XikeStor
Anhui Seeker Electronic Technology Co., Ltd., established in 2009, is the parent company of XikeStor. It develops both hardware and NAS operating systems with full IP ownership. The company works with component suppliers such as Intel, Western Digital, Realtek, Broadcom, and MaxLinear. It has regional offices in Shanghai, Hefei, Bengbu, and Shenzhen, along with 5,000 square meters of combined office and manufacturing space. Its presence in both consumer and enterprise markets reflects a focus on scalability and product diversity. XikeStor’s reach includes more than 60 global markets, including regions in North America, Europe, and Asia. It maintains R&D partnerships with several universities in China and has been recognized as a national high-tech enterprise. The company’s business spans NAS devices, digital communication hardware, and customized embedded software platforms. XikeStor is also involved in cross-disciplinary research and has been developing its own operating systems tailored to its hardware platforms, including software-defined storage features and NAS interfaces optimized for small and medium business use.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Zimaboard 2 Single Board Server Review – The Best Yet?
In an increasingly saturated market of single-board computers and compact servers, the ZimaBoard 2 arrives with a clear goal: to offer an affordable, x86-powered, DIY-friendly alternative that bridges the gap between embedded systems and full-blown home servers. Developed by IceWhale, a brand that has already seen crowdfunding success with products like the original ZimaBoard, ZimaBlade, and ZimaCube, the ZimaBoard 2 aims to refine the company’s mission of delivering low-power, highly customizable devices for tinkerers, creators, and homelab enthusiasts. At its core, the ZimaBoard 2 is designed for users who want flexibility without complexity—whether that’s spinning up a lightweight virtualization platform, building a smart home hub, deploying a personal cloud, or running a local media server with minimal noise and energy consumption.
Unlike consumer-grade NAS systems or ARM-based boards, ZimaBoard 2 taps into the x86 ecosystem, offering broader OS compatibility and performance benefits while maintaining a compact, passively cooled footprint. This review explores the hardware, thermal and network performance, and software environment of the ZimaBoard 2, evaluating where it fits in the broader landscape of edge computing and personal infrastructure. As with previous IceWhale launches, this unit is being released initially through crowdfunding—a factor that calls for cautious optimism. Still, with a track record of fulfilling past campaigns, IceWhale appears confident in ZimaBoard 2’s readiness. Whether that confidence is justified, and whether the board truly earns its place in a crowded DIY server landscape, is what we’ll determine over the course of this review.
Zimaboard 2 Review – Quick Conclusion
The ZimaBoard 2 is a compact, x86-based single board server that strikes a balance between flexibility, efficiency, and affordability. It offers solid performance for its size, thanks to an Intel N150 processor, dual 2.5GbE ports, and a PCIe 3.0 x4 slot for meaningful expansion, making it suitable for tasks like media serving, light virtualization, and home automation. However, limitations such as non-upgradable 8GB RAM, slow onboard eMMC storage, and reliance on passive cooling require careful consideration for more demanding workloads. ZimaOS provides a user-friendly starting point with Docker support and basic file management, though advanced users may prefer to install alternative operating systems. Overall, the ZimaBoard 2 is a capable and well-engineered device for DIY server enthusiasts who understand its constraints and plan their use case accordingly
BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 8/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 10/10
9.0
PROS
x86 Architecture – Compatible with a wide range of operating systems including ZimaOS, Unraid, TrueNAS SCALE, and Proxmox. Dual 2.5GbE LAN Ports – Offers strong networking capabilities for multi-service workloads and gateway setups. PCIe 3.0 x4 Slot – Enables high-speed expansion for 10GbE NICs, NVMe storage, or combo cards. Fanless, Silent Operation – Completely passively cooled, ideal for home or quiet office environments. Compact and Durable Build – Small footprint with an all-metal chassis that doubles as a heatsink. ZimaOS Included – User-friendly OS with a Docker-based App Store and basic VM tools, ready out of the box. Flexible Storage Options – Dual SATA ports plus USB 3.1 support for connecting SSDs, HDDs, or external drives. Low Power Consumption – Efficient 6W CPU with ~10W idle and ~40W max under heavy load scenarios.
CONS
Non-Upgradable RAM – 8GB of soldered LPDDR5x limits long-term scalability for memory-intensive tasks. Slow/Small Default Internal Storage – 32GB eMMC is convenient but underperforms for OS-level responsiveness or high I/O workloads. Thermal Headroom is Limited – Passive cooling alone may not be sufficient in closed environments or under sustained load without added airflow. Not Launching on Traditional Retail, but instead on Crowdfunding.
NOTE – You can visit the Zimaboard 2 Crowdfunding Page (live from 10:30AM ET 22nd April 2025) by clicking the banner below. The entry price for early backers is $169, but that will revert to $179 (and $239 for a scaled-up storage and memory version). I DO NOT receive any kind of affiliate commission or sponsorship for this review (and this review, like all reviews at NASCompares, was done without the brand in question’s interference or input). You can use the link HERE to see the campaign for yourself and/or click the banner below:
Zimaboard 2 Review – Design and Hardware
The physical build of the ZimaBoard 2 continues IceWhale’s trend of delivering thoughtfully designed hardware. The full aluminum enclosure gives the board a sturdy, premium feel, while also serving as its main cooling surface. Every port is clearly labeled, and the board layout is practical and accessible.
Component
Details
Processor
Intel® N150 (4 cores, 6MB cache, up to 3.6GHz)
Memory
8GB LPDDR5x @ 4800MHz (soldered, non-upgradable)
Internal Storage
32GB eMMC (soldered)
LAN
2 x 2.5GbE Ethernet ports (Intel chipset)
Storage Interfaces
2 x SATA 3.0 (6Gb/s) with power
USB Ports
2 x USB 3.1
Display Output
1 x Mini DisplayPort 1.2 (up to 4K @ 60Hz)
PCIe Expansion
1 x PCIe 3.0 x4
Cooling
Passive cooling (full metal heatsink enclosure)
Graphics Features
Integrated graphics (up to 1GHz), Intel® Quick Sync Video
Virtualization Support
Intel VT-x, VT-d, AES-NI
Power Supply
12V / 3A DC input
TDP
6W
Dimensions
140mm x 81.4mm x 31mm
The PCIe slot includes a pre-cut section to accommodate longer cards, allowing for flexibility even in this small form factor. IceWhale also includes eco-friendly packaging, a detail that reflects both brand identity and attention to user experience. A cardboard insert allows users to hold the board upright alongside drives, useful for initial setup before a case is selected.
Optional accessories like a SATA adapter board with combined data/power connectors and third-party-compatible drive cages help complete the DIY experience. However, there are some practical limitations to consider: the soldered RAM means users must carefully plan for memory demands, and the internal storage, while functional, will not satisfy users looking for fast OS performance.
At the core of the ZimaBoard 2 is the Intel N150 processor, part of Intel’s Twin Lake architecture, offering four cores with a base clock that boosts up to 3.6GHz. This chip represents a significant step forward compared to the Celeron N3450 used in the original ZimaBoard, delivering better single-thread and multi-thread performance while maintaining a low 6W TDP.
Complementing the CPU is 8GB of LPDDR5x memory clocked at 4800MHz. While the use of fast memory is a welcome improvement, the limitation lies in its soldered nature—users cannot expand beyond this capacity.
This decision may be acceptable for light workloads such as running a Plex server, Docker containers, or Home Assistant, but it could become a bottleneck for users planning to run multiple VMs or resource-heavy services. The N150 CPU does support hardware virtualization and Intel AES-NI, which is essential for tasks like encrypted storage or virtual machine deployment.
In testing scenarios, the CPU delivered solid performance across typical tasks, and managed to keep up during multi-tasked environments with multiple services active. However, users with ambitions for more demanding applications will need to balance those expectations against the non-upgradable memory ceiling.
ZimaBoard 2 comes with 32GB of onboard eMMC storage, a choice that is both practical and limiting. This eMMC module is soldered to the board and is intended to house ZimaOS out of the box, giving users a ready-to-use system upon first boot. While this inclusion lowers the barrier to entry and simplifies setup for beginners, it presents performance limitations and a lack of flexibility. In testing, write speeds hovered around 35MB/s during mixed I/O operations, which is noticeably slow for tasks that involve frequent read/write cycles.
Moreover, should a user opt to install a different OS—such as TrueNAS SCALE, Proxmox, or Unraid—they would either overwrite the bundled ZimaOS or need to boot from an external USB or PCIe-based drive. Since the internal storage is neither M.2 nor socketed, it lacks the speed and modularity enthusiasts often seek in modern setups. As a result, users planning to use ZimaBoard 2 as a primary virtualization or storage server are better off supplementing it with faster storage via USB 3.1, SATA, or the PCIe slot for booting alternative OS environments. This caveat underscores a recurring theme with ZimaBoard 2: it’s well-positioned for entry-level use but requires external upgrades for more ambitious workflows.
One of the ZimaBoard 2’s most compelling features is its inclusion of two SATA 3.0 ports alongside a full PCIe 3.0 x4 slot. This greatly expands the device’s potential beyond typical SBCs, offering users a reliable way to build custom NAS setups, integrate high-speed NVMe storage, or even install networking and accelerator cards. During testing, a Synology combo card featuring two M.2 NVMe slots and a 10GbE Ethernet port was installed in the PCIe slot. The board successfully recognized all interfaces, demonstrating full PCIe compatibility and allowing throughput measurements to confirm the system could push high-bandwidth traffic.
With up to 4GB/s of bandwidth over PCIe, users can install expansion cards for fast storage, additional networking, or even compute offloading—although the small form factor means thermal and power considerations become important quickly. The SATA ports, while standard in speed, proved perfectly functional for connecting 2.5″ SSDs or traditional HDDs. IceWhale’s own accessories, like SATA power adapters and drive cages, help streamline this process, though third-party solutions work just as well.
For users aiming to transform this board into a flexible micro-server, this PCIe slot is a gateway to many possibilities and a key reason ZimaBoard 2 stands out in its category.
In terms of networking, the ZimaBoard 2 comes equipped with two 2.5GbE Ethernet ports, both powered by Intel chipsets—a choice that emphasizes reliability and driver compatibility across various operating systems. These ports are more than just a checkbox feature; they performed reliably under load and achieved full link saturation during file transfer tests and when used in conjunction with PCIe expansion.
In more advanced setups, users can configure bonding or load balancing to maximize throughput or redundancy. Additionally, there are two USB 3.1 ports for attaching external drives, peripherals, or USB-bootable OS images.
The inclusion of a Mini DisplayPort 1.2 allows for 4K video output at 60Hz, which is useful for users who want to use the board as a lightweight desktop or for initial OS installation and diagnostics—though it does require an adapter to convert to standard HDMI. Notably absent is built-in Wi-Fi or Bluetooth, which aligns with its target audience of wired-first home labs and embedded installations. Overall, ZimaBoard 2 offers a well-rounded set of connectivity options that exceed expectations for its size, with the dual 2.5GbE ports making it particularly attractive for networking-focused use cases like firewalls, proxies, or containerized gateways.
Thermal management on the ZimaBoard 2 is entirely passive, with the aluminum enclosure doubling as a heatsink to dissipate heat away from the CPU and other key components. This fanless approach results in completely silent operation, which is ideal for home or office environments where noise is a concern.
However, the trade-off is that the board’s temperature will steadily rise over time, especially in enclosed cases or cabinets with poor airflow. During idle operation, with minimal system load and attached drives in standby, temperatures hovered around 50°C after an hour, increasing slightly to 52–54°C over a 24-hour window.
Under heavier usage—including Plex playback, VM activity, active networking, and full PCIe slot utilization—the system remained thermally stable but showed significant heat buildup. Power consumption in these high-usage scenarios peaked at approximately 39–40W, which is quite efficient given the workload.
Still, users planning to run the board continuously under load are strongly encouraged to introduce active airflow or leave the system in a well-ventilated space. The all-metal build is a clever and minimalist solution, but it has practical limitations that users need to plan for—especially if operating in warmer environments or planning to enclose the unit in a tight chassis.
When put through real-world workloads, the ZimaBoard 2 delivered performance that largely aligned with its specs and design goals. File transfers over the onboard 2.5GbE interfaces reached full saturation in controlled conditions, proving the CPU and I/O subsystems are capable of pushing maximum throughput without significant bottlenecks. PCIe expansion further unlocked performance potential—especially with the Synology combo card, where simultaneous NVMe and 10GbE performance were tested. While NVMe read speeds reached up to 1.6GB/s, write speeds hovered around 500–700MB/s depending on traffic from the 10GbE port.
These variances are expected, given shared PCIe lanes and bandwidth contention, but overall results were respectable. Multimedia performance was also acceptable, with Plex running smoothly and able to stream and scrape metadata while supporting light VM usage concurrently.
In these scenarios, RAM utilization climbed past 50% and CPU usage approached 100%, but the board remained operational and responsive. It’s clear that ZimaBoard 2 is well-suited to low-to-moderate workloads, and can punch above its weight with strategic expansion. However, pushing it into more demanding territory—like simultaneous virtualization, AI inferencing, or high-speed file serving across multiple interfaces—will begin to test its limits.
The lack of active cooling makes thermal planning essential for any serious workload. But overall, the ZimaBoard 2 feels polished and reliable, with a design philosophy that caters well to its core audience of DIY server builders and edge compute experimenters.
Zimaboard 2 Review – Software
ZimaBoard 2 ships with ZimaOS, a custom-built operating system from IceWhale that is based on CasaOS—a lightweight, open-source platform designed for simplicity and ease of deployment. ZimaOS retains the core principles of CasaOS but adds refinements tailored to the Zima ecosystem, particularly features that emerged during development of the more powerful ZimaCube. The out-of-the-box experience is beginner-friendly, offering an intuitive web dashboard called “LaunchPad,” which centralizes access to installed applications, system controls, and file management.
ZimaOS is pre-installed on the board’s eMMC storage, enabling immediate setup without requiring users to flash a drive or download additional software. Despite the modest resources of the ZimaBoard 2, the OS performs responsively, even with several services running in parallel. The interface is clean, albeit minimalistic, focusing on usability over deep customization.
For users who are new to home servers or Docker deployments, the learning curve is surprisingly gentle. Though it lacks some of the granularity of more established platforms like OpenMediaVault or TrueNAS, it’s clear that IceWhale has designed ZimaOS to get users up and running quickly without sacrificing key functionality.
One of the more distinctive features of ZimaOS is its integrated App Store, which acts as a curated hub for Docker-based applications. Unlike traditional NAS interfaces that require command-line Docker commands or extensive Portainer configuration, ZimaOS simplifies deployment through one-click installation and automated environment setups.
Popular applications like Plex, Jellyfin, Stable Diffusion, and more are available by default, with the option to add third-party sources for broader container variety. Behind the scenes, the system leverages containerization frameworks to handle resource isolation and volume mappings, but much of this complexity is hidden from the end user.
Application setup is further eased by pre-configured defaults such as port assignments, directory structures, and even PUID/PGID settings, reducing friction for non-technical users. For those with more experience, ZimaOS still allows you to tweak or override these settings manually. Notably, ZimaOS also includes a basic virtualization interface that supports downloading and running lightweight VMs using prebuilt images.
While this feature is better suited to the higher-specced ZimaCube due to memory and cooling constraints, its presence on the ZimaBoard 2 is still a nice touch and shows that the OS is aiming to grow into a more comprehensive platform. Overall, the application and container ecosystem here punches above its weight, especially considering the resource constraints of the board itself.
In terms of storage and file sharing, ZimaOS delivers a capable if somewhat minimal feature set that prioritizes simplicity over enterprise-style depth. Users can create RAID groups—a new feature compared to earlier CasaOS iterations—manage individual drives, and set up file-level sharing using standard protocols like SMB.
The file manager, accessible through the main dashboard, allows for browsing, copying, and sharing content in a familiar web-based interface. Integration with IceWhale’s own client tool enables a peer-to-peer feature called “peerdrop,” which links multiple Zima-based systems or client devices (like phones and laptops) for rapid syncing and data exchange.
This is especially useful for users who want an easy method to upload media, backup devices, or move files between multiple systems on a local network. Remote access can be enabled through a simple relay-based mechanism, which generates shareable links for specific files or folders, complete with read/write controls. While more advanced access control, encryption, or user quotas are not present in this build, the essentials for home or small office use are here and function as expected.
Cloud integration is also available, allowing the addition of third-party storage such as Google Drive or Dropbox for backup or syncing purposes. Though ZimaOS doesn’t try to replace full-fledged NAS operating systems in terms of depth, it successfully delivers the features most users will need, and its lightweight design ensures responsiveness even on modest hardware like the ZimaBoard 2.
Zimaboard 2 Review – Conclusion & Verdict
The ZimaBoard 2 is a competent and thoughtfully assembled single-board server that builds meaningfully on IceWhale’s earlier efforts, especially the original ZimaBoard and the ZimaBlade. Its design clearly targets users who want more flexibility and performance than traditional ARM-based boards can offer, but who also value power efficiency, silence, and a small footprint. The use of an Intel N150 CPU, 8GB of LPDDR5x memory, dual 2.5GbE ports, and a PCIe 3.0 x4 slot makes it viable for a variety of home server roles—from basic NAS and smart home coordination to lightweight container hosting and local media streaming. Features like onboard SATA, USB 3.1, and a DisplayPort connection further add to its utility. However, there are hardware limitations that may affect long-term suitability for advanced deployments. The soldered RAM cannot be upgraded, and the internal eMMC storage, while useful for initial setup, is too slow for OS-level responsiveness in more demanding use cases. Passive cooling, while appreciated for silence, also imposes some thermal limitations depending on the deployment environment.
On the software side, ZimaOS offers a decent out-of-the-box experience that caters to users with minimal technical background. It handles core tasks like application deployment, file sharing, and system monitoring without requiring advanced configuration, and its Docker-based App Store simplifies access to popular tools. For more experienced users, the system supports third-party OS installation, which is likely how many will ultimately use the ZimaBoard 2. Still, as a bundled solution, ZimaOS has matured significantly and now presents itself as a lightweight, capable, and non-intrusive platform for those who prefer to get started immediately. In the broader context of DIY server hardware, ZimaBoard 2 occupies a middle ground: more powerful and modular than Raspberry Pi-class systems, yet more constrained than full x86 mini PCs or enthusiast-grade NAS hardware. For those who understand and accept these trade-offs, and are willing to plan around its limitations, the ZimaBoard 2 offers a reliable and flexible foundation for compact, energy-efficient computing at the edge.
PROs of the Zimaboard 2
CONs of the Zimaboard 2
x86 Architecture – Compatible with a wide range of operating systems including ZimaOS, Unraid, TrueNAS SCALE, and Proxmox.
Dual 2.5GbE LAN Ports – Offers strong networking capabilities for multi-service workloads and gateway setups.
PCIe 3.0 x4 Slot – Enables high-speed expansion for 10GbE NICs, NVMe storage, or combo cards.
Fanless, Silent Operation – Completely passively cooled, ideal for home or quiet office environments.
Compact and Durable Build – Small footprint with an all-metal chassis that doubles as a heatsink.
ZimaOS Included – User-friendly OS with a Docker-based App Store and basic VM tools, ready out of the box.
Flexible Storage Options – Dual SATA ports plus USB 3.1 support for connecting SSDs, HDDs, or external drives.
Low Power Consumption – Efficient 6W CPU with ~10W idle and ~40W max under heavy load scenarios.
Non-Upgradable RAM – 8GB of soldered LPDDR5x limits long-term scalability for memory-intensive tasks.
Slow/Small Default Internal Storage – 32GB eMMC is convenient but underperforms for OS-level responsiveness or high I/O workloads.
Thermal Headroom is Limited – Passive cooling alone may not be sufficient in closed environments or under sustained load without added airflow.
Not launching on Traditional Retail, but instead on Crowdfunding.
NOTE – You can visit the Zimaboard 2 Crowdfunding Page (live from 10:30AM ET 22nd April 2025) by clicking the banner below. The entry price for early backers is $169, but that will revert to $179 (and $239 for a scaled-up storage and memory version). I DO NOT receive any kind of affiliate commission or sponsorship for this review (and this review, like all reviews at NASCompares, was done without the brand in question’s interference or input). You can use the link HERE to see the campaign for yourself and/or click the banner below:
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology Beestation Plus 8TB Revealed and Detailed
Synology has unveiled the BeeStation Plus (BST170-8T) in their pre-Computex build up (alongside an early reveal back in Jan 2025 at CES/Pepcom), the latest addition to its growing portfolio of personal cloud storage solutions aimed at everyday users. Building on the success of the original BeeStation (BST150-4T), the Plus model directly addresses feedback from users who wanted greater capacity, faster performance, and more versatile applications—without the steep learning curve of traditional NAS systems. This one-bay device ships pre-populated with an 8TB Synology HAT3310 hard drive (7200 RPM), powered by a quad-core Intel Celeron J4125 processor and 4GB of non-upgradable DDR4 memory. The combination is notable because it brings x86-class processing and hardware transcoding support to an ultra-simplified setup—something virtually unheard of in this form factor. With its out-of-the-box readiness, cloud-linked setup process, and focus on seamless user experience, BeeStation Plus is designed for those seeking to move away from Google Drive, iCloud, and Dropbox subscriptions, offering complete local control of data without compromising on usability. Features such as AI-driven photo management, native mobile apps, and Plex Media Server support are now included, making this device far more than just cold storage. For individuals and families looking to centralize their backups, photos, videos, and personal files in a user-friendly ecosystem—without paying monthly cloud fees—Synology positions the BeeStation Plus as an appealing middle ground between cloud services and more complex NAS platforms like the DiskStation DS224+.
Synology Beestation Plus 8TB – Who Is This For?
The BeeStation Plus is designed with a clear goal: to serve individuals, families, and small teams who want private, centralized storage without the barriers that typically come with managing a traditional NAS. It’s aimed at users who are familiar with cloud platforms like Google Drive, Dropbox, or iCloud, but want to move away from recurring subscription fees and the privacy concerns associated with third-party cloud storage. For many, the idea of hosting data locally remains appealing—yet the complexity of DSM-based Synology systems can be overwhelming. The BeeStation Plus sidesteps that entirely by offering a plug-and-play experience: no drive installation, no volume configuration, no knowledge of RAID, and no need to navigate DSM’s enterprise-leaning control panels.
Instead of DSM, BeeStation Plus runs a simplified, task-oriented operating system that emphasizes automation and immediacy. Setup is handled via a QR code and cloud-linked sign-in process using your existing Apple or Google account. Within minutes, users can begin backing up photos, syncing cloud drives, or transferring personal data using intuitive applications like BeePhotos and BeeFiles. Notably, BeePhotos offers local AI processing for face recognition and subject categorization—no data is sent to the cloud, and everything runs on-device using the integrated GPU in the Intel Celeron chip. These features mimic what users expect from modern photo cloud services, but with full local ownership.
Where the DiskStation platform caters to power users—with capabilities like multi-tiered storage pools, user-group policies, virtualization, Docker containers, and dual-LAN failover—BeeStation Plus avoids this complexity altogether. While some may view it as limiting, Synology has correctly identified a growing segment of mainstream users who simply want a secure, reliable, and easy-to-manage storage hub for their files, memories, and work. For them, BeeStation Plus delivers a near turn-key solution that doesn’t demand IT knowledge or ongoing configuration, while still offering meaningful tools like Plex integration, two-way cloud sync, and internal snapshot recovery.
Synology Beestation Plus 8TB – Hardware Specifications
At the heart of the Synology BeeStation Plus is the Intel Celeron J4125, a quad-core x86 processor that, while not cutting-edge, is a substantial leap from the Realtek RTD1619B used in the original BeeStation. The J4125 brings integrated Intel UHD Graphics 600, enabling hardware video transcoding—critical for smooth 4K Plex streaming and responsive AI-powered photo recognition within BeePhotos. This CPU choice also allows Synology to run a broader range of services, including native Plex Media Server installation and enhanced indexing performance for large photo or document libraries. Paired with 4GB of DDR4 memory, the system is built to handle simultaneous user access and background tasks like backups and media processing without performance degradation—something the original model struggled with due to its lower RAM and ARM-based chip.
The BeeStation Plus ships with a pre-installed 8TB Synology HAT3310 hard drive, a 7200 RPM SATA HDD from Synology’s own verified drive lineup. While the device only supports a single internal bay, the included drive offers ample performance for most home and SOHO workloads, and the use of a higher-RPM disk ensures better responsiveness for large file transfers and indexing tasks. The storage is non-removable by design, as BeeStation products prioritize simplicity and stability over modularity. This also means there is no RAID support—underscoring that this device is not built for redundancy, but rather for centralized storage with optional external or cloud-based backup using BeeProtect or a secondary Synology NAS.
Connectivity is modest but practical. The system includes one 1GbE RJ-45 Ethernet port for network access and two USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports (one Type-A and one Type-C) for expanding storage or performing external backups. External drives can be browsed directly via BeeFiles or automatically backed up using the system’s USB Backup function. While some users may lament the lack of 2.5GbE or additional LAN ports, it’s worth noting that the target audience likely won’t saturate even gigabit speeds in everyday use. In real-world tests, BeeStation Plus can hit 150–180MB/s read speeds from its internal drive—enough to support simultaneous multimedia streaming and active file transfers across the network. The compact chassis also includes a cooling fan, a new addition over the passive original BeeStation, helping ensure thermal stability during extended workloads like Plex streaming or bulk photo indexing.
Synology Beestation Plus 8TB – BSM Software and Services
The BeeStation Plus is tightly integrated with Synology’s Bee-branded suite of applications, which form the foundation of its user experience. Chief among them is BeePhotos, a powerful photo management tool that automatically backs up images from mobile devices and organizes them using on-device AI for face, subject, and location recognition. Unlike cloud photo services, all indexing occurs locally, ensuring that sensitive images never leave the device. BeePhotos now supports iCloud Photo Backup, enabling direct migration of Apple photo libraries without requiring intermediate steps via your phone or computer. The web interface replicates the timeline-based design familiar to users of Google Photos or iCloud, complete with album views, smart filters, and Chromecast streaming. Meanwhile, BeeFiles acts as the central file manager, supporting version history, password-protected sharing, USB device browsing, and desktop sync via the BeeStation desktop client for Windows and macOS.
Beyond personal use, Synology has also included multi-user support for up to eight invited users, each with isolated private storage spaces and individual access rights. Users can connect to BeeStation from anywhere via the Synology cloud portal or mobile apps, allowing seamless collaboration and remote file access. BeeStation Plus also introduces native support for Plex Media Server, offering hardware-accelerated streaming of 4K content to TVs, tablets, or mobile devices. Integration is simplified through the BeeStation web portal, and libraries can be organized via BeeFiles’ dedicated “Plex Media Library” folder structure. Users can also take advantage of BeeProtect, a low-cost, unlimited-capacity cloud backup service that stores a full copy of the BeeStation’s data offsite—ideal for disaster recovery. Internal snapshot-based restore points add another layer of protection, allowing users to roll back the system in the event of accidental deletions or ransomware events, without relying on third-party services.
Synology Beestation Plus vs Synology DS224+/DS225+ and Beestation
The BeeStation Plus represents a clear technical upgrade over the original BeeStation, featuring a move from an ARM-based Realtek RTD1619B processor to a quad-core Intel Celeron J4125, along with a jump from 1GB to 4GB of DDR4 RAM. It also swaps the 5400 RPM 4TB HAT3300 drive for a faster 7200 RPM 8TB HAT3310, doubling the storage and improving responsiveness for tasks like AI photo indexing and multimedia playback. The inclusion of an active cooling fan further reinforces its suitability for continuous workloads, while added support for Plex Media Server and iCloud Photo Backup expands its capabilities far beyond the entry-level functionality of its predecessor. Both units share the same compact 1-bay form factor and cloud-integrated setup process, but the Plus model is built for heavier use, particularly in multi-user homes or for users archiving large libraries of photos and videos.
Feature / Model
BeeStation Plus (BST170-8T)
BeeStation (BST150-4T)
Synology DS224+ / DS225+
Drive Bays
1 (pre-installed 8TB HAT3310)
1 (pre-installed 4TB HAT3300)
2 (user-installed, flexible capacity)
Processor
Intel Celeron J4125 (x86, 4-core)
Realtek RTD1619B (ARM, 6-core)
Intel Celeron J4125 (x86, 4-core)
Memory
4GB DDR4 (non-upgradable)
1GB DDR4 (non-upgradable)
2GB DDR4 (upgradable to 6GB)
Ethernet Port(s)
1 x 1GbE
1 x 1GbE
2 x 1GbE / 1x 2.5GbE + 1GbE
USB Ports
1 x USB-A 3.2 Gen 1
1 x USB-C
1 x USB-A 3.2 Gen 1
1 x USB-C
2 x USB-A 3.2 Gen 1
Cooling
Active (fan)
Passive (no fan)
Active (fan)
Software Platform
BeeOS (BeePhotos, BeeFiles, etc.)
BeeOS (limited app set)
DSM 7.2 (full Synology ecosystem)
Plex Media Server
Supported (with HW transcoding)
Not supported
Supported (with HW transcoding)
Cloud Backup (BeeProtect)
3-month trial included
$119.99/yr
3-month trial
$59.99/yr
C2 Backup / Hyper Backup (tiered pricing)
Multi-user Support
Yes (1 owner + 8 users)
Yes (1 owner + 8 users)
Yes (via DSM User Manager)
Snapshots / Restore Points
Yes (internal)
Yes (basic)
Yes (full Btrfs snapshot support)
Target User
Mainstream users, families
Beginners, casual users
Power users, tech-savvy, SMBs
Price (SRP)
$369.95 (incl. 8TB HDD)
$199.95 (incl. 4TB HDD)
$249-299 (No Storage)
Compared to the more advanced DS224+, the BeeStation Plus trades flexibility for simplicity. While both use the same Intel J4125 processor, the DS224+ features dual drive bays, 2GB expandable RAM, dual LAN ports, and full access to DSM 7.2, allowing users to configure RAID arrays, run Docker containers, and install Synology’s broader suite of productivity and surveillance apps. However, this comes with added complexity and a higher price tag—typically over $498 USD with equivalent storage. BeeStation Plus instead offers a fixed hardware environment, a tailored software suite, and a frictionless onboarding process that requires no knowledge of storage pools or networking. It’s aimed at users who want a cloud-like experience with full data ownership, whereas the DS224+ is intended for tech-savvy individuals or small businesses that require customizability, scalability, and integration into broader workflows.
Synology Beestation Plus 8TB – Pricing and Release
The Synology BeeStation Plus (BST170-8T) launched globally in May 2025 with a suggested retail price of $369.95 USD (excluding VAT), positioning it as a compelling middle-ground between basic cloud drives and full NAS systems. This price includes the pre-installed 8TB Synology HAT3310 hard drive, three months of complimentary BeeProtect cloud backup, and full access to the BeeFiles and BeePhotos applications out of the box. While significantly more expensive than the original BeeStation’s $199.95 launch price, the BeeStation Plus delivers a considerable leap in performance, storage, and application support. Synology is clearly aiming to attract users looking to escape rising cloud subscription fees, with the device’s total cost of ownership undercutting comparable iCloud or Google One plans over just a few years. With increasing emphasis on private cloud solutions that are easy to deploy, the BeeStation Plus marks Synology’s most consumer-friendly push yet into the mainstream storage market.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology Beestation Plus 8TB
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you like this service, please consider supporting us. We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Synology (FINALLY) has an NVMe Flash Server – The Synology PAS7700 System
Synology are seemingly going ‘all guns blazing’ at Computex 2025 this year, with a wide array of hardware and software solutions being revealed at the event. Many of these we already know about via official and unofficial reveals over the last 6 months or so, how the PAS NVMe flash storage system is one that was actually originally shown last year at the brand’s 2024 Solution Exhibition in Taipei, this was still an early prototype system and was built using an existing 2U chassis and was much more comparable to existing SAS storage systems from the brand. However, the PAS NVMe Flash system has seemingly (and RAPIDLY) evolved since it was first revealed as an early 12 bay prototype 2U rackmount last year into a dual active 4U Behemoth solution that is significantly more focused on leveraging the performance benefits of NVMe, alongside the scale-out, redundancy and failover of other enterprise tier Synology NAS solutions.
Synology already has an existing range of SSD Flash soltuons, in their Flashstation series, but this proposed PAS7700 system is a completely different class of system against those more classic DSM hardware systems. Synology has been somewhat behind the curve when it comes to NVMe flash systems in the last few years (both entry class m.2 NVMe systems at desktop, but also larger business and enterprise class NVMe over U.2/U.3 compared with competitors such as QNAP (and their FX/FU series), but the PAS is hoping to fill this gap in the brand’s portfolio at this higher tier of buyer. So, what do we know so far?
Synology PAS7700 Hardware Specifications
The Synology PAS7700 is a 4U rackmount dual-node NVMe flash storage system engineered for high-performance, mission-critical enterprise workloads. Designed with a non-disruptive architecture, it enables active-active operations across both nodes, ensuring continuous data availability and efficient load distribution without single points of failure. Each node occupies 2U of rack space and operates independently, yet cooperatively, allowing both to concurrently handle client requests and internal processes. This design eliminates the need for manual failover while maintaining performance even during node maintenance or partial outages.
Component
Details
Form Factor
4U Rackmount (Dual-node, 2U per node)
Node Architecture
Active-Active
CPU (per node)
AMD EPYC, 24 Cores
Memory (per node)
64GB DDR4 ECC (Upgradeable to 1TB)
Memory Protection
Cache Protection (battery or supercapacitor-based, unconfirmed)
Drive Bays
48 x NVMe (U.2/U.3) total, 24 per node
Drive Interfaces
PCIe Gen4 via native AMD EPYC lanes and ASMedia PCIe controller
Networking (per node)
1 x 1GbE Management Port (Copper), 2 x 10GbE Aquantia Ports
Expansion Options
Potential PCIe/OCPI slots for additional NICs (details pending)
At the heart of each node lies a 24-core AMD EPYC processor, optimized for dense, multi-threaded workloads such as data analytics, database transactions, and large-scale virtualization. These processors provide ample PCIe Gen4 lanes to support high-speed interconnects, storage interfaces, and compute operations. Each node is equipped with 64GB of DDR4 ECC memory out of the box, with upgrade support up to 1TB. This high memory ceiling is particularly beneficial for large-scale caching, deduplication, and inline compression tasks in high IOPS environments. Memory cache protection mechanisms are built in to preserve data integrity during unexpected power loss, using supercapacitors or battery-backed modules.
The storage backplane supports a total of 48 U.2 or U.3 NVMe SSDs across the chassis—24 per node—maximizing both performance and density. Drive control is split between the native AMD EPYC-integrated PCIe controllers and additional PCIe switching and management provided by ASMedia Technologies, likely to balance performance across multiple backplanes and mitigate PCIe bottlenecks. This configuration ensures that each SSD can be utilized to its full potential with minimal latency and optimal throughput. Network connectivity includes a dedicated 1GbE copper port per node for management, along with dual 10GbE NICs for data operations. These ports support link aggregation and failover, with options for expansion to higher-speed interfaces expected, though not yet confirmed. The PAS7700 likely supports several PCIe expansion slots internally, allowing future upgrade paths to 25/40/100GbE if required. This flexibility positions the unit for use in diverse network topologies and high-bandwidth enterprise infrastructures.
That said, we should discuss the thorny subject of storage media. Synology has recently implemented a more stringent hardware compatibility policy, mandating the use of Synology-branded or certified storage media in its latest 2025 Plus Series NAS devices.This policy restricts full functionality and support to only those drives that have been validated by Synology, potentially limiting user flexibility and increasing costs due to reduced third-party options. Currently, Synology’s in-house SSD lineup includes SATA SSDs and M.2 NVMe SSDs, with capacities up to 800GB.This raises questions about their plans for higher-performance storage media suitable for systems like the PAS7700, which is designed for demanding enterprise workloads.As of now, Synology has not announced any U.2 or U.3 NVMe SSDs in their product range. Given the PAS7700’s reliance on high-speed NVMe storage, it’s unclear whether Synology will expand its SSD offerings to include higher-capacity and performance options or if they will certify third-party drives for use with this system.The company’s updated compatibility lists will be crucial for users to identify approved drives.Until more information is available, potential PAS7700 users may need to consider the implications of Synology’s hardware compatibility policies on their storage choices.
Synology PAS7700 Services and Flash Protocols
The Synology PAS7700 supports a diverse array of storage access protocols optimized for NVMe over Fabrics (NVMe-oF), ensuring compatibility with modern data center architectures and latency-sensitive applications. These protocols are tailored to support high-throughput and low-latency workloads across both local and remote environments, catering to sectors such as virtualized infrastructure, high-performance computing, and real-time analytics.
Among the supported technologies are NFS RDMA, NVMe-TCP, NVMe over Fibre Channel (NVMe-FC), and NVMe over RoCE (Remote Direct Memory Access over Converged Ethernet). These protocols differ in terms of performance characteristics, implementation complexity, and deployment environments, giving administrators flexibility in aligning the system’s networking stack with existing infrastructure and performance objectives. These include:
NFS RDMA (Remote Direct Memory Access):
Enhances traditional NFS performance by bypassing the CPU for memory transfers.
Significantly reduces latency and CPU usage in environments using NFSv4.x.
Ideal for high-performance, low-latency use cases like virtual machines or scientific computing.
NVMe-TCP (NVMe over TCP/IP):
Extends NVMe-oF across standard Ethernet networks without requiring specialized hardware.
Enables NVMe-level performance benefits using existing TCP infrastructure.
Easier to deploy in enterprise environments with mixed networking equipment.
NVMe-FC (NVMe over Fibre Channel):
Combines the speed of NVMe with the reliability of Fibre Channel.
Suitable for enterprises already using Fibre Channel SANs.
Offers low-latency performance with high stability and established zoning capabilities.
NVMe/RoCE (RDMA over Converged Ethernet):
Provides near-direct memory access over Ethernet without involving the CPU.
Achieves ultra-low latency for applications such as real-time trading or video rendering.
Requires a compatible network fabric with lossless Ethernet configuration.
We are still awaiting confirmation on whether this will be running on traditional DSM, a dual controller variation (such as found on the current UC3200 0 Active/Active system), a multinode management variation (as found in the GS/GridStation system, or a brand new splinter of DSM services (as found in the DP series with Active Protect).
Synology PAS7700 Failover and Redundancy
The Synology PAS7700 is designed with full-stack redundancy to eliminate single points of failure and minimize service disruption across hardware, software, and protocol layers. Its dual-node active-active design enables uninterrupted operations even during firmware updates, system maintenance, or unplanned hardware failures. This architecture ensures that both nodes can operate independently while maintaining synchronized data access and state, effectively enabling non-disruptive service continuity in multi-user enterprise environments. Each layer of the system—from networking to storage to memory—is fortified with specific failover mechanisms. Networking is protected via IP failover configurations, allowing services to automatically reroute through a secondary interface or node should a primary link fail. The system also supports Multipath I/O (MPIO) across iSCSI, Fibre Channel, and NVMe-oF protocols, ensuring high availability and load balancing across multiple paths. On the protocol level, persistent handle support in SMB and grace periods in NFS ensure that client sessions remain intact during failovers or server transitions.
Synology further implements failover at the component and data protection level. Memory modules are equipped with cache protection to safeguard in-flight data in the event of power loss, typically via battery backup or capacitor-based retention systems. On the storage layer, support for RAID-TP (triple parity) adds an extra layer of disk fault tolerance, protecting against up to three simultaneous drive failures. Additionally, enterprise-grade SSDs used in the PAS7700 are expected to include power loss protection (PLP), preserving cached writes during sudden shutdowns.
Protocols:
SMB Persistent Handles: Maintains client file handles during failover events.
NFS Grace Periods: Allows NFS clients to re-establish sessions without data loss.
MPIO: Multipath I/O for load balancing and failover across multiple transport paths.
Networking:
IP Failover: Automatically reroutes network services to a standby node or NIC if a primary fails.
System-Level:
Hardware Failover: One node takes over if the other becomes non-functional.
Upgrade Failover: Supports live system or firmware updates without downtime.
Memory:
Cache Protection: Retains volatile memory contents in the event of power loss using supercaps or batteries.
Storage:
RAID-TP: Triple parity RAID support for enhanced data redundancy.
Power Loss Protection (PLP): SSDs preserve unwritten data during power failure.
Whether other specific SSD/Flash services that are currently available on devices like the Flashstation series (such as RAID F1 for controlled and predicted NAND wearing) will also be integrated here on scale are yet to be confirmed. While the full software environment and feature set of the Synology PAS7700 are yet to be confirmed, its hardware architecture and protocol support position it as a serious entry into the enterprise flash storage segment. With dual-node active-active operation, extensive NVMe protocol compatibility, and comprehensive failover mechanisms, the PAS7700 is clearly designed for organizations that require uncompromising uptime and performance. As more details emerge at Computex 2025, the PAS7700 is expected to clarify its role within Synology’s broader storage portfolio—particularly how it compares to the UC series and where it fits in demanding environments such as virtualized infrastructure, high-frequency transactional workloads, and critical business continuity deployments.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Synology DS925+ versus Synology DS923+ – Buy OLD or BUY New?
Every few years, when Synology chooses to refresh several of its popular devices—updating a number of its hardware features—new buyers and those looking to upgrade have a choice to make. Is it nobler in the mind to purchase the more affordable and already well-known older-generation device, or hold out and purchase the brand-new, refreshed, updated model with its improved hardware but likely slightly increased price tag? Refreshes are planned for 2025. Today, I want to discuss whether users should consider purchasing the DS923+—which has been in the market for several years now—or set their sights on the newer DS925+ NAS. On the face of it, many will consider this an easy choice, as newer hardware likely means a better system. However, the reality is much more nuanced. Alongside older-generation hardware having had a greater deal of time to be developed within its own ecosystem and by third-party developers, there is also the question of whether newer-generation hardware really is genuinely a hardware upgrade. Or do you have the potential to miss out on certain hardware features in the new generation that may have become legacy options (remember the DS920+?). Which one deserves your money and your data?
Synology DS925+ NAS
Synology DS923+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS923+ NAS
Synology DS925+ vs DS923+ – Hardware Specifications
When comparing Synology’s DS925+ and DS923+, it’s easy to assume the newer model automatically holds the advantage. However, a closer inspection of their hardware specifications reveals a more nuanced story where hardware changes in the 2025 Series are…mixed (that sounds fair, right?). While both systems cater to prosumers and small business users with high expectations for performance and reliability, they differ in several key areas—from CPU architecture and networking capabilities to expansion options and noise levels. Below, we break down the detailed hardware specifications of both NAS units side-by-side, highlighting where one system clearly outshines the other and where parity exists.
Category
DS925+
DS923+
Advantage / Notes
CPU Model
AMD Ryzen V1500B
AMD Ryzen R1600
–
CPU Cores / Threads
4 Cores / 8 Threads
2 Cores / 4 Threads
DS925+ offers more cores and threads
CPU Frequency
2.2 GHz
2.6 GHz (base) / 3.1 GHz (turbo)
DS923+ has higher clock speeds
Architecture
64-bit
64-bit
–
Hardware Encryption Engine
Yes
Yes
–
Memory (Pre-installed)
4 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (1x 4 GB)
4 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (1x 4 GB)
–
Total Memory Slots
2
2
–
Max Memory Capacity
32 GB (2x 16 GB)
32 GB (2x 16 GB)
–
Drive Bays
4
4
–
Max Drive Bays (with Expansion)
9 (DX525 x1)
9 (DX517 x1)
–
M.2 Drive Slots
2 (NVMe)
2 (NVMe)
–
Supported Drive Types
3.5″ SATA HDD, 2.5″ SATA SSD, M.2 2280 NVMe SSD
3.5″ SATA HDD, 2.5″ SATA SSD, M.2 2280 NVMe SSD
–
Hot Swappable Drives
Yes (SATA only)
Yes (SATA only)
–
LAN Ports
2 x 2.5GbE RJ-45
2 x 1GbE RJ-45
DS925+ offers faster network ports
USB Ports
2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1
2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1
–
Expansion Port Type
USB Type-C
eSATA
DS925+ has a modern expansion port
PCIe Slot
None
1 x PCIe Gen3 x2 (network expansion)
DS923+ allows NIC upgrades
Dimensions (HxWxD)
166 x 199 x 223 mm
166 x 199 x 223 mm
–
Weight
2.26 kg
2.24 kg
DS923+ is slightly lighter
System Fans
2 x 92mm
2 x 92mm
–
Fan Modes
Full-Speed, Cool, Quiet
Full-Speed, Cool, Quiet
–
LED Brightness Control
Yes
Yes
–
Power Recovery
Yes
Yes
–
Noise Level (Idle)
20.5 dB(A)
22.9 dB(A)
DS925+ is quieter
Power Supply
100W Adapter
100W Adapter
–
Power Consumption (Access / Hibernation)
37.91 W / 12.33 W
35.51 W / 11.52 W
DS923+ is slightly more power efficient
BTU (Access / Hibernation)
129.27 / 42.05
121.09 / 39.28
DS923+ generates less heat
Operating Temp
0°C to 40°C
0°C to 40°C
–
Storage Temp
-20°C to 60°C
-20°C to 60°C
–
Humidity
5% to 95% RH
5% to 95% RH
–
Warranty
3 years (extendable to 5 years)
3 years (extendable to 5 years)
–
The hardware comparison between the Synology DS925+ and DS923+ highlights that, while these two NAS models share a common design and similar baseline features, they also differ in ways that could significantly impact real-world use. Both offer 4 drive bays, dual M.2 NVMe slots, dual memory slots supporting up to 32 GB ECC DDR4 RAM, and nearly identical physical dimensions and cooling configurations. However, their distinct hardware differences become apparent when you look beyond these fundamentals. The DS925+ provides users with faster 2.5GbE LAN ports by default—doubling the network throughput capability compared to the DS923+’s 1GbE ports. This makes the DS925+ better suited to environments where higher network bandwidth is required, such as multi-user file sharing, large media transfers, or remote backups. Additionally, it features a more modern USB Type-C expansion interface and operates at a lower idle noise level, which may be important for those placing the NAS in noise-sensitive spaces like home offices or studios.
Meanwhile, the DS923+ offers a unique advantage in expandability, thanks to its PCIe Gen3 x2 slot, which allows for add-on network cards—something the DS925+ lacks. This modularity can be a decisive factor for users who want the flexibility to upgrade to 10GbE networking or other accessories in the future. The DS923+ also comes in slightly lighter and marginally more power-efficient under typical access and hibernation loads, which may appeal to users seeking a balance between performance and energy use. In the end, both models are capable and versatile NAS units, but their hardware differences point them toward different user priorities. The DS925+ favors users looking for built-in speed, quieter operation, and simplicity. In contrast, the DS923+ caters more to those who value customization, long-term expandability, and subtle improvements in efficiency. Matching these characteristics with your specific deployment goals will help determine which model is the better fit.
DS925+ wins in:
CPU core/thread count
Network port speed (2.5GbE)
Expansion port type (USB-C)
Lower noise output
DS923+ stands out for:
Higher CPU frequency
PCIe expansion slot for upgrades
Slightly lower power and heat output
AMD R1600 vs V1500B – CPU Specifications (Synology DS923+ vs DS925+)
At the heart of any NAS lies its processor, determining not only the system’s raw performance but also its ability to handle simultaneous tasks, support virtualization, process encryption, and manage demanding applications like video surveillance or hybrid cloud services. The Synology DS923+ and DS925+ are powered by two different AMD Embedded processors: the newer R1600 and the more robust V1500B, respectively. While both CPUs are built on AMD’s Zen architecture and support 64-bit processing, their configurations differ significantly in core count, threading, clock speed, and I/O bandwidth. The table below breaks down these differences in detail, followed by a practical look at how those specifications translate into performance across Synology’s DSM ecosystem.
Category
R1600 (DS923+)
V1500B (DS925+)
Advantage / Notes
Release Date
Q2 2019
Q1 2018
R1600 is newer
Cores / Threads
2 Cores / 4 Threads
4 Cores / 8 Threads
V1500B offers more parallel processing
Base / Boost Frequency
2.6 / 3.1 GHz
2.2 GHz
R1600 has faster clock speeds
Architecture (Codename)
Zen (Banded Kestrel)
Zen (Great Horned Owl)
–
Instruction Set
x86-64 + SSE4a, AVX2, FMA3
x86-64 + SSE4a, AVX2, FMA3
–
Hyperthreading
Yes
Yes
–
Overclocking
No
No
–
TDP (PL1)
18W (up to 25W)
16W
R1600 allows more thermal headroom
Tjunction Max
105°C
105°C
–
L2 Cache
1 MB
2 MB
V1500B has more L2 cache
L3 Cache
4 MB
4 MB
–
Memory Support
DDR4-2400, ECC, Dual Channel, 32 GB Max
DDR4-2400, ECC, Dual Channel, 32 GB Max
–
Max Memory Bandwidth
38.4 GB/s
38.4 GB/s
–
PCIe Version / Lanes
PCIe 3.0 / 8 lanes
PCIe 3.0 / 16 lanes
V1500B has more connectivity bandwidth
PCIe Bandwidth
7.9 GB/s
15.8 GB/s
V1500B supports double the PCIe throughput
Manufacturing Node
14nm
14nm
–
Chip Design
Chiplet
Chiplet
–
Virtualization Support (AMD-V, SVM)
Yes
Yes
–
AES-NI Support
Yes
Yes
–
OS Support
Windows 10, Linux
Windows 10, Linux
–
Benchmark
R1600 (DS923+)
V1500B (DS925+)
Advantage
Geekbench 6 (Single-Core)
866
557
R1600 is ~55% faster
Geekbench 6 (Multi-Core)
1345
1780
V1500B is ~32% faster
Geekbench 5 (Single-Core)
802
601
R1600 is ~33% faster
Geekbench 5 (Multi-Core)
1487
2254
V1500B is ~52% faster
PassMark (Estimated)
2944
4184
V1500B has ~42% higher multi-core score
Average Single-Core
100%
70%
R1600 leads in per-core speed
Average Multi-Core
71%
100%
V1500B leads in total throughput
When we examine the CPU specifications in isolation, it’s clear that the V1500B in the DS925+ delivers greater multi-core throughput, while the R1600 in the DS923+ offers higher single-core clock speeds. But understanding how these numbers affect real-world tasks within Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) is far more meaningful. Thanks to its 4-core, 8-thread configuration, the DS925+ excels in multi-threaded workloads, which is evident in its higher software limits. It supports up to 8 virtual machines and 8 virtual DSM instances through Virtual Machine Manager, making it ideal for users running containerized services, development environments, or isolated OS instances. Additionally, it handles more concurrent SMB connections (up to 40 with RAM expansion), supports up to 150 Synology Chat users, 80 Synology Drive users, and 80 Synology Office users—all reflecting its capacity to manage a larger user base and more simultaneous services without bottlenecks.
For surveillance and media workloads, the DS925+ also pulls ahead, matching the DS923+ in the number of supported camera channels (up to 40 cameras and 1200 FPS at 1080p H.265), but benefiting from more headroom when additional tasks are running in parallel—such as snapshots, backups, or AI-powered photo indexing via Synology Photos. Meanwhile, the DS923+, with its faster per-core performance and support for PCIe expansion, remains well-suited to users running lighter, more focused workloads or who plan to scale via hardware add-ons, such as a 10GbE network card. It still supports a respectable 4 VMs, 60 MailPlus users, and 50 users each for Synology Drive and Office, making it perfectly adequate for small teams or power users who prioritize customization and future expansion. While both CPUs are capable, the DS925+ delivers superior multi-user, multi-tasking performance, aligning closely with higher software thresholds and offering better out-of-the-box readiness for more demanding and concurrent applications across Synology’s DSM suite.
R1600 (DS923+) excels in single-core performance (better for fast app responsiveness and lighter workloads).
V1500B (DS925+) dominates in multi-core performance (better for multitasking, virtualization, and heavier parallel tasks).
The V1500B also has more PCIe lanes (16 vs 8), which may benefit systems with more storage or networking needs.
Synology DS925+ vs DS923+ – Software Specifications
Beyond hardware, the real power of a NAS lies in what it enables users to do—and that’s where software specifications take center stage. Synology’s DSM (DiskStation Manager) operating system unlocks a vast suite of applications and services, from virtualization and backup to media streaming, file sharing, and surveillance. However, the scope and scale of these capabilities are directly influenced by the underlying system hardware and memory architecture. Let’s compare the software capabilities of the Synology DS925+ and DS923+, not just in terms of what each system can technically support, but how far each can be pushed in real-world use. We examine backup limits, virtual machine support, hybrid cloud services, user and group management, surveillance channel support, and more—offering a complete picture of each system’s software potential under DSM 7.2.
Category
DS925+
DS923+
Advantage / Notes
Max Single Volume Size
200 TB (with 32 GB RAM) / 108 TB
108 TB
DS925+ supports up to 200 TB with RAM upgrade
Max Internal Volume Number
32
64
DS923+ allows more volumes
M.2 SSD Storage Pool Support
Yes
Yes
–
SSD Cache / TRIM
Yes / Yes
Yes / Yes
–
Supported RAID Types
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
–
RAID Migration Support
Yes
Yes
–
Volume Expansion (Larger Drives / Add HDD)
Yes
Yes
–
Global Hot Spare RAID Support
Yes
Yes
–
Internal File Systems
Btrfs, ext4
Btrfs, ext4
–
External File Systems
Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
–
File Protocols Supported
SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync
SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync
–
Max SMB Connections (with RAM expansion)
40
30
DS925+ handles more concurrent connections
Windows ACL & NFS Kerberos Auth
Yes
Yes
–
Max Local Users / Groups / Shared Folders
512 / 128 / 128
512 / 128 / 128
–
Max Shared Folder Sync Tasks
8
4
DS925+ supports double the sync tasks
Max Hybrid Share Folders
10
10
–
Hyper Backup (Folder & Full System)
Yes
Yes (DSM 7.2+)
–
Synology High Availability
Yes
Yes
–
Syslog Events per Second
800
800
–
Virtualization Support (VMware, Citrix, etc.)
Yes
Yes
–
Protocols (SMB, NFS, iSCSI, etc.)
Full Support
Full Support
–
Supported Browsers
Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari
Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari
–
Languages Supported
24+
24+
–
Synology Chat – Max Users
150
100
DS925+ supports 50% more chat users
Download Station – Max Tasks
80
80
–
iSCSI Targets / LUNs
2 / 2
2 / 2
–
MailPlus – Free Accounts / Max Users
5 / 90
5 / 60
DS925+ supports more users
DLNA / Synology Photos (Facial & Object Rec.)
Yes
Yes
–
Snapshot Replication – Max per Folder / System
128 / 256
128 / 256
–
Surveillance Station (Default Licenses)
2
2
–
Max IP Cameras (H.264 – 1080p)
40 channels / 1050 FPS
40 channels / 1050 FPS
–
Max IP Cameras (H.265 – 1080p)
40 channels / 1200 FPS
40 channels / 1200 FPS
–
Synology Drive – Max Users
80
50
DS925+ supports 60% more users
Synology Drive – Max Files Hosted
500,000
500,000
–
Synology Office – Max Users
80
50
DS925+ supports more office users
Virtual Machine Manager – VM Instances / DSM Licenses
8 / 8 (1 Free)
4 / 4 (1 Free)
DS925+ supports 2× more virtual instances
VPN Server – Max Connections
8
4
DS925+ supports 2× more connections
While both the Synology DS925+ and DS923+ run the same robust DSM software and offer access to the full Synology ecosystem, their software ceilings differ significantly—reflecting the difference in overall system capability. The DS925+ consistently supports higher concurrent workloads across nearly every category. It enables up to 8 virtual machines, compared to just 4 on the DS923+, and supports double the Virtual DSM instances. It also allows for more Synology Chat users (150 vs 100), more Synology Office and Drive users (80 vs 50), and handles twice the VPN connections (8 vs 4). For collaborative environments, this means smoother performance when multiple users are accessing files, editing documents, or messaging in real time. It’s also more equipped for enterprise use with double the number of Shared Folder Sync tasks and higher MailPlus user capacity (90 vs 60 users), making it ideal for larger teams or more demanding deployment scenarios.
Meanwhile, the DS923+ still provides an impressive software suite, especially considering its smaller hardware footprint. It supports all major DSM features—Snapshot Replication, Hyper Backup, High Availability, Surveillance Station, and more—making it a solid choice for small businesses or power users who may not need the extended capacity but still want rich functionality. Its support for 10GbE upgrades via PCIe also allows for flexible scaling, even if its base configuration starts at a lower software threshold. The DS925+ is better suited for multi-user environments, heavier workloads, and broader deployment, while the DS923+ is ideal for lighter workflows, cost-sensitive setups, or users planning to grow into the system gradually. Understanding these software limitations and allowances is key to choosing the right NAS for your workload, user count, and future planning.
The DS925+ outperforms the DS923+ in:
Max volume size (up to 200 TB with RAM upgrade)
SMB connections
Shared folder sync tasks
Synology Chat users
MailPlus users
Synology Drive & Office users
Virtual machines and VPN connections
The DS923+ has an edge only in volume count, supporting 64 internal volumes vs 32.
Synology DS925+ vs DS923+ NAS – Hard Drive and SSD Compatibility
As of this writing, Synology is taking a more restrictive stance on third-party drive support, especially with the introduction of its 2025 hardware series—including the DS925+. Since launching its own branded SSDs and HDDs in 2020–2021, Synology has steadily reduced the number of third-party drives listed as compatible with DSM. This trend escalated with DSM 7.1 in 2022, which introduced warning states for systems using unverified drives.
Although the impact of these warnings was later reduced, Synology has continued moving toward a locked-down storage ecosystem. The DS925+ marks a significant escalation. At launch, it only lists Synology-branded drives as compatible, and more critically, the system will not allow DSM initialization at all if unsupported drives are detected. This is a sharp departure from earlier practices where unverified drives merely triggered warnings post-setup. Despite sharing identical internal hardware with earlier NAS models from 2020 and 2023—which still support a wide range of drives from Seagate, WD, Toshiba, Samsung, and others—the DS925+ now enforces this compatibility policy at the firmware level.
In contrast, the DS923+ remains more flexible. While it will flag third-party drives as “unverified,” it still allows users to fully initialize the system, create storage pools, and access all DSM storage services without restriction. This flexibility makes the DS923+ a more appealing option for users who already own or prefer third-party HDDs and SSDs, particularly in regions where Synology’s own media is either overpriced or hard to source. Compounding the issue is the lack of clarity around Synology’s rollout. The policy was first disclosed on Synology’s German site and remains vaguely worded on the official DS925+ product page. There’s still no definitive answer on whether compatibility will expand to include major third-party brands—raising concern for system integrators, resellers, and first-time buyers.
If Synology’s goal is to ensure higher reliability through tighter integration, it should match that with transparent testing data, global pricing consistency, and readily available stock. In many regions, Synology drives are neither as accessible nor as competitively priced as third-party equivalents, which makes this policy feel restrictive rather than protective. While existing users can still migrate third-party drives from an older NAS into a DS925+, this is of little comfort to new buyers building from scratch. And the inconsistency with the DS923+—which continues to operate under the older, more open approach—only adds to user confusion. Synology appears to be transitioning toward a closed appliance model, where software, hardware, and media are tightly controlled. Whether this delivers long-term benefits or alienates a portion of its user base remains to be seen. For now, the DS925+ presents both a warning and a decision point for those evaluating their next NAS—especially if they rely on third-party drives.
Synology DS925+ vs DS923+ NAS – Which Should You Buy?
The DS923+ is a NAS system that, when first launched by Synology at the end of 2022, was met with mixed reactions. This was largely due to Synology shifting the system’s focus away from multimedia and GPU-accelerated tasks, and instead toward file processing and business-oriented deployments. Fast forward a few years, and the rest of Synology’s portfolio has realigned—bringing back more home and multimedia models—making this more utilitarian, file-centric 4-bay system easier for users to appreciate in context. That said, the DS925+ is the better choice in almost every way. It features a processor originally designed for higher-tier business-class systems, offering more cores, more threads, and greater performance potential across productivity tasks and multi-user workloads. Synology has also finally introduced 2.5GbE on this system—an overdue improvement that significantly enhances out-of-the-box network speeds compared to the 1GbE-only DS923+. As long as the DS925+ is priced within a reasonable 5% margin of the DS923+’s original launch price, it stands as the more capable system by default. However, it does come with a notable caveat: the lack of a 10GbE upgrade option. Unlike the DS923+, which includes a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot allowing for a future 10GbE NIC upgrade, the DS925+ is capped at its built-in 2.5GbE ports. While this still provides a theoretical 6Gbps of total bandwidth across both ports via link aggregation, it means there’s no room for expansion beyond that ceiling. This limitation becomes particularly relevant for users planning to fully populate the NAS with high-performance SATA SSDs or utilize M.2 SSD storage pools. In these cases, the network will eventually become a bottleneck—one that the DS923+ can avoid through its 10GbE upgrade path. Additionally, the DS923+ supports a wider range of third-party HDDs and SSDs, allowing greater flexibility and cost control, especially in regions where Synology-branded drives are less available or more expensive. The DS923+ will still let you initialize, create storage pools, and run DSM services using unverified third-party drives, unlike the DS925+, which now enforces stricter media validation at the OS level.
Reasons to Buy the Synology DS923+
Reasons to Buy the Synology DS925+
Faster 2.5GbE Networking Out-of-the-Box – Dual 2.5GbE ports offer higher baseline network speeds (up to 6Gbps aggregated), doubling the network performance compared to the DS923+ without requiring expansion cards.
More Powerful Processor (More Cores/Threads) – The V1500B CPU offers 4 cores and 8 threads, delivering superior multitasking and heavier workload handling, especially for virtual machines, multiple users, and simultaneous services.
Quieter Operation – The DS925+ operates at a lower idle noise level (20.5 dB vs 22.9 dB), making it better suited for office, home office, or studio environments where sound matters.
Higher User and Service Limits – Thanks to the more powerful CPU, the DS925+ supports more Synology Drive users, Synology Office users, Synology Chat users, more concurrent SMB connections, and more virtual machines than the DS923+.
Better Out-of-the-Box Experience – With stronger networking, higher multi-threaded performance, and no need for immediate upgrades, the DS925+ is ready to deliver higher performance without any additional investment, perfect for users who want maximum capability from day one.
PCIe Expansion for 10GbE Upgrades – The DS923+ features a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot, allowing users to install a 10GbE network card later, massively boosting network speeds beyond the built-in 1GbE ports.
Broader 3rd-Party Drive Compatibility – Unlike the DS925+, the DS923+ allows full system initialization, storage pool creation, and DSM services even with non-Synology hard drives and SSDs—giving users more flexibility and choice.
Lower Power Consumption and Heat Output – The DS923+ is slightly more energy-efficient in both active use and hibernation modes, making it a better fit for always-on environments where power savings add up over time.
Potentially Lower Price (Especially Post-DS925+ Launch) – As the newer DS925+ replaces it, the DS923+ is likely to see discounts and wider availability, offering excellent value for budget-conscious users without sacrificing capability.
Ideal for Customization and Long-Term Scalability – With the ability to upgrade the network, use a wider range of drives, and maintain full DSM functionality, the DS923+ is better suited for users who plan to evolve their setup over time.
In practical terms, the DS925+ is the stronger out-of-the-box choice, especially for users who value simplicity, improved default performance, and do not anticipate needing higher-than-2.5GbE networking down the line. However, the long-term value proposition becomes murkier when you factor in the DS923+’s PCIe expansion, broader drive compatibility, and the potential price drops that will follow its ageing status in Synology’s lineup. In short, the DS925+ is the better NAS on day one—more powerful, faster, and quieter. But if you’re planning for day 1,000, it’s worth pausing to consider whether the expandability and media flexibility of the DS923+ may be a better fit for your storage and networking needs over the next five to seven years.
Synology DS925+ NAS
Synology DS923+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
UGREEN Headquarters in Shenzhen, China – NAS Plans, Company Culture, R&D and More
As part of a week-long visit to Shenzhen to better understand the operations behind some of the rising tech brands in China, I arranged a tour of UGREEN’s headquarters. The visit was not sponsored or paid for by UGREEN, nor was I invited by them directly. It was simply part of a wider initiative to learn more about the companies producing network storage hardware that is increasingly popular in Western markets. Although UGREEN previously sponsored a separate video about their NAS hardware, this trip was independently funded and organized. I spent roughly four to five hours across several buildings at their primary site in Longzhen Industrial Park, Guangdong Province, gaining insight into their development process, support infrastructure, and product plans.
So, what do we know about UGREEN Online already? Founded in 2012 by Zhang Qingsen in Shenzhen, China, UGREEN began as an Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) producing data cables for international brands.Recognizing the potential for greater innovation and brand identity, Zhang transitioned the company from OEM services to establishing UGREEN as an independent brand.The company specializes in a wide range of consumer electronics, including USB hardware, charging devices, audio equipment, and mobile accessories.Over the years, UGREEN has expanded its presence to over 100 countries, earning a reputation for delivering high-quality, affordable products.The company’s commitment to research and development, design, manufacturing, and brand marketing has solidified its position as a global leader in the consumer electronics market
UGREEN’s operation is spread across four main buildings, each with a distinct purpose: international and domestic marketing, customer support, and research and development. Most of my time was spent in the R&D building and parts of the customer service center.
The first area I visited was their product showroom, a space clearly designed for internal partners and B2B visitors rather than public foot traffic. The showroom featured one of every UGREEN product, including several items not yet announced publicly, with placeholders on the shelves suggesting upcoming Thunderbolt 5 and new NAS models.
Staffing levels across the buildings seemed consistent with what you’d expect from a company scaling into premium storage solutions. I counted around 40 to 50 people in support and R&D departments alone, with visible crossover between teams. The support center operated in what appeared to be a traditional open-office structure, with teams seated in long desk arrays. While I couldn’t film this area due to consent concerns (and was provided with some official footage), the impression was of a well-staffed, professional operation. Observing lunch break foot traffic—easily 60 or 70 people exiting en masse—it became clear that UGREEN’s core NAS and support teams were substantial and not limited to a token few.
One of my central questions going into the visit was about UGREEN’s approach to support. Network-attached storage is a 24/7 solution for most users and competes with both premium and open-source platforms. I was particularly interested in how UGREEN intended to position themselves with regard to long-term reliability and assistance. Their answer was partly logistical—dedicated support staffing—and partly software-focused. In discussions with their development team, it was apparent that software enhancements are now a priority following their initial hardware deployment. One example discussed was the demand for iSCSI support, which has been slower to arrive due to regional differences in usage habits.
UGREEN’s proprietary NAS OS, UOS, is based on development efforts that began with Chinese-market NAS solutions around 2020. With the newer DXP series expanding into international markets, UOS has been undergoing rapid westernization. There was a candid discussion about cultural and user-base differences that caught the team off-guard—particularly in the importance of specific protocol support and integrations. While I signed an NDA preventing me from disclosing every part of the roadmap, the general message was that the next two years will focus primarily on maturing the UOS software stack, including AI-driven features, broader language support, and improved cross-platform expansion options.
A significant portion of the discussion centered around hardware expansion. UGREEN has developed a range of DAS (direct-attached storage) solutions, many of which are still only available in China, but which they intend to integrate more fully with their NAS lineup globally and serve as NAS expansion devices. USB4 and Thunderbolt connectivity is also in active development, with Windows support reportedly complete but ongoing issues with macOS integration delaying a broader release.
These updates were presented not as future aspirations but as active, iterative engineering challenges currently underway, which aligns with the company’s overall stated intention of refining rather than rushing.
Arguably the most distinctive part of the visit was the NAS Lab—a dedicated test space designed to simulate real-world deployment scenarios. Unlike many brands that showcase NAS capabilities in tightly controlled demo booths or static displays at trade shows, UGREEN has constructed multiple functioning environments: a home media suite, an office collaboration space, and a creative studio tailored to video editing.
These setups are used internally to identify pain points in both hardware and software by replicating user workflows in a live, interactive context. It was clear from the walkthrough that this lab is an active part of their development cycle and not just a showroom for visitors.
These test suites enabled the company to simulate multi-user environments, such as households streaming content while backups run in parallel or video editors accessing high-bitrate files remotely. The lab also helps visualize inefficiencies and inconsistencies in system deployment, such as UI design issues or performance bottlenecks in hybrid-use cases.
Such testing environments are more commonly found in laptop and mobile device labs but are rare in the NAS world, especially at this price tier. It added credibility to UGREEN’s claims of wanting to provide a more seamless and flexible user experience.
During the visit, I was repeatedly shown signs of a long-term strategy. While some early criticisms of UGREEN’s NAS rollout remain valid—particularly around the initial reliance on crowdfunding and uneven software features—the team seemed aware of these issues and determined to address them. There was no indication of a short product lifecycle.
In fact, staff emphasized that the current DXP models are not expected to receive a hardware refresh for at least two years. The focus in that window will be firmware updates, compatibility expansions, and building out features. The overarching message was clear: UGREEN wants to be seen as a top-tier NAS vendor within the next 3 to 5 years.
UGREEN is clearly taking its NAS division seriously. While this visit offered a curated look at their operations—something to be expected with any factory tour—the underlying infrastructure and approach felt well-considered. Unlike many brands that rely on OEM or white-label models, UGREEN appears to be building their NAS solutions from the ground up.
While the company didn’t confirm or deny third-party manufacturing partnerships, the focus on in-house software, R&D-heavy staffing, and direct integration of their own accessory ecosystem suggests a vertically integrated model. Based on what I observed, UGREEN isn’t simply experimenting with NAS—they’re actively investing in it as a long-term product category. Their roadmap may still be evolving, and the software isn’t yet on par with incumbents like Synology or QNAP, but their forward-looking approach and resource commitment imply they’re in it for the long haul.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology DS1825+ NAS Revealed – New 8 Bay NAS on the Block
Synology has quietly launched the new DS1825+ NAS, an 8-bay desktop solution aimed at prosumers, creative professionals, and small businesses in need of high-capacity, high-reliability network storage. Replacing the 2020-era DS1821+, this new model has debuted across eastern markets including Taiwan, Japan, China, and Australia, with broader availability expected within the coming month. While the DS1825+ shares the same AMD Ryzen V1500B processor as its predecessor, it introduces meaningful upgrades in system memory, network connectivity, and expansion port design. This release also reflects Synology’s increasingly closed hardware ecosystem approach, particularly in terms of drive compatibility. With pricing expected to be similar to the DS1821+—around $999 to $1099 USD—the DS1825+ positions itself as an incremental yet strategically significant refresh in Synology’s “Plus” lineup.
Synology DS1825+ NAS – Hardware Specifications
The DS1825+ is powered by the AMD Ryzen V1500B, a quad-core, 64-bit processor running at 2.2 GHz. This is the same CPU used in the DS1821+, and while it lacks a performance boost on paper, it continues to deliver reliable, multi-threaded performance suited for virtualization, large file transfers, and simultaneous user workloads. The system comes with 8 GB of DDR4 ECC SODIMM memory pre-installed, up from 4 GB in the DS1821+, and supports up to 32 GB across two slots. ECC memory adds an additional layer of data protection by automatically correcting memory errors—a key consideration for business-critical environments.
Component
Specification
CPU
AMD Ryzen V1500B (4-core, 64-bit, 2.2 GHz)
Memory (Pre-installed)
8 GB DDR4 ECC SODIMM (1 × 8 GB)
Memory (Max Capacity)
32 GB (2 × 16 GB)
Drive Bays
8 × 3.5″/2.5″ SATA HDD/SSD (Hot-swappable, except M.2)
2 × 120 mm fans (user-replaceable; Full-Speed, Cool, Quiet modes)
Power Supply
Internal 250W PSU
Power Consumption
60.1W (Access) / 18.34W (HDD Hibernation)
Noise Level
23.8 dB(A) (Idle with Synology drives)
Dimensions (H × W × D)
166 mm × 343 mm × 243 mm
Weight
6.0 kg
Operating Temperature
0°C to 40°C
Drive Compatibility
Only Synology-verified HDDs and SSDs supported for full functionality
In terms of connectivity and expansion, the DS1825+ introduces two 2.5GbE RJ-45 LAN ports, replacing the older model’s four 1GbE ports. This change offers significantly higher throughput potential out of the box, particularly for multi-user environments or those running link aggregation. For further scalability, the unit includes one PCIe Gen3 x8 slot (x4 link), which supports 10GbE or 25GbE network interface cards. Additionally, Synology has swapped out the traditional eSATA expansion ports in favor of two USB-C-based connectors, used to link up to two DX525 expansion units, increasing total drive support to 18 bays.
Drive flexibility is offered through eight 3.5”/2.5” SATA drive bays and two M.2 2280 NVMe slots for SSD caching or storage pools – though we will return to the subject of just how flexible drives are in this system in a wee bit. The NVMe slots are not hot-swappable and are positioned internally, but provide a route for improving IOPS performance. Two 120mm fans handle cooling with configurable profiles, and the system operates at an idle noise level of 23.8 dB(A), slightly louder than the DS1821+ but still relatively quiet for an 8-bay desktop NAS. The DS1825+ also retains a 250W power supply, with typical access power consumption rated at 60.1W.
Synology DS1825+ NAS – DSM Software Specifications
The DS1825+ runs Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM), a Linux-based operating system that brings a wide array of software features designed for both home and business environments. Core functionalities include Synology Drive, which supports up to 100 users for cloud-style file syncing and sharing, and Synology Office, which enables real-time collaborative editing across documents, spreadsheets, and slides with similar user caps. For data protection, Snapshot Replication allows up to 256 snapshots per shared folder and 4,096 total system snapshots, while Hyper Backup and Active Backup for Business provide comprehensive options for client and server backups. Surveillance Station is also included with two default IP camera licenses and supports up to 40 1080p or 4K streams, depending on codec and frame rate, making it suitable for medium-scale surveillance setups.
20+ including English, Deutsch, Français, 日本語, 한국어, 简体中文, 繁體中文
DSM also supports virtualization through Synology Virtual Machine Manager, which can run up to eight VMs or Virtual DSM instances. Full compatibility with VMware vSphere, Windows Server, Citrix, and OpenStack is included, with integration support for iSCSI LUNs, snapshots, and ODX. File services are robust, with support for SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, and Rsync protocols, and the NAS supports up to 60 SMB sessions with memory expansion. Account and folder limits include 1,024 local users, 256 groups, and 256 shared folders. Advanced features like Synology High Availability, Hybrid Share (for cloud-integrated sync), and SAN Manager for iSCSI management round out a software package that remains one of the most fully featured in the NAS market.
One area where the DS1825+ makes a notable shift is in its storage pool policies. While the M.2 NVMe SSD slots can be used to create dedicated storage pools in addition to cache, this functionality is locked behind strict hardware validation. Only Synology-certified drives—specifically the SNV3400 series—are permitted for this role. This tighter integration may offer improved thermal management and reliability assurances but represents a step away from the broader compatibility seen in previous Plus-series devices.
Synology DS1825+ NAS vs the DS1821+ NAS
At first glance, the DS1825+ and DS1821+ appear nearly identical in core architecture, both using the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor and offering 8 drive bays with optional expansion to 18. However, the DS1825+ introduces several hardware-level improvements that cater to modern network environments. These include a bump in default RAM from 4 GB to 8 GB, upgraded LAN ports from four 1GbE to two 2.5GbE, and a shift from eSATA to USB-C-based expansion for DX525 units. These changes may not result in dramatically different performance under all conditions but do reflect a push toward better bandwidth utilization and a more consolidated hardware platform. Additionally, while the PCIe slot remains the same (Gen3 x8, x4 link), users looking to upgrade to 10GbE or 25GbE networking will benefit from increased LAN speed potential out of the box.
That said, the DS1825+ introduces certain trade-offs compared to its predecessor. While the DS1821+ maintained broader compatibility with third-party hard drives and SSDs, including full DSM functionality even with unverified drives, the DS1825+ enforces a stricter hardware compatibility policy. As a result, users are now limited to Synology-verified drives for core functions like volume creation and SSD caching. This shift may benefit system reliability and warranty alignment but could deter users with existing non-Synology storage media or those seeking cost-effective alternatives. Moreover, while the DS1825+ enables a higher potential single-volume size (200 TB with expanded memory), it actually reduces the number of internal volumes from 64 to 32, which may be a consideration for more advanced or segmented storage environments.
Category
DS1821+
DS1825+
DSM Version
DSM 7.2+
DSM 7.2+
Max Internal Volumes
64
32 ▼ Reduced
Max Single Volume Size
108 TB
200 TB (requires 32 GB RAM) ▲ Increased
M.2 SSD Storage Pools
Not supported
Supported (Synology NVMe only) ▲ Added
Third-Party Drive Support
Allowed (with warning banners)
Blocked during DSM install ▼ Restricted
Snapshot Replication
256 per folder / 4,096 total
256 per folder / 4,096 total
Synology Drive Users
110 ▲
100 ▼
Synology Office Users
110 ▲
100 ▼
Virtual Machines (VMM)
Up to 8 VM/Virtual DSM instances
Up to 8 VM/Virtual DSM instances
Surveillance Station Support
Up to 40 IP cameras (4K H.265: 480 FPS)
Up to 40 IP cameras (4K H.265: 480 FPS)
SMB Connections (RAM Expanded)
60
60
Hybrid Share Folders
10
10
High Availability Support
Supported
Supported
Snapshot / Backup Tools
Full support for Hyper Backup, Active Backup, Snapshot Replication
Full support for Hyper Backup, Active Backup, Snapshot Replication
With the release of the DS1825+, Synology has fully adopted its stricter hardware validation policy, significantly limiting support for third-party hard drives and SSDs. Unlike earlier models such as the DS1821+, which allowed DSM installation and storage pool creation with non-verified drives (albeit with warning messages), the DS1825+ enforces compatibility checks at the system level. Currently, only Synology-branded drives — such as the HAT3300 and HAT5300 series HDDs, and the SAT5200 and SNV3400 SSDs — are included on the official compatibility list. Attempts to install DSM with unverified HDDs, including popular models like the Seagate IronWolf and WD Red Plus, result in a complete block at initialization. There is no option to bypass or ignore these restrictions, and DSM will not proceed past setup when such drives are detected.
This strict policy has also been observed during storage expansion and migration. Migrated volumes from older Synology systems using unverified drives will still mount successfully on the DS1825+, allowing users to retain access to their data. However, the DSM interface will persistently display warnings, error icons, and status alerts across the Storage Manager and system health panels.
Blocked – system will not rebuild with unverified media
M.2 NVMe Cache – Synology SSDs
Supported
Supported
M.2 NVMe Cache – 3rd Party SSDs
Supported
Blocked
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – Synology SSDs
Not supported
Supported
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – 3rd Party SSDs
Not supported
Blocked
SMART Monitoring – Verified Drives
Full support
Full support
SMART Monitoring – Non-Verified Drives
Full support
Limited or blocked (TBC)
Storage Manager Alerts – Non-Verified Drives
Warnings, dismissible
Persistent, cannot be cleared
Overall Compatibility Flexibility
High – mix-and-match drives allowed
Low – walled-garden enforcement
These alerts cannot be dismissed or suppressed, and while they do not affect system operation, they may be problematic for less technical users or managed IT environments. Furthermore, expanding an existing storage pool with unverified drives is no longer allowed — even if the new drives are identical to those already in use. Tests confirm that DSM will refuse to integrate non-listed drives into a pool, issue compatibility errors for hot spare assignments, and block recovery attempts for degraded arrays using unverified media.
One exception, as currently observed in testing, involves SATA SSDs. While unverified 3.5” HDDs are completely blocked from use during initialization, certain non-Synology SATA SSDs can still be used to install DSM or create volumes. These drives are flagged with warnings post-installation, but DSM allows the setup to proceed. That said, these SSDs also carry ongoing status alerts, and users cannot combine them with verified HDDs in mixed arrays or use them to expand verified pools. M.2 NVMe support is even more restrictive — only Synology SNV-series SSDs are accepted for either caching or pool creation, and all third-party models are entirely blocked. For now, users relying on legacy or third-party drives face a clear trade-off: adopt Synology’s ecosystem fully or accept a range of functional and visual limitations that reduce overall flexibility.
Synology DS1825+ NAS – Price and Release
The Synology DS1825+ is currently available only in select eastern regions, including Taiwan, Japan, China, and Australia, with broader global availability expected to follow within the next few weeks. Based on current distribution information, retail listings, and typical rollout timelines, availability in North America, the UK, and Europe is anticipated by the end of May or early June 2025. While Synology has yet to confirm official regional pricing, early indications suggest the DS1825+ will launch at approximately $999 to $1,099 USD—on par with the original MSRP of the DS1821+. This pricing strategy maintains Synology’s established positioning for its 8-bay “Plus” series NAS models, appealing to both advanced home users and small business environments looking for scalable, reliable storage solutions.
As with recent releases in the 2025 Synology lineup, prospective buyers should pay close attention to official announcements and trusted retailers, particularly in light of increasing emphasis on bundled hardware and reduced third-party flexibility. The DS1825+ introduces modest but meaningful hardware changes—such as default 8GB ECC memory, dual 2.5GbE LAN, and USB-C expansion support—while retaining the same core CPU. Although it lacks a generational leap in processing power, the unit aims to refine the overall platform rather than reinvent it. However, potential buyers should be fully aware of the enforced drive compatibility limitations, which mark a shift from previous models and may impact long-term upgrade plans. For those seeking a dependable NAS with improved baseline specs and tighter integration into the Synology ecosystem, the DS1825+ presents a balanced, if slightly more controlled, successor.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS1825+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Synology DS1525+ NAS is Confirmed and Just Overshadowed the DS925+
The Synology DS1525+ NAS represents a significant evolution in the brand’s 5-bay desktop series, bringing forward a more scalable, performance-focused solution aimed at both advanced home users and professional environments. Positioned as a more powerful and versatile alternative to the recently launched DS925+, the DS1525+ is clearly engineered with broader deployment scenarios in mind—from creative professionals handling high-volume media workflows to small businesses seeking reliable virtualization, backup, and collaboration tools. It boasts a modernized hardware foundation, including a Ryzen quad-core processor, 8GB of ECC memory (upgradeable to 32GB), dual M.2 NVMe SSD slots, and native support for 2.5GbE networking—features that now align with the increasing demands for multi-user, high-throughput environments.
Yet the DS1525+ isn’t just about faster networking or raw internal horsepower—it also brings back long-requested upgrade options like 10GbE scalability via a PCIe slot and dual DX525 expansion support for up to 15 drives total. This places the DS1525+ in a much more flexible tier compared to previous 5-bay Synology NAS systems and even challenges some of the lower-end rackmount models in terms of features and performance. With the continuing integration of Synology’s DSM 7.2 platform and a shift in how the brand is enforcing drive compatibility policies in the 2025 generation, the DS1525+ also enters the market during a controversial transition period for the company—something that may significantly influence buying decisions. Whether you’re upgrading from an older DS920+/DS1520+ or looking to deploy a scalable data solution for your home or office, the DS1525+ arrives at a pivotal moment for Synology.
Synology DS1525+ NAS – Hardware Specifications
The Synology DS1525+ brings a refined balance of processing power, memory, connectivity, and scalability that reflects its positioning in the upper end of Synology’s Plus Series. At its core is the AMD Ryzen V1500B processor, a 64-bit quad-core chip running at 2.2GHz with support for hardware encryption and virtualization. While this processor first debuted in Synology’s higher-end SMB models in 2020, its migration to the 5-bay desktop tier represents a welcome boost in capability for power users. It offers significantly more multitasking headroom compared to the dual-core Ryzen R1600 seen in the DS923+, and its support for native virtualization, container workloads, and file services under sustained loads makes it a particularly strong choice for office deployments and edge data processing.
3 years (extendable to 5 years in select regions with EW201/EW+ plans)
Alongside this CPU is a pre-installed 8GB ECC DDR4 SODIMM module—double that of the DS925+—with support for up to 32GB across two slots. ECC (Error-Correcting Code) memory is still rare at this price point and capacity, and it adds another layer of data integrity assurance, particularly useful when running business-critical workloads like database hosting, mail servers, or multi-user collaborative suites. Whether you’re hosting Synology Office or leveraging multiple Docker containers, the default 8GB RAM already places the DS1525+ above its peers in out-of-the-box readiness, with upgrade options that scale appropriately with larger RAID arrays and SSD caching.
Specification
AMD Ryzen Embedded V1500B
AMD Ryzen Embedded R1600
Cores / Threads
4 Cores / 8 Threads
2 Cores / 4 Threads
Hyperthreading
Yes
Yes
Base Frequency
2.20 GHz
2.60 GHz
Turbo Frequency (1 Core)
Not Supported
Up to 3.10 GHz
Turbo Frequency (All Cores)
Not Specified
Not Specified
Overclocking
No
No
TDP
16W
25W
Cache (L1 / L2 / L3)
384KB / 2MB / 32MB
192KB / 1MB / 4MB
Socket Type
BGA1140
BGA1140
Architecture
Zen (Normal)
Zen (Normal)
CPU Class
Embedded / Mobile
Embedded / Mobile
First Seen
Q2 2021
Q4 2022
Single Thread Rating (CPUBenchmark)
1230 (-28.7% vs R1600)
1724 (Higher)
CPU Mark (Overall) (CPUBenchmark)
4829 (Higher)
3276 (-32.1% vs V1500B)
Estimated Yearly Power Cost
$2.92
$4.56
The DS1525+ also introduces versatile storage configuration options. It supports five 3.5″/2.5″ SATA HDDs or SSDs, with the option to add two DX525 expansion units for a maximum of 15 bays total—translating to 300TB of raw capacity with 20TB drives. Additionally, the system includes two M.2 NVMe slots, allowing users to add SSD cache acceleration or create separate storage pools without sacrificing any of the main drive bays. As with other 2025-generation Synology models, the M.2 slots currently only support Synology’s own SNV-series drives for both caching and pool creation, further tying storage choices to the Synology ecosystem.
Network and expansion features on the DS1525+ are another standout area. The NAS includes two native 2.5GbE LAN ports that support Link Aggregation, failover, and SMB multichannel. This addresses a long-standing complaint of previous generations, which were limited to 1GbE by default. Better still, the DS1525+ includes a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot for installing Synology’s E10G22-T1-Mini 10GbE network card—something that was removed from the DS925+ entirely. This combination of faster default networking and optional 10GbE makes the DS1525+ suitable for demanding data workflows, such as multi-camera surveillance, real-time 4K media editing, and large-volume backup tasks.
Synology DS1525+ NAS vs the DS925+ (2025) or DS1522+ (2022)
The release of the Synology DS1525+ will naturally invite comparisons with two other key models in Synology’s portfolio: the recently launched DS925+ and the 2022-era DS1522+. On paper, the DS1525+ shares a large portion of its DNA with both of these models — borrowing the same AMD Ryzen V1500B processor from the DS925+, and directly succeeding the DS1522+ as Synology’s latest 5-bay NAS in the Plus series. But while these three models target similar audiences — advanced home users, creative professionals, and small businesses — there are clear differences in hardware, scalability, network architecture, and long-term usability that separate them meaningfully. The DS1525+ builds directly on the foundation laid by the DS925+, which itself introduced a wave of hardware upgrades to the Synology Plus series in early 2025. Both devices feature the same AMD Ryzen V1500B 4-core, 8-thread processor and support ECC memory up to 32GB. However, where the DS925+ stops at 4 bays with no support for expansion units, the DS1525+ supports up to 15 total bays with the inclusion of two DX525 expansion chassis — a major difference for users planning long-term storage growth. The DS1525+ also doubles the memory out of the box (8GB vs 4GB in the DS925+), includes the same 2x 2.5GbE ports for faster-than-gigabit networking, and features dual M.2 NVMe slots for cache or storage pools. In essence, the DS1525+ is the more scalable, robust choice — particularly if you foresee needing significantly more storage or concurrent users down the line.
The DS1522+, launched in mid-2022, was one of Synology’s most widely praised 5-bay NAS systems, with an excellent price-to-performance ratio. It featured the AMD Ryzen R1600 processor (dual-core, 4-thread) and came with 8GB of ECC memory, a PCIe Gen 3 slot for 10GbE upgrades, and four Gigabit Ethernet ports for flexible network configurations. The DS1525+ modernizes and refines that package. While it drops the PCIe slot, it replaces it with native 2.5GbE networking — removing the need for upgrades just to get faster-than-Gigabit speeds. It also improves processor efficiency with the more capable V1500B CPU (same as in the enterprise-grade DS1823xs+) and retains support for up to 32GB of ECC RAM. Additionally, the M.2 NVMe slots in the DS1525+ support both caching and storage pools — unlike earlier models where storage pool creation was either unsupported or limited to Synology-only drives.
Which of these NAS systems is right for you comes down to a blend of performance needs, scalability goals, and budget. The DS1525+ offers a more future-proof solution with high raw performance, 5-bay storage out of the box, superior expansion support (up to 15 drives), and a modern networking stack with 2.5GbE ports included as standard. It’s ideal for content creators with large media libraries, teams running shared services or VMs, or businesses needing long-term flexibility. The DS925+, on the other hand, is the budget-conscious user’s pick — priced lower and providing nearly identical internal hardware, but in a more compact 4-bay enclosure with no option to scale beyond that. If you’re confident you won’t need more than 4 drives and don’t require 10GbE or PCIe expansion, the DS925+ still provides DSM 7.2 and Synology’s excellent software ecosystem without compromise. Finally, for users still holding onto the DS1522+ or considering it due to its often discounted price post-DS1525+ launch, it’s worth weighing the trade-offs. While the DS1522+ provides a PCIe slot for 10GbE expansion, it lags behind in CPU power, lacks 2.5GbE out of the box, and doesn’t support NVMe storage pools. The DS1525+ is clearly the better long-term investment — if the price difference fits your budget. For users looking for the right balance of power, performance, and scalability — without needing to jump to the pricier XS series — it may well be the best 5-bay Synology NAS to date.
Synology DS1525+ NAS – HDD and SSD Compatibility
One of the biggest points of contention with the new Synology DS1525+ — following the controversy sparked by the DS925+ — is Synology’s stricter enforcement of drive compatibility. Historically, Synology supported a broad range of third-party hard drives and SSDs, merely issuing warning messages when unsupported drives were used. That changed with the DS925+, and the DS1525+ appears to double down on this new policy. At launch, the DS1525+ only lists Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs — such as the HAT3300, HAT5300, SAT5200, and SNV3400 — as officially compatible. If users attempt to initialize DSM using a drive not listed, the system will block installation entirely. This is a significant departure from earlier models like the DS1522+ or DS920+, which allowed DSM installation with third-party drives, even if accompanied by warning banners.
This tighter control extends to both SATA HDDs and M.2 NVMe SSDs. In the DS1525+, users can no longer use third-party NVMe SSDs for even basic caching — a feature previously accessible with non-Synology drives. Storage pools and caching are now restricted to Synology’s own SNV-series drives. This limitation can be a deal-breaker for users with existing SSDs or those seeking more affordable alternatives.
Drive migration from older NAS systems still works, with volumes booting as expected — but warning messages about unverified drives will be persistent. Moreover, trying to expand existing storage pools with unlisted drives will now fail outright, blocking the option in Storage Manager unless using Synology-verified models. While Synology cites system reliability and long-term support as reasons for these restrictions, the user base has expressed growing frustration. This new approach marks a clear shift toward a walled ecosystem, and while it may enhance stability, it reduces flexibility — especially for enthusiasts and IT professionals used to Synology’s former openness.
Synology DS1522+ NAS Release Date and Price?
The Synology DS1525+ NAS is expected to see a staggered global release, continuing the rollout pattern observed with the DS925+ and other 2025 series models. Initial availability is anticipated in Synology’s eastern markets — including Taiwan, China, Japan, Australia, and New Zealand — with Western availability (North America, UK, and Europe) likely landing in late May or early June 2025. This regional launch strategy has become common for Synology, allowing them to manage early feedback and firmware polishing before global distribution.
As for pricing, early indicators suggest that the DS1525+ will launch between $699 and $799 USD, depending on local taxes and bundled accessories (such as pre-installed memory or included drives). This places it squarely between the DS925+ ($599–$649) and the older DS1522+, which has often dipped below $550 in recent sales due to its older hardware and limited upgradability. Despite being the most expensive of the trio, the DS1525+ justifies its price tag with enhanced default memory, greater expansion potential, and retained PCIe support for optional 10GbE — features notably absent on the DS925+.
While Synology has yet to officially confirm regional pricing or exact release dates, retail listings and early distribution documents hint that pre-orders and launch events may begin rolling out in key Asian markets before the end of May. As always, early adopters should watch Synology’s official channels and trusted retailers for updates, especially considering recent trends toward drive bundling and tighter ecosystem control. For those who waited for a more robust refresh of the DS1522+, the DS1525+ is shaping up to be the spiritual and practical successor many had hoped for.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS1525+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology 2025 NAS Series 3rd Party Drive Compatibility Tests
UPDATED 07-05-25 = Added Unverified HDD and SSD (Migrated) Storage Pool RAID Repair, RAID POOL Expansion and Hot Spare Tests. Right now, the following is what works and what does not (between pre-2025 Series and the 2025 Series that is releasing now):
Blocked – system will not rebuild with unverified media
M.2 NVMe Cache – Synology SSDs
Supported
Supported
M.2 NVMe Cache – 3rd Party SSDs
Supported
Blocked
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – Synology SSDs
Not supported
Supported
M.2 NVMe Storage Pools – 3rd Party SSDs
Not supported
Blocked
SMART Monitoring – Verified Drives
Full support
Full support
SMART Monitoring – Non-Verified Drives
Full support
Limited or blocked (TBC)
Storage Manager Alerts – Non-Verified Drives
Warnings, dismissible
Persistent, cannot be cleared
Overall Compatibility Flexibility
High – mix-and-match drives allowed
Low – walled-garden enforcement
Here’s what we’ve confirmed so far in the tests as of 07/05/25:
Using Synology 1st Party Drives – Everything Works as Expected
If you’re using Synology-branded HDDs or SSDs, then your experience on the DS925+ will be completely normal.
System initialization, DSM installation, storage pool creation, and all other operations work exactly as they always have, with no warnings, compatibility errors, or feature restrictions. This includes both the Plus series (e.g., HAT3300/HAT3310) and the Enterprise-class HAT5300 drives.
These drives are the only ones currently listed as fully supported on the official compatibility list for the DS925+, and this exclusive support ensures full DSM integration, performance monitoring, and system health reporting. If you’re a first-time buyer who’s starting from scratch, and you’re willing to buy fully into the Synology ecosystem, this route remains the most seamless — albeit more expensive — option.
New Installations Blocked for Non-Verified Drives
As discussed in our NASCompares coverage and testing videos, attempting to initialise the DS925+ with hard drives that are not on the 2025 series compatibility list will block you from even starting DSM installation.
Below is the Synology DS925+ HDD Compatibility as of 3rd May 2025
This marks a major departure from Synology’s previous approach in DSM 7.0 and 7.1, where unsupported drives could still be used — though users would receive warnings in Storage Manager.
Below is the Synology DS923+ HDD Compatibility for comparison
Now, if you’re using unverified HDDs (such as Seagate IronWolf or WD Red Plus), the DS925+ will not proceed past the initial setup.
You’ll receive a message informing you that the drive is not compatible, and DSM cannot be installed. There’s no bypass, workaround, or “install anyway” option — and this applies even if the drives are physically identical to previously approved models.
This new and more limited approach (at least at the time of writing) raises concerns for home and business users alike who have previously relied on mixing and matching their preferred HDD brands with Synology hardware.
Drive Migration from Older Synology NAS – It Works, But Comes with Warnings
If you already own a Synology NAS and are planning to migrate your storage pool from an older system to the DS925+, you’ll be able to do so — even if your drives are no longer listed as compatible on the newer system.
DSM will recognize the array, import the configuration, and boot the system using your original DSM setup.
However, the entire system will then display a persistent series of warnings and error states, including amber and red icons in Storage Manager, drive health indicators marked “At Risk,” and compatibility warnings across the interface.
While everything technically works, the interface becomes visually and functionally “noisy.” For system integrators or IT administrators, this is especially important — your clients may perceive something is seriously wrong with the NAS even when the system is healthy.
It’s recommended to proactively inform any end users or clients about these warnings post-migration, to avoid unnecessary concern or support tickets. Synology has not yet provided a method to suppress or acknowledge these warnings permanently.
SATA SSDs Seem to Bypass the Block – But Still Carry Warnings
One of the more surprising findings in our testing was that SATA SSDs, even when not listed on the official compatibility list, were still able to initialize the DS925+ and allow DSM to be installed.
We tested this with several models, and the installation process continued normally — a stark contrast to the hard stop experienced with unverified HDDs.
However, this partial loophole comes with a catch. Once DSM is up and running, the system flags the non-verified SSDs the same way it flags migrated drives, with warnings in Storage Manager and ongoing notifications.
So while you can proceed, you’ll still be treated to that same red and amber text throughout your DSM environment. Still, for users willing to tolerate the interface alerts, this may provide an interim solution — especially for those who prefer SSDs for quiet, low-power deployments.
Expanding Existing Storage Pools with Unverified Drives is Blocked
Another key limitation to note is that you cannot expand an existing storage pool using unverified drives — even if your system was initialized using fully supported drives.
We tested this by creating a pool with Synology-approved HDDs, then attempting to add a non-Synology drive as an expansion. While the drive appeared in Storage Manager as “available,” the system refused to proceed with the expansion, citing that the drive was not verified or supported.
This strict enforcement essentially locks users into an all-or-nothing ecosystem. There’s no flexibility to upgrade later using lower-cost or readily available drives unless Synology chooses to add them to the compatibility list down the line.
M.2 NVMe Drives: No 3rd Party Support for Caching or Storage Pools
Historically, Synology has limited M.2 NVMe storage pools to their own SNV SSDs, but allowed third-party drives for read/write caching. That has now changed in the DS925+ and, presumably, all 2025 series models moving forward.
Our testing confirmed that non-Synology NVMe SSDs are no longer usable at all — neither for caching nor for creating storage pools.
Attempting to configure third-party NVMes results in the same hard block and error messages as unsupported HDDs. At the time of writing, only Synology SNV3400 and SNV3410 drives are listed as supported — both of which are tuned more for endurance than performance, making them a questionable fit for cache-centric workflows.
Pool Expansion Using a 4TB Seagate IronWolf Drive
We attempted to expand the existing migrated RAID pool with an additional 4TB Seagate IronWolf drive (same model, also verified on the DS923+). The drive was physically detected, appeared in Storage Manager, but the system refused to proceed with expansion.
System Message: The additional drive was flagged as incompatible, and any attempt to integrate it into the existing RAID resulted in an error stating that the media is not suitable or not verified. However, if your migrated pool is using SATA SSDs (or you setup the system with unverified SATA SSDs, which is still possible at the time of writing) you CAN expand the pool with likewise SATA SSDs.
Conclusion: The DS925+ does not permit expansion of an existing pool using unverified drives if you are using unverified HDDs, even if the original array consists of the exact same drive model. But SATA SSDs still allow this feature at the moment.
Pool Expansion Using a 4TB Seagate IronWolf Drive
What if you are using an existing pool that is made up of verified HDDs on the NAS (i.e drives from Synology or drives that are now on the verified compatibility list), but also want to create a 2nd pool, made up of unverified SATA HDDs or SATA SSDs?
Result: As expected, if you use SATA HDDs, then you can ONLY create a new separate pool using verified HDDs. However, SATA SSDs still allow for unverified SSD pools.
Hot Spare Addition Attempt Using Seagate IronWolf Drive
We repeated the process above but this time attempted to add a likewise Seagate IW 4TB drive as a Hot Spare.
Result: Just like the pool expansion test, the additional drive was visible but flagged as unsupported, and DSM blocked any attempts to add this as a failover Hot Spare repair drive with the migrated array.
Recovery of Degraded RAID Pool Using Seagate IronWolf Drive
To test RAID recovery, one of the three IronWolf drives in the migrated SHR array was removed, placing the system into a degraded state. We then inserted a fresh 4TB Seagate IronWolf drive.
Result: DSM detected the new drive but refused to initiate RAID rebuild, citing unsupported media.
Conclusion: Recovery of a degraded array using a Seagate IronWolf drive (unverified for DS925+) is not permitted — even when it’s the same model previously used in the pool.
Drive Removal and Reintroduction to Pool
Lastly, we removed one of the IronWolf drives from the active pool and reinserted it a few minutes later. This drive was part of the original migrated SHR setup.
Result: DSM re-added the drive without issue, recognizing it as part of the existing array. No rebuild or repair was needed, and the system returned to normal status — albeit still with the usual compatibility warnings.
Conclusion: Previously initialized and migrated drives will be accepted back into the same array, provided their identity matches the original configuration. However, these reinserted drives remain flagged as unverified.
Background: How Synology Got Here
At the time of writing this review, Synology is seemingly waging a war on unverified third-party drives being used inside their systems. Back in 2020/2021, Synology began rolling out their own range of storage media for use in their systems — starting with SSDs and eventually expanding to a range of 3.5-inch server-class and enterprise storage-class hard drives. Over the years, we have seen the brand begin to reduce the number of third-party drives listed as certified and verified for use in the DSM platform and in their NAS server devices. This duality — of promoting their own storage media while supporting third-party drives — has had its balance shifted considerably over the last two major Synology generations and across several updates in DSM.
In 2022, when the brand rolled out an update in DSM 7.1 that changed the system status for any NAS using non-Synology-approved drives to display a warning state, the wider Synology user base was in uproar. Synology would eventually roll this back and, although they never reversed the policy of warning users that their drives were not on the compatibility list, they did soften the system’s response. Fast forward to now, and the brand is again changing its third-party drive verification and compatibility methodologies internally. The 2025 series and onward will strictly require drives that are already listed on Synology’s compatibility list. Why is that a problem? Well — twofold. First, right now only Synology HDDs and SSDs are listed on the official DS925+ compatibility pages, despite the hardware inside the DS925+ being identical to previous Synology hardware from both the 2020 and 2023 generations. Second, Synology’s aggressive approach to enforcement. Previously, users could proceed with installation and simply be warned later. Now, installation is entirely blocked.
This will no doubt be problematic with e-retailers and online dealers unless they make this strict compatibility policy exceptionally clear. The rollout has been inconsistent and unclear at best. It first emerged via a press release on Synology’s German website, and the DS925+ page remains vague on the specifics. It might well be that weeks or months from now, the list of drives supported on the Synology DS925+ and other 2025 NAS systems will expand to include more third-party media. Nevertheless, the messaging has been profoundly unclear. If Synology’s verification tests have changed, they need to clearly explain how and why. If they have reported failures with unverified drives, those results should be shared. In discussions with numerous users online, many agree that Synology is walking a confusing line. Either fully embrace third-party drives as before — or bundle your own media and commit to it. Don’t sit in the middle.
Future Expansion & Unanswered Questions
Synology has stated that it is working with Western Digital, Seagate, and others to test and certify additional drives for use in the 2025 series. However, they also clarified that the responsibility for verification now lies more with the drive manufacturers, not Synology themselves. This means the pace and outcome of compatibility expansion are largely out of users’ hands — and still leaves early adopters in a restrictive position. We’ve already seen similar policies with M.2 NVMe SSDs in the 2023 generation — only allowing storage pool deployments if you use Synology-branded drives. And while DSM still supports caching with third-party drives in those older systems, that flexibility has now been removed in the 2025 series.
Conclusion – CHECK DRIVE COMPATIBILITY BEFORE YOU BUY!!!
The Synology DS925+ is a great piece of hardware in many respects, but it arrives with a much more locked-down approach to storage media than any Plus series NAS before it. Users hoping to reuse existing drives, mix-and-match HDDs for flexibility, or use cost-effective SSDs and NVMes from other brands need to reconsider their storage strategy or prepare for an ecosystem that’s increasingly closed. We’ll continue to test newer Synology 2025 devices as they launch and will update this article as compatibility lists evolve and behaviors change. But for now, if you’re planning to buy into this generation — and especially if you need to build on a budget — be aware: the HDDs you might WANT to buy might not be usable with your system – SO CHECK THE COMPATIBILITY PAGES FIRST!.
Stay tuned for more deep-dive comparisons, migration tutorials, and drive compatibility experiments right here at NASCompares. In the meantime, if you are considering purchasing an older generation Synology NAS that has more open and established storage media compatibility, below is a comparison of the Synology DS923+ from 2022/2023 and the new 2025 DS925+ NAS.
OLD Synology vs NEW Synology (DS923+ vs DS925+)
Reasons to Buy the Synology DS923+
Reasons to Buy the Synology DS925+
Faster 2.5GbE Networking Out-of-the-Box – Dual 2.5GbE ports offer higher baseline network speeds (up to 6Gbps aggregated), doubling the network performance compared to the DS923+ without requiring expansion cards.
More Powerful Processor (More Cores/Threads) – The V1500B CPU offers 4 cores and 8 threads, delivering superior multitasking and heavier workload handling, especially for virtual machines, multiple users, and simultaneous services.
Quieter Operation – The DS925+ operates at a lower idle noise level (20.5 dB vs 22.9 dB), making it better suited for office, home office, or studio environments where sound matters.
Higher User and Service Limits – Thanks to the more powerful CPU, the DS925+ supports more Synology Drive users, Synology Office users, Synology Chat users, more concurrent SMB connections, and more virtual machines than the DS923+.
Better Out-of-the-Box Experience – With stronger networking, higher multi-threaded performance, and no need for immediate upgrades, the DS925+ is ready to deliver higher performance without any additional investment, perfect for users who want maximum capability from day one.
PCIe Expansion for 10GbE Upgrades – The DS923+ features a PCIe Gen3 x2 slot, allowing users to install a 10GbE network card later, massively boosting network speeds beyond the built-in 1GbE ports.
Broader 3rd-Party Drive Compatibility – Unlike the DS925+, the DS923+ allows full system initialization, storage pool creation, and DSM services even with non-Synology hard drives and SSDs—giving users more flexibility and choice.
Lower Power Consumption and Heat Output – The DS923+ is slightly more energy-efficient in both active use and hibernation modes, making it a better fit for always-on environments where power savings add up over time.
Potentially Lower Price (Especially Post-DS925+ Launch) – As the newer DS925+ replaces it, the DS923+ is likely to see discounts and wider availability, offering excellent value for budget-conscious users without sacrificing capability.
Ideal for Customization and Long-Term Scalability – With the ability to upgrade the network, use a wider range of drives, and maintain full DSM functionality, the DS923+ is better suited for users who plan to evolve their setup over time.
In practical terms, the DS925+ is the stronger out-of-the-box choice, especially for users who value simplicity, improved default performance, and do not anticipate needing higher-than-2.5GbE networking down the line. However, the long-term value proposition becomes murkier when you factor in the DS923+’s PCIe expansion, broader drive compatibility, and the potential price drops that will follow its ageing status in Synology’s lineup. In short, the DS925+ is the better NAS on day one—more powerful, faster, and quieter. But if you’re planning for day 1,000, it’s worth pausing to consider whether the expandability and media flexibility of the DS923+ may be a better fit for your storage and networking needs over the next five to seven years.
Synology DS925+ NAS
Synology DS923+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
If you have been looking at making the move away from your cloud service provider to gain better ownership of your data, or are looking to upgrade your existing network storage system to something a tad more modern, chances are that Synology and the new DS925+ system have already appeared on your radar. Synology, a 25-year veteran in the world of network-attached storage, is arguably one of the biggest names in the game and has long commanded the largest market share in home and business purchases of NAS. The new DS925+ is the refresh of the late 2022 Synology DS923+, upgrading a few things and arguably clipping the wings of others. Whenever Synology refreshes its range of solutions every few years, it is normally a moment of largely universal praise as long-term Synology users consider upgrading their kit.
However, the Synology 2025 series of devices has been arguably more contentious and criticized internet-wide due to the brand’s changing stance on its support of hard drives in this newer generation, revamping the way in which users can choose which drives they can use in their systems. This change is still very much in its early days and could easily end up working out for the best — or being reversed — but nevertheless, the Synology DS925+ has arrived on the scene to a great deal more criticism and apprehension than most other Synology NAS devices ever launched in the brand’s two-and-a-half-decade-long history. But all of that aside, is the DS925+ actually any good? What can it do, what can’t it do, and does it deserve your money and your data?
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Quick Conclusion
On a sheer hardware level, the Synology DS925+ is one of the strongest 4-bay systems the brand has ever released in this class. Whether compared to the 2023 refresh or earlier models, it delivers a noticeably better hardware package for the price. The long-overdue move to 2.5GbE is welcome, even if extremely late, and the upgrade from a dual-core, four-thread processor to a quad-core, eight-thread chip is ideal for VMs and containers. The continued inclusion of ECC memory (4GB, expandable to 32GB) reinforces its focus on reliability. DSM remains a standout — arguably still the best turnkey NAS OS on the market for stability, usability, and features. However, the removal of 10GbE upgrade options feels like a significant regression, especially as external 2.5G/5G USB network adapters are now commonplace. The hardware, while generally solid, will still feel underwhelming to users who expect more flexibility — especially given the price.
But it’s Synology’s aggressive stance on storage compatibility that casts the longest shadow. The DS925+ refuses to initialise DSM unless you’re using approved drives — a dramatic shift from previous generations using identical hardware that supported many third-party drives. Synology’s vague communication and inconsistent rollout of this policy only amplify user frustration. It’s hard to escape the sense that Synology is either hesitating to fully commit to bundling its NAS units with storage, or clumsily trying to control the ecosystem. The DS925+ is still a very good NAS, maintaining a decade-long price point while offering improved internals and software. But unless Synology quickly clarifies this compatibility policy, this release may be remembered more for controversy than capability — their biggest “Apple moment” yet, for good or for bad.
SOFTWARE - 10/10
HARDWARE - 6/10
PERFORMANCE - 8/10
PRICE - 9/10
VALUE - 8/10
8.2
PROS
Dual 2.5GbE Ports: Finally upgrades from 1GbE, offering significantly better bandwidth and support for link aggregation and SMB multichannel. ECC Memory Support: Comes with 4GB ECC RAM (expandable to 32GB), rare at this price point and excellent for data integrity in long-term storage. Quad-Core Ryzen V1500B CPU: A proven server-grade processor with 4 cores and 8 threads, ideal for multitasking, VMs, containers, and business apps. Excellent Thermal Performance: Dual 92mm fans and a well-ventilated chassis keep internal temperatures low even under extended load. Low Noise Operation: Impressively quiet in idle and moderate use; system noise is more dependent on drive selection than fan noise. USB-C Expansion Support: Adds future-proof connectivity via the DX525 expansion unit, replacing the aging eSATA interface. Top-Tier DSM Software: Ships with DSM 7.2 — widely considered the best NAS OS — offering excellent backup, cloud, and media tools with a polished UI. EXCEPTIONAL License-free software in Active Backup and inclusive-license Surveillance Station Software
CONS
No 10GbE Upgrade Option: Removes the PCIe slot from the DS923+, eliminating any path to scale beyond 2.5GbE. Comparatively underwhelming hardware compared to similarly priced Turnkey NAS solutions available from QNAP, UGREEN, Asustor, etc Strict Drive Compatibility: Will not initialise DSM without Synology-branded HDDs or drives on the compatibility list (which we are still awaiting confirmation on re: verification). Brand messaging on which drives work now, later, long term, etc is messy at the moment
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Design, Cooling and Power Consumption
The DS925+ maintains Synology’s long-standing chassis design, which has remained largely unchanged since around 2018–2019. It features a compact black plastic exterior with a solid metal internal frame that offers excellent durability and airflow.
The unit measures the same as its predecessors and blends easily into home or office environments. Ventilation is a central focus of the design, with large ventilated side panels, additional intake on the base, and a dual-fan array at the rear. These two 92mm fans replace the more typical single-fan setup found in many rival 4-bay systems, providing a more even and effective airflow throughout the unit.
The DS925+ also uses an external 100W power brick, though actual usage rarely approaches that limit.
In terms of noise, the DS925+ is impressively quiet during idle and moderate use — provided you’re using standard Synology-branded drives. With the system fully idle (RAID built, fans running at variable speed, no active users), the noise levels hovered around 36–37 dB(A).
When pushed with dual 2.5GbE connections and all drives under load, noise levels rose to about 48–50 dB(A), though much of this was attributed to the drives rather than the fans. Users planning to install high-capacity, enterprise-class drives like the HAT5300 series should expect higher operational noise. While the NAS fans remain relatively quiet, drive selection plays a significant role in the overall acoustic footprint of the system.
Power consumption during testing was also well within expectations. In a fully idle state, with base apps installed and the system not being accessed, the DS925+ drew approximately 28 watts. When fully loaded — with all four bays filled, SSDs installed, the CPU under strain, and both 2.5GbE connections active — consumption peaked around 62–64 watts.
These numbers align with what you’d expect for a Ryzen V1500B-based system with ECC memory and SSD support, though it’s worth noting that Synology’s own published power usage figures are lower. This discrepancy is likely due to Synology using SSDs in their testing rather than HDDs, which naturally draw more power and generate more heat.
Thermal performance on the DS925+ is particularly strong, especially considering the plastic enclosure. At the one-hour mark under moderate usage, system temperatures ranged from 35°C to 39°C.
After 24 hours of intermittent access, including background tasks like scrubbing and package installation, the system maintained a stable range of 34°C to 36°C. The dual rear fans, in conjunction with the well-ventilated chassis, clearly play a key role in keeping the internal environment controlled. These results are especially encouraging given that many competing 4-bay NAS systems still ship with only a single rear fan and less efficient airflow paths.
Bottom line, the DS925+ offers a refined, if familiar, physical design that prioritises quiet operation, effective heat management, and reasonable power efficiency – something this product series has always excelled at vs it’s competitors (such as the QNAP TS-464, Asustor Lockerstor series or still new UGREEN DXP4800. While Synology hasn’t reinvented the chassis, the dual fan design, ample ventilation, and strong thermal numbers show thoughtful incremental improvements. However, as with most NAS systems, the overall experience is still influenced heavily by drive selection — particularly in terms of noise and power draw. For users seeking a low-noise, power-efficient solution with excellent temperature control, the DS925+ remains a very well-balanced option in the 4-bay NAS category.
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Ports and Connectivity
The Synology DS925+ supplies a fairly middling range of connections, depending on your point of view. Hot take: if you were to compare this device against previously released Synology devices, there is actually something of a mixed bag here to like as well as dislike. Likewise, if you compare the device to the available range of NAS solutions from this brand’s competitors, you could probably be especially critical of what you see here. However, there are some interesting features worthy of note, and given Synology’s heavy emphasis on internal operations and remote access priorities, it isn’t a huge surprise that the physical connections on this modest system are likewise pretty understated.
The front of the system features a single USB Type-A 5 Gb per second connection port that is predominantly used for connecting storage drives to make them remotely accessible. Synology has largely reduced the utility of these USB ports on their systems to simply storage and connection of a UPS system. So you can forget about utilising the majority of PC USB peripherals, directly connecting to the device over USB, or even simple network USB adaptors — a particularly unpopular choice by Synology in their DSM 7 update a few years ago. That said, the USB connectivity integrates extremely well with the backup software on this system, allowing for scheduled and automated backups to be conducted via this port, with particularly sophisticated filter customisation as needed.
Flipping the device around shows us the more important system connections available on the DS925+. The big headline here is Synology finally — finally — upgrading this system and the 2025 generation moving forward with 2.5 GbE ports, rather than the pedestrian and outdated 1 GbE network ports. The system features two ports, and the DSM platform allows for merging of these connections via protocols such as port trunking, link aggregation, load balancing, and SMB multi-channel, as well as failover as needed. These are certainly a welcome — if hugely overdue — upgrade on this system (when the bulk of this brand’s hardware competitors rolled out 2.5G as much as five years earlier at a similar price point). But at the very least, this does mean that users are going to be able to enjoy fuller saturation of the four SATA drive connections on this system more so than in previous generations of this product series.
That said, Synology giveth and Synology taketh away! Even though Synology has upgraded the default network connections on the device, they have removed the optional mini PCIe upgrade slot that was available on the DS923+ before this. This is going to be a huge kick in the ass for a lot of users who were considering purchasing this device over the DS923+ predecessor, as it means that the ability to scale up the network connectivity toward 10GbE is now not available on this system. So despite the fact that this system can now comfortably accommodate over two and a half times the external network bandwidth of its predecessor out of the box, it also means that the effective potential maximum network connectivity that a user could hope to achieve down the line has now been effectively halved! Again, this was always an optional upgrade in its predecessor, but it was an extremely welcome one for many — and given that even their value series of hard drives can hit between 180 and 200 MB per second per drive, that means that even the most inefficient RAID cluster with these drives will almost certainly still oversaturate the base twin 2.5G connections that the base model has. Therefore, you are being somewhat bottlenecked down the road because of this lack of network adapter upgradability. And don’t even get me started on the throttling that you will likely encounter if utilising M.2 NVMe RAID pools on the DS925+ via remote network connectivity.
Finally, we find another change in this product over its predecessors, and that is the shift in expandability on this system toward a USB-C output. This USB-C provides 5 Gb/s connectivity and only supports the new DX525 expansion chassis, which costs around $350 to $450 depending on where you are in the world and your local tax rate. Synology has always afforded the ability to expand this product series with a 5-bay expansion, either to spread the RAID configuration or mirror it appropriately, so this is a welcome — if expected — integration in the DS925+ class nonetheless, and it allows for greater storage scalability over the years.
All that said — and I’m sorry to be negative again — I can’t help but feel that this expandability is still being handled a tad clumsily. For a start, even at USB-C, that still means that the five SATA drives that the expansion supports are effectively capped in their maximum external bandwidth potential. And although you were never really going to enjoy greater speeds regardless — due to the 2.5 GbE network connectivity anyway — there are definitely going to be users who are sad about this further bottleneck on the performance of those drives in the expansion.
The fact that Synology did not implement an improved means of network connectivity — perhaps via 10 GbE or USB 3.2 Gen 2 (almost certainly due to a CPU choice limitation) — is really disheartening. Likewise, since this expansion now connects over standard USB, why are we still only limited to one expansion, and only via that specific USB port? The fact that we could have increased the number of expansion devices in line with the other available USB ports would have been tremendously appealing to users thinking about the long-term scalability of their system. And given that USB ports are common (if a little more restrained) on practically every single Synology NAS, this is a real missed opportunity to add storage expandability — and I can only assume it’s a conscious and deliberate choice by the brand to maintain their portfolio segmentation.
Bottom line: I love that this system is expandable, and I do like that a number of the features of the system have been improved over its predecessor. But as I mentioned earlier, the general standard of connectivity on the DS925+ is still awfully restrained when you take even a casual glance at the rest of the market right now. It only further underlines the fact that Synology is doubling down on this system more in terms of its software and capabilities rather than its hardware — which is no doubt going to please the bulk of users looking at this system who just want a stable NAS that does its job, but will nonetheless annoy enthusiasts and prosumers who want to make the most of their hardware.
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Internal Hardware
If there is one area that Synology consistently gets criticised for, it is the hardware they choose to use. It can definitely be argued that, as a NAS is a 24/7 system, manufacturers need to focus heavily on the efficiency of hardware and keep things as high-performance as possible at the lowest cost of power consumption and hardware utilisation. Equally, it could be argued that because Synology prioritises software over hardware — and wants to maintain tightly locked price points in its portfolio — over the years they have had to be awfully tactical in the hardware they choose to use across their product lines. All these things no doubt play their part, but nonetheless, it all adds up to a system that is not exactly going to blow anyone away if they are looking at the hardware specs as the chief buying point for their first server or an upgrade.
The first thing I want to discuss is that CPU! Keeping things positive, this is a four-core, eight-thread AMD embedded server-class Ryzen processor. In human speak, that means this CPU is designed for server utilisation — chiefly for file processes and for spreading itself quite thinly across multiple processes and tasks with efficient ease. Additionally, this processor has already been utilised and heavily investigated by Synology since its first rollout at the higher end of the SMB section of its portfolio as early as 2019/2020 — so the brand has extensive experience in getting the very most it can out of this processor. Additionally, Synology has often taken the hardware configuration of a higher-tier solution in their portfolio and — between multi-year refreshes — then passed this hardware configuration down into lower and more affordable tiers over the years. So this processor’s appearance, and its refresh of the previous R1600 dual-core, four-thread processor in the DS923+ predecessor, is not unexpected — and for many, actually quite welcome.
Here is how the R1600 in the DS923+ 2022/2023 Release compares with the V1500B in the DS925+ Refresh:
Category
R1600 (DS923+)
V1500B (DS925+)
Advantage / Notes
Release Date
Q2 2019
Q1 2018
R1600 is newer
Cores / Threads
2 Cores / 4 Threads
4 Cores / 8 Threads
V1500B offers more parallel processing
Base / Boost Frequency
2.6 / 3.1 GHz
2.2 GHz
R1600 has faster clock speeds
Architecture (Codename)
Zen (Banded Kestrel)
Zen (Great Horned Owl)
–
Instruction Set
x86-64 + SSE4a, AVX2, FMA3
x86-64 + SSE4a, AVX2, FMA3
–
Hyperthreading
Yes
Yes
–
Overclocking
No
No
–
TDP (PL1)
18W (up to 25W)
16W
R1600 allows more thermal headroom
Tjunction Max
105°C
105°C
–
L2 Cache
1 MB
2 MB
V1500B has more L2 cache
L3 Cache
4 MB
4 MB
–
Memory Support
DDR4-2400, ECC, Dual Channel, 32 GB Max
DDR4-2400, ECC, Dual Channel, 32 GB Max
–
Max Memory Bandwidth
38.4 GB/s
38.4 GB/s
–
PCIe Version / Lanes
PCIe 3.0 / 8 lanes
PCIe 3.0 / 16 lanes
V1500B has more connectivity bandwidth
PCIe Bandwidth
7.9 GB/s
15.8 GB/s
V1500B supports double the PCIe throughput
Manufacturing Node
14nm
14nm
–
Chip Design
Chiplet
Chiplet
–
Virtualization Support (AMD-V, SVM)
Yes
Yes
–
AES-NI Support
Yes
Yes
–
OS Support
Windows 10, Linux
Windows 10, Linux
–
Likewise, this processor provides the full spectrum of system software services and abilities that DiskStation Manager 7.2 has to offer. There is not a single DSM application or component that you are unable to take advantage of on this hardware spec. Alongside that, this CPU will comfortably allow for a decent number of VMs, containers, file processes, and simultaneous proprietary application services to all run at the exact same time — despite this system’s modest stature. Integrated graphics processors have been phased out from this particular product family — and this is the second refresh of the product line to remove integrated graphics-equipped processors — instead moving this kind of deployment to its smaller and more multimedia-focused DS425+ and DS225+ models. There are mixed results to this of course, especially given that the DS925+ has removed network upgradability — which I think may well leave quite a lot of CPU bandwidth by the roadside somewhat. But given the similarity in price point between this system and previous refreshes of this 4-bay series, I’m not, on the whole, unhappy with this processor. It’s just a continued departure by the brand away from classic 4-bays like the DS920+ and DS918+.
Alongside this processor, the system arrives with 4GB of DDR4 ECC SO-DIMM memory. ECC memory, in most network storage tech circles, is absolutely paramount for high-volume and high-frequency file transfers and long-term storage. Very, very few systems at the $550 price point ever include ECC memory in a turnkey NAS solution, and I know this is something that has always met with phenomenal praise by system integrators (SIs) who recommend Synology for simple and effective business storage requirements. Additionally, this memory can be scaled up all the way to 32GB, which — once you factor in the eight threads on this processor being spread out across multiple processes — is pretty darn good when you think about the scale of this system physically versus the potential of that software! Of course, in line with several other Synology policy changes over the years, the system is strictly compatible with only first-party memory upgrades from Synology — which you will not be surprised to hear are notably more expensive than third-party options in the market from Crucial, Kingston, and Samsung. This has always been something that has been met with notable disapproval by many, but Synology defends this by repeating the point that they want a single-party ecosystem, and the DS925+ is an appliance that centres around being smooth, efficient, and easy to deploy.
At the base of the system, we find the two M.2 NVMe slots that allow you to install one or two 2280-length SSD drives that can be utilised for read & write caching and/or use as storage pools. The benefits of utilising caching — when used in conjunction with the ECC memory and that file-transmission-focused processor — are pretty bloody significant, and it does allow for a degree of versatility and optimisation for users once again focused on high-volume and high-frequency data storage needs 24/7. But the use of these bays for storage pools is still pretty underwhelming at launch, and a big part of this is — much like other system upgrades — these M.2 bays are limited to only using Synology NVMe SSDs. This is a limitation compared with the predecessor, and while it’s a small tweak over the status quo, it becomes a significant one when you factor in that, currently, the only Synology M.2 NVMe offering is the heavily durability-focused but write-performance-weak SNV3400 series.
No doubt, as Synology rolls out more proprietary media-focused systems in their 2025 lineup and continues to expand the offering of branded storage media, the brand will eventually roll out a much more performance-rich NVMe SSD (perhaps the SNV5300 or SNV7400). But until that happens, these bays are a little restricted in terms of compatible media to really make the most of their capabilities right now.
Bottom line: for the money you’re laying down here — and if you factor in the value and quality of the software — many are going to be happy to overlook the comparatively underwhelming internal hardware on offer here when comparing it against the number of competitors on the market that focus on the hardware more than the software. If you’ve followed the brand for a long time, you’ll probably agree that what we’re seeing here is fairly standard for what this brand tends to include in their systems, and therefore you may be happy to give them a pass on this. But if this is a system that is chiefly being sold on its software and services — let’s discuss those a great deal more!
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – DSM Software and Services
The DS925+ arrives preloaded with Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) 7.2, the latest version of their industry-leading NAS operating system. DSM has long been praised for its clean, intuitive interface that makes it easy for even novice users to get started while still offering deep functionality for IT professionals. Everything from user account creation, network configuration, file sharing, and app management is presented through a streamlined browser-based GUI. It’s an OS that feels more like a well-polished desktop environment than a traditional NAS UI, and the DS925+ handles it with ease thanks to its Ryzen CPU and ECC memory.
DSM offers comprehensive file management through File Station, and supports standard protocols such as SMB, FTP, WebDAV, and Rsync. Whether you’re accessing files locally or remotely, the experience is responsive and customisable. File previews, right-click menus, and in-browser streaming of media files all work out of the box, while features like folder-level encryption, WORM (write once, read many), and fine-grained user permissions ensure strong data governance. The included Synology Drive application further enhances file syncing and backup capabilities across multiple platforms — Windows, macOS, Linux, Android, and iOS.
Synology has also baked in powerful backup and disaster recovery tools into DSM, with Active Backup for Business standing out in particular. It supports full OS and file-level backups for Windows, Linux, virtual machines, SaaS apps like Microsoft 365 and Google Workspace, and even other NAS devices.
Best of all, it requires no additional licenses for most features. Hyper Backup provides flexible multi-destination backup options, while Snapshot Replication protects against ransomware or accidental deletions by allowing near-instant recovery of shared folders or entire volumes.
For users focused on multimedia, DSM supports apps like Synology Photos, Audio Station, and Plex Media Server. While Synology has scaled back some native media tools like Video Station, DSM remains highly compatible with third-party platforms. Container Manager and Virtual Machine Manager allow for lightweight app deployment and virtualisation without a license fee — with the DS925+ capable of running multiple Docker containers or virtual DSM instances simultaneously. Synology’s mobile apps also tie in seamlessly with DSM services, offering secure access to files, surveillance feeds, photo backups, and more.
Ultimately, DSM is the DS925+’s strongest asset. Synology’s software-first approach continues to pay off, delivering an experience that’s miles ahead of most competitors in terms of polish, security, and integration.
Whether you’re a home user setting up private cloud storage or a small business deploying multi-site backups, DSM remains the gold standard in NAS operating systems. For many users, the value of DSM alone justifies choosing Synology — even when hardware compromises or compatibility limitations exist.
Below is a breakdown of how the Synology DS925+ improves upon the software and service support of the DS923:
Category
DS925+
DS923+
Advantage / Notes
Max Single Volume Size
200 TB (with 32 GB RAM) / 108 TB
108 TB
DS925+ supports up to 200 TB with RAM upgrade
Max Internal Volume Number
32
64
DS923+ allows more volumes
M.2 SSD Storage Pool Support
Yes
Yes
–
SSD Cache / TRIM
Yes / Yes
Yes / Yes
–
Supported RAID Types
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
SHR, Basic, JBOD, RAID 0/1/5/6/10
–
RAID Migration Support
Yes
Yes
–
Volume Expansion (Larger Drives / Add HDD)
Yes
Yes
–
Global Hot Spare RAID Support
Yes
Yes
–
Internal File Systems
Btrfs, ext4
Btrfs, ext4
–
External File Systems
Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
Btrfs, ext4, ext3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
–
File Protocols Supported
SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync
SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync
–
Max SMB Connections (with RAM expansion)
40
30
DS925+ handles more concurrent connections
Windows ACL & NFS Kerberos Auth
Yes
Yes
–
Max Local Users / Groups / Shared Folders
512 / 128 / 128
512 / 128 / 128
–
Max Shared Folder Sync Tasks
8
4
DS925+ supports double the sync tasks
Max Hybrid Share Folders
10
10
–
Hyper Backup (Folder & Full System)
Yes
Yes (DSM 7.2+)
–
Synology High Availability
Yes
Yes
–
Syslog Events per Second
800
800
–
Virtualization Support (VMware, Citrix, etc.)
Yes
Yes
–
Protocols (SMB, NFS, iSCSI, etc.)
Full Support
Full Support
–
Supported Browsers
Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari
Chrome, Firefox, Edge, Safari
–
Languages Supported
24+
24+
–
Synology Chat – Max Users
150
100
DS925+ supports 50% more chat users
Download Station – Max Tasks
80
80
–
iSCSI Targets / LUNs
2 / 2
2 / 2
–
MailPlus – Free Accounts / Max Users
5 / 90
5 / 60
DS925+ supports more users
DLNA / Synology Photos (Facial & Object Rec.)
Yes
Yes
–
Snapshot Replication – Max per Folder / System
128 / 256
128 / 256
–
Surveillance Station (Default Licenses)
2
2
–
Max IP Cameras (H.264 – 1080p)
40 channels / 1050 FPS
40 channels / 1050 FPS
–
Max IP Cameras (H.265 – 1080p)
40 channels / 1200 FPS
40 channels / 1200 FPS
–
Synology Drive – Max Users
80
50
DS925+ supports 60% more users
Synology Drive – Max Files Hosted
500,000
500,000
–
Synology Office – Max Users
80
50
DS925+ supports more office users
Virtual Machine Manager – VM Instances / DSM Licenses
8 / 8 (1 Free)
4 / 4 (1 Free)
DS925+ supports 2× more virtual instances
VPN Server – Max Connections
8
4
DS925+ supports 2× more connections
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Storage and Compatibility
At the time of writing this review, Synology is seemingly waging a war on third-party drives being used inside their systems. Back in 2020/2021, Synology began rolling out their own range of storage media for use in their systems — starting with SSDs and eventually expanding to a range of 3.5-inch server-class and enterprise storage-class hard drives. Over the years, we have seen the brand begin to reduce the number of third-party drives listed as certified and verified for use in the DSM platform and in their NAS server devices. This duality — of promoting their own storage media while supporting third-party drives — has had its balance shifted considerably over the last two major Synology generations and across several updates in DSM.
In 2022, when the brand rolled out an update in DSM 7.1 that changed the system status for any NAS using non-Synology-approved drives to display a warning state, the wider Synology user base was in uproar — whether it was because they didn’t like the brand’s position on dictating which drives worked and which didn’t, or because, as a system integrator or admin, they suddenly had a bunch of clueless users complaining that the system had gone from green to amber. Synology would eventually roll this back and, although they never reversed the policy of warning users that their drives were not on the compatibility list, they did soften the system’s response. Fast forward to now, and the brand is again changing its third-party drive verification and compatibility methodologies internally. The 2025 series and onward will strictly require drives that are already listed on Synology’s compatibility list. So why is that a problem right now?
Well — twofold. First, right now only Synology HDDs and SSDs are listed on the official DS925+ compatibility pages, despite the hardware inside the DS925+ being identical to previous Synology hardware from both the 2020 and 2023 generations — both of which still list many Seagate, Western Digital, Toshiba, Samsung, Kingston, and more drives. That does look a little off.
But the second, more serious reason is Synology’s aggressive approach to this policy. Previously, if you used an unverified drive, the system would warn you in Storage Manager after setting up DSM, informing you that the drives were not verified by Synology and that using them might put your system in an unsupported state — potentially limiting any after-sales or technical support the brand could offer. The 2025 series, however, currently will not even allow you to initialise the system out of the box if you are using non-Synology hard drives.
This will no doubt be problematic with e-retailers and online dealers — unless they make this strict compatibility policy exceptionally clear. The rollout of these changes across the 2025 series has been inconsistent and unclear at best. It first emerged via a press release on Synology’s German website, despite now being mentioned in different areas of global Knowledge Centers. Even now, as I write this review, although the official Synology DS925+ page is live, the wording surrounding unverified drives and their support on this new system remains very diplomatic and vague.
It might well be that weeks or months from now, as this system rolls out, the list of drives supported on the Synology DS925+ and other NAS systems in the 2025 series will eventually include third-party drives from WD and Seagate. Nevertheless, the messaging has been profoundly unclear and inconclusive. Synology has always supported third-party drives in numerous systems before this one — systems that, as mentioned earlier, have exactly the same hardware as this system and run the latest version of DSM as well! If their verification and compatibility tests have changed, they need to make this a great deal clearer and more justifiable to users. If they have numerous reported cases of unverified drives wreaking havoc, they need to share these results.
On the flip side, many could argue that as long as Synology provides a range of hard drives and SSDs that are comparable in price and performance to those of third parties, then losing access to third-party drives is no big deal. Unfortunately, that is not globally true. While there are some examples of Synology media being at the same price and performance level as third-party options, the availability and pricing for these drives is nowhere near as consistent as those of third-party brands — and for many, that forms one of the greatest long-term issues for their storage.
If you have an existing Synology NAS that is using third-party hard drives, you are still able to migrate drives over to the new system physically. This will allow for an easy upgrade path for existing users — but it’s not really a tremendous benefit for those who were considering the DS925+ as their first shiny new NAS system.
Migrating your drives physically from an older Synology NAS to a new device allows you to proceed – but with warnings
In discussions with numerous people online, a lot of us agree that Synology is kind of half-assing something here. If they’re going to support third-party hard drives and SSDs on their systems, then they need to do it — and do it as well as they have before. Revamping a verification system in-house that many would argue didn’t need revamping in the first place seems silly at best and calculated at worst. Otherwise, if they want to commit to recommending their own media above all else, just go the whole hog: bundle the solutions as standard, pre-populated, and maybe even extend the savings too. Interestingly, the changes in system recognition of non-listed compatible drives seems to only impact HDDs at this time. If you first-time-setup your Synology DS925+ NAS with SATA SSD(s) – you are still able to initialise the NAS as before – albeit with red and amber warnings on the storage GUI:
We’ve already seen the brand’s stance on storage media play out this way with M.2 NVMe SSDs in the 2023 generation and later — only allowing storage pool deployments if you use Synology-branded drives and no others (yet still supporting third-party drives for caching, if you like). Synology knew this was going to be an unpopular policy, but obviously, this is part of their wider roadmap. The brand themselves state that this is a move toward redefining their platform — away from being just hardware and toward becoming a full and complete data appliance.
I do also want to comment on the way that the system presents the use of 3rd party drives, even when used in authorized ways (eg using SATA SSDs in initialization does NOT bar you from their use the way HDDs are when not on the compatibility pages – likewise when you use drives from an older Synology NAS via physical migration to the DS925+).
When you DO have non-synology confirmed drives in the system via these methods – the presentation of DSM is notably more negative and aggressively alarming. Red and Orange text, icons, warnings, alerts and triggering words like ‘At Risk’ are thrown around far, far too liberally.
As mentioned several times, this might all turn out to be a storm in a teacup, and Synology may expedite verification of hard drives on their compatibility lists — or even U-turn on this decision entirely and pretend it never happened. Either way, a lot of users — new and old — have based significant purchasing decisions on this change by the brand.
Synology DS925+ NAS Review – Conclusion & Verdict
On a sheer hardware level, the Synology DS925+ is largely a superior system out of the box compared with any previous 4-bay Synology NAS solution released by the brand in this class series. Whether you’re comparing how much has scaled up in this refresh of the previous 2023 series release, or just generally looking at the standard of what you get for your money here, for the most part — in terms of hardware — it is better than the majority of systems that came before it. The long, long overdue upgrade to 2.5 GbE network connections is welcome (even if the brand is especially late to the party here). The upgrade from a dual-core, four-thread processor to a quad-core, eight-thread processor is certainly going to please those VM and app sandbox/container users greatly. And the continued implementation of ECC memory at 4GB, with scalability up to 32GB, only further doubles down on this point.
DSM continues to impress and still holds itself comfortably as the premier turnkey NAS software solution on the market — both in terms of its feature set as well as its stability and usability. The lack of 10GbE scalability is a bitter pill to swallow when many of us were just getting used to the idea of Synology engaging with 10G NIC upgrades at this hardware level. And although this feature is promised on the DS1525+, it is still something of a pain point on the DS925+ — especially now, as $25 USB-to-2.5G and 5G network adaptors are very much a thing and widely supported everywhere. But for the most part, the hardware is consistent — if a little underwhelming. Synology solutions, though, have never been about the hardware. But beyond this is where the rather curious and unpopular choices by the brand regarding storage compatibility and verification in DSM and the 2025 series in general really end up marring what could have been a very confident release by Synology in the DS925+.
I hope that months from now, this matter is just a memory, and Synology has either expedited the verification of third-party drives or reversed the majority of these decisions due to public outcry. In truth, I think a lot of users would probably have preferred the DS925+ to roll out pre-populated with storage media — much like their new BeeStation series does. Going down the road of restricting which drives people can use was never going to be popular, so either don’t do it or fully commit to it. There is, of course, the argument that these drives — which were previously verified and confirmed working on the exact same hardware (CPU, motherboards, network deployment, and software utilisation) in previous generations — have mystically now been deemed unverified on the new 2025 series and its genuinely identical hardware to what came before. It’s an odd line in the sand to draw, a message that has been delivered messily, and I do not envy the Synology marketing team having to shape the narrative on this one. The bottom line is that the DS925+ is still a very, very good Synology NAS system, and although it loses a few bells and whistles compared to its predecessors, it still delivers very well on a platform that has maintained the same price point for its scale for more than a decade — despite changing world events. But until Synology clears up exactly how and why they’ve changed drive verification on this system in a clear and transparent fashion, I do think this is a NAS device that is going to pale in comparison to the deployment and overall sales of its predecessor — and the brand needs to sort this quickly.
The DS925+ is a good NAS for the money in terms of hardware and software, but we may well be witnessing Synology’s biggest “Apple moment” — for good and for bad.
PROs of the Synology DS925+ NAS
CONs of the Synology DS925+ NAS
Dual 2.5GbE Ports: Finally upgrades from 1GbE, offering significantly better bandwidth and support for link aggregation and SMB multichannel.
ECC Memory Support: Comes with 4GB ECC RAM (expandable to 32GB), rare at this price point and excellent for data integrity in long-term storage.
Quad-Core Ryzen V1500B CPU: A proven server-grade processor with 4 cores and 8 threads, ideal for multitasking, VMs, containers, and business apps.
Excellent Thermal Performance: Dual 92mm fans and a well-ventilated chassis keep internal temperatures low even under extended load.
Low Noise Operation: Impressively quiet in idle and moderate use; system noise is more dependent on drive selection than fan noise.
USB-C Expansion Support: Adds future-proof connectivity via the DX525 expansion unit, replacing the aging eSATA interface.
Top-Tier DSM Software: Ships with DSM 7.2 — widely considered the best NAS OS — offering excellent backup, cloud, and media tools with a polished UI.
EXCEPTIONAL License-free software in Active Backup and inclusive-license Surveillance Station Software
No 10GbE Upgrade Option: Removes the PCIe slot from the DS923+, eliminating any path to scale beyond 2.5GbE.
Comparatively underwhelming hardware compared to similarly priced Turnkey NAS solutions available from QNAP, UGREEN, Asustor, etc
Strict Drive Compatibility: Will not initialise DSM without Synology-branded HDDs or drives on the compatibility list (which we are still awaiting confirmation on re: verification). Brand messaging on which drives work now, later, long term, etc is messy at the moment
Synology DS925+ NAS
Synology DS923+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check B&H for the Synology DS925+ NAS
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS923+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Minisforum MS-A2 is the latest entry in Minisforum’s growing lineup of workstation-focused mini PCs. First shown at CES 2025, the MS-A2 builds on ideas introduced in earlier models like the MS01 and MS-A1 but shifts toward an AMD platform, offering users a choice between two high-end Ryzen 9 CPUs. Rather than aiming for the ultra-compact form factor associated with traditional mini PCs, the MS-A2 leans into expandability, performance, and connectivity. It offers multiple M.2 storage slots, PCIe expansion, dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, and a layout designed to accommodate heavier workloads. Throughout this review, we’ll take a closer look at the internal hardware, external connections, design choices, performance in benchmarks, and how it compares to the MS-01, before wrapping up with a final verdict on where it fits in today’s mini PC market.
Minisforum MS-A2 Review – Quick Conclusion
The Minisforum MS-A2 is a powerful mini workstation that targets users needing high CPU performance, network scalability, and internal expandability rather than external device flexibility. Equipped with Ryzen 9 9955HX or 7945HX CPUs, up to 96GB DDR5 memory, triple M.2 slots, and dual 10GbE SFP+ ports, it offers strong capabilities for demanding workloads like virtualization, server hosting, and content creation. However, the absence of USB4/Thunderbolt 4 and observed inconsistencies in storage write speeds mean it may not fit every use case. Positioned alongside rather than as a replacement for the MS-01, the MS-A2 is best suited for buyers who prioritize multi-threaded performance and dense internal storage options in a compact form factor.
BUILD QUALITY - 10/10
HARDWARE - 9/10
PERFORMANCE - 7/10
PRICE - 8/10
VALUE - 8/10
8.4
PROS
High CPU performance with 16 cores / 32 threads (Ryzen 9 9955HX or 7945HX options) Support for up to 96GB DDR5 RAM for memory-heavy workloads Triple PCIe 4.0 M.2 slots with U.2 drive compatibility for large internal storage capacity Dual 10GbE SFP+ ports and dual 2.5GbE RJ45 ports for advanced networking PCIe 4.0 x8 expansion slot for GPUs, NICs, or storage controllers Efficient cooling design with separate fans for CPU and storage/network components Tool-less chassis access for easy upgrades and maintenance Strong multi-threaded performance for virtualization, server tasks, and rendering
CONS
No USB4 or Thunderbolt 4 support, limiting external expansion options Inconsistent storage write speeds observed during testing Large external 240W power brick, adding to desk clutter
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Minisforum MS-A2
Check B&H for the Minisforum MS-A2
Check the Official Site for the Minisforum MS-A2
Minisforum MS-A2 Review – Internal Hardware
Inside the Minisforum MS-A2, users have a choice between two processors: the AMD Ryzen 9 9955HX or the Ryzen 9 7945HX. Both CPUs offer 16 cores and 32 threads, with a maximum boost clock of 5.4GHz. The 9955HX uses the newer Zen 5 architecture, while the 7945HX is built on Zen 4. The two processors are close in raw specifications, but the Zen 5 variant benefits from a more efficient 4nm process and updated IPC improvements. Integrated graphics are handled by the Radeon 610M on both options, offering basic graphical capabilities suitable for general-purpose workloads, but not designed for high-end gaming or intensive GPU compute tasks.
Memory support on the MS-A2 is generous for a mini PC. It features two DDR5 SO-DIMM slots, allowing up to 96GB of RAM. Systems based on the Ryzen 9000 series CPUs support memory speeds up to 5600MT/s, while Ryzen 7000 series CPUs are rated for up to 5200MT/s. This flexibility gives users room to configure the system for heavy multitasking, virtualization, or memory-hungry professional applications. However, the MS-A2 does not support ECC memory, which may be a consideration for users needing strict data integrity for server or professional workstation tasks.
Storage options are extensive, with three onboard M.2 slots available. One slot supports U.2 or standard M.2 NVMe drives up to 15TB (PCIe 4.0 x4), while two additional M.2 slots support either NVMe or SATA drives up to 4TB each.
All slots run at PCIe 4.0 speeds, ensuring strong storage performance for workflows like video editing, virtual machines, or database management. Minisforum also hints at future expandability through an optional accessory that would allow for the installation of up to six M.2 drives, although cooling for such configurations is still under development.
Cooling inside the MS-A2 is designed to accommodate the considerable thermal output of the CPUs and storage devices.
A dedicated CPU cooling system with copper piping and a 12V fan handles the processor, while a second 5V fan directly cools the SSD slots and the 10GbE controller. Despite the compact space, Minisforum has optimized airflow reasonably well, but heat sink space is limited, especially for M.2 drives, making active airflow critical.
Overall, the internal hardware layout focuses on balancing high performance with maintainability, though users planning extensive upgrades should be aware of space and thermal limits.
Minisforum MS-A2 Review – Ports and Connections
The Minisforum MS-A2 is equipped with a wide range of external connectivity options aimed at both workstation and server-style deployments. On the front panel, users will find two USB 3.2 Gen 1 Type-A ports, one USB 2.0 Type-A port, a 3.5mm four-in-one audio jack, and the system’s main power button with integrated LED indicator. This arrangement makes it easy to quickly connect peripherals like external drives, keyboards, or headsets without reaching around to the back of the device.
The rear panel is where the MS-A2’s workstation orientation becomes more evident. It features two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports, two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-C ports with Alt Mode DisplayPort 2.0 support, a single HDMI 2.1 output capable of 8K60 video, and dual 2.5GbE RJ45 ports powered by Intel controllers. More notably, the system also includes two 10GbE SFP+ ports driven by an Intel X710 controller, opening up high-speed networking options typically reserved for larger systems.
This broad mix of ports covers a wide range of use cases, from high-resolution displays to enterprise-grade network environments.
The MS-A2 also provides PCIe expansion via a PCIe Gen 4 x8 physical slot, allowing users to install low-profile cards such as additional NICs, storage controllers, or even mobile GPUs through adapters. While the slot runs at x8 electrically, it can mechanically accommodate a x16-sized card, offering some flexibility in component choice.
However, users will need to consider power and thermal requirements carefully, given the limited space and airflow in the chassis. Overall, the MS-A2 offers a strong set of external connection options that match its intended role as a workstation-class device in a small form factor.
Minisforum MS-A2 Review – Design, Cooling and Power Consumption
The Minisforum MS-A2 maintains a compact footprint at 196 × 189 × 48 mm, but compared to typical mini PCs, it leans toward a small form factor workstation design rather than an ultra-portable device. Accessing the internals is straightforward thanks to a tool-less design: a single latch at the rear releases the chassis cover, making upgrades and maintenance simple. Ventilation is placed around all sides and across the base, maximizing airflow within the tight internal layout. Although densely packed, the internal component arrangement is relatively clean and accessible given the system’s size constraints.
Cooling inside the MS-A2 is split between two fans: a 12V fan for the CPU, which uses a heat pipe and fin arrangement, and a separate 5V fan cooling the storage area and 10GbE networking controller.
Minisforum has improved fan placement over the earlier MS-01 model, aiming to deliver better cooling to both the processor and critical components without introducing excessive noise.
During testing, the CPU temperatures at idle remained around 31–32°C, rising to approximately 50–52°C under sustained heavy load, including simultaneous 10GbE network activity and storage operations. SSD temperatures were also well-controlled, aided by direct airflow across the M.2 slots.
Power delivery for the MS-A2 comes through an external 240W power brick, rather than an internal PSU.
This design choice saves internal space but results in a relatively bulky external adapter. In idle conditions, the system drew between 23W and 26W, depending on network activity.
During maximum CPU load under PCMark and 3DMark testing, power consumption peaked at 129W.
Average system operation under moderate workloads saw consumption range between 60W and 80W. These figures suggest a reasonably efficient platform considering the CPU core count and networking capabilities, though users expecting true low-power behavior typical of smaller mini PCs should adjust their expectations accordingly.
Noise levels from the MS-A2 stayed moderate during most activities. Fan noise measured around 36–38 dB under light loads and rose to about 41–43 dB under heavy CPU and network utilization. This places the MS-A2 in a middle ground: quieter than larger workstations but more audible than simpler fanless mini PCs.
Overall, Minisforum’s cooling approach is effective for a compact workstation, balancing thermal performance and acoustic levels without the need for more aggressive—and louder—cooling solutions.
Metric
Measurement
Idle Power Consumption
23W to 26W (single 2.5GbE connection)
Boot-Up Power Consumption
35W to 75W (fluctuating during initial 5 minutes)
Moderate Load Power Consumption
60W to 80W (around 50% CPU utilization)
Full Load Power Consumption
129W (CPU and system fully stressed)
Idle CPU Temperature
31°C to 32°C
Sustained Load CPU Temperature
50°C to 52°C (during 10GbE network + CPU tests)
Front of Chassis Temperature
41°C to 43°C (after 1 hour of 10GbE activity)
Rear of Chassis Temperature
50°C (near 10GbE ports under load)
Idle Noise Level
36–38 dB
Load Noise Level
41–43 dB (during 3DMark and dual 10GbE network tests)
Minisforum MS-A2 Review – Performance Testing
In general usage and synthetic benchmarking, the Minisforum MS-A2 delivered performance levels in line with expectations for a device built around high-end mobile Ryzen processors. PCMark 10 returned an overall score of 6494, with strong showings in productivity (10,353 points) and essentials tasks (11,186 points). Applications like web browsing, document editing, and video conferencing performed without issue, backed by high single-thread and multi-thread responsiveness from the Ryzen 9 9955HX. The MS-A2 consistently handled multitasking loads involving office work, streaming, and background processes without noticeable slowdown.
For more demanding tasks, the MS-A2 remained competitive but showed the limitations of relying solely on integrated graphics. Digital content creation, including tasks like photo editing and light video editing, produced a PCMark 10 sub-score of 6418, which is respectable but not exceptional. 3DMark testing confirmed the Radeon 610M’s limited capabilities for 3D rendering and gaming workloads, achieving a Steel Nomad Light score of 605. These results reaffirm that while the MS-A2 is well-suited to workstation and productivity tasks, it is not designed for gaming or heavy graphical processing without an external GPU.
CPU-centric benchmarks demonstrated the strength of the Ryzen 9 9955HX. In the 3DMark CPU Profile test, the MS-A2 achieved 10,208 points at maximum threads and 9,879 at 16 threads, with a respectable 1,235 points in single-thread performance.
These scores reflect excellent multi-threaded processing capabilities, making the MS-A2 a solid choice for parallelized workloads such as software compilation, virtualization, and data analysis. Across extended testing sessions, thermal throttling was minimal, and the system maintained consistent performance without significant drops under sustained load.
Storage performance varied depending on the drive slot used, but generally provided strong results. Read speeds were consistently high, reaching 5.5 GB/s in AJA testing and peaking at 7.3 GB/s in CrystalDiskMark. However, write speeds showed more inconsistency across different test runs, sometimes peaking near 4 GB/s but with occasional dips depending on the benchmarking tool and conditions. While read performance makes the MS-A2 well suited for workloads involving frequent large file access, users planning heavy write-intensive tasks may want to further validate storage behavior based on their specific needs.
Test
Result
PCMark 10 Overall Score
6494
Essentials
11,186
Productivity
10,353
Digital Content Creation
6,418
App Start-Up
15,370
Web Browsing
10,809
Spreadsheets
13,458
Writing
7,965
Video Conferencing
8,425
Photo Editing
7,216
Rendering and Visualization
7,016
Video Editing
5,224
3DMark Steel Nomad Light (GPU)
605
3DMark CPU Profile (Max Threads)
10,208
CPU Profile (16 Threads)
9,879
CPU Profile (8 Threads)
7,941
CPU Profile (4 Threads)
4,594
CPU Profile (2 Threads)
2,440
CPU Profile (1 Thread)
1,235
Storage Read Speeds (Peak)
5.5 GB/s to 7.3 GB/s
Storage Write Speeds (Peak)
Up to 4 GB/s (inconsistent)
Minisforum MS-A2 or the Minisforum MS-01 PC?
While the Minisforum MS-A2 and MS-01 share a compact workstation focus, they are built around notably different platforms and priorities. The MS-01 uses Intel’s 12th and 13th Gen Core H-series processors, with options ranging from the Core i5-12600H to the Core i9-13900H, alongside Intel Iris Xe integrated graphics. It supports up to 64GB of DDR5 memory at 5200MHz and offers storage flexibility with up to three M.2 SSD slots. Crucially, the MS-01 features two USB4 ports capable of 40Gbps speeds and supports external GPU connectivity, along with dual 2.5GbE RJ45 ports and dual 10GbE SFP+ ports for network-heavy environments.
In contrast, the MS-A2 leverages AMD’s Ryzen 9 9955HX or 7945HX CPUs, offering more cores (16 cores and 32 threads) compared to the MS-01’s maximum of 14 cores and 20 threads. It also supports up to 96GB of DDR5 memory and includes three PCIe 4.0 NVMe slots, but lacks USB4 or Thunderbolt connectivity. Instead, the MS-A2 leans on internal expandability with a full PCIe 4.0 x8 slot and places a stronger emphasis on internal compute performance rather than external device bandwidth. Users needing the fastest possible external drive support or lighter CPU performance may prefer the MS-01, while those requiring maximum multi-threaded processing power and internal storage scalability will find the MS-A2 better suited to their needs.
Feature
Minisforum MS-A2
Minisforum MS-01
CPU Options
Ryzen 9 9955HX / 7945HX (16C/32T)
Intel i5-12600H, i9-12900H, i9-13900H (up to 14C/20T)
GPU
AMD Radeon 610M Integrated
Intel Iris Xe Integrated
Max Memory
96GB DDR5
64GB DDR5
Memory Speed
5600MT/s (9000 series), 5200MT/s (7000 series)
5200MT/s
Storage Slots
3x M.2 (U.2 support)
3x M.2 (or 2x M.2 + 1x U.2 option)
PCIe Expansion
PCIe 4.0 x8 Slot
PCIe 4.0 x8 Slot
Networking Ports
2x 2.5GbE + 2x 10GbE SFP+
2x 2.5GbE + 2x 10GbE SFP+
USB Ports
USB 3.2 (no USB4/Thunderbolt)
2x USB4 (40Gbps) + USB 3.2
Video Output
HDMI 2.1 + 2x USB-C (DP 2.0)
HDMI 2.0 + 2x USB4 (DP 1.4)
Wireless
Wi-Fi 6E + Bluetooth 5.2
Wi-Fi 6E + Bluetooth 5.2
Target Use Case
High CPU, networking, internal expansion
External device flexibility, mixed workloads
Minisforum MS-A2 Review – Conclusion and Verdict
The Minisforum MS-A2 offers a significant amount of performance and expandability within a relatively compact design, but it is important to recognize exactly who this system is built for. Users needing strong CPU performance for workloads like virtualization, software development, database management, or network-attached storage will find a lot to like here. The Ryzen 9 9955HX and 7945HX options deliver high core and thread counts rarely seen in mini PCs, supported by fast DDR5 memory and ample M.2 storage options. Dual 10GbE SFP+ ports and PCIe 4.0 expandability add further flexibility for networked environments or specialized hardware configurations. However, the absence of USB4 or Thunderbolt support means the MS-A2 will not suit workflows heavily reliant on high-speed external devices. Storage write performance inconsistencies observed during testing may also warrant further validation depending on the intended workload.
Compared to the MS-01, the MS-A2 trades away some external connectivity and general-purpose flexibility in favor of raw compute power and internal upgrade potential. It does not replace the MS-01, nor is it a direct successor to the MS-A1—it instead sits alongside these models, offering an AMD-based alternative better suited for users prioritizing workstation performance over consumer-grade convenience. At a price range of $639 to $839 depending on the CPU, the MS-A2 is not inexpensive, and users must weigh its strengths against what they actually need. If maximum internal power, heavy multitasking, and network scalability are the priorities, the MS-A2 justifies its cost. If external GPU use, lighter workloads, or lower noise are the focus, other options—including the MS-01—might make more sense. Overall, the MS-A2 fills an important niche in Minisforum’s lineup, provided buyers approach it with the right expectations.
PROs of the Minisforum MS-A2
CONs of the Minisforum MS-A2
High CPU performance with 16 cores / 32 threads (Ryzen 9 9955HX or 7945HX options)
Support for up to 96GB DDR5 RAM for memory-heavy workloads
Triple PCIe 4.0 M.2 slots with U.2 drive compatibility for large internal storage capacity
Dual 10GbE SFP+ ports and dual 2.5GbE RJ45 ports for advanced networking
PCIe 4.0 x8 expansion slot for GPUs, NICs, or storage controllers
Efficient cooling design with separate fans for CPU and storage/network components
Tool-less chassis access for easy upgrades and maintenance
Strong multi-threaded performance for virtualization, server tasks, and rendering
No USB4 or Thunderbolt 4 support, limiting external expansion options
Inconsistent storage write speeds observed during testing
Large external 240W power brick, adding to desk clutter
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Minisforum MS-A2
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
UniFi UNAS Pro: 6 Months On — A Measured Look at Ubiquiti’s First NAS
Six months since its public release in October 2024, the UniFi UNAS Pro has matured modestly but meaningfully. Initially positioned as an affordable $499, 7-bay NAS with integrated 10GbE and 1GbE networking, its appeal centered largely around seamless integration into UniFi environments and simple turnkey deployment. The first three months revealed a system that delivered on core promises without overselling itself, providing reliable basic storage with intuitive setup, minimal friction during deployment, and straightforward SMB file sharing. However, its limitations in areas such as feature breadth, expandability, and advanced administrative control left some early adopters questioning whether the device was ready to serve as a primary NAS solution.
UniFi UNAS Pro 6 Months Later – The TL;DR
Ubiquiti’s UniFi UNAS Pro has seen steady but conservative development since its launch in October 2024. At $499, it’s an affordable 7-bay NAS with 10GbE that integrates well within UniFi environments, but it launched with limited features and notable gaps. Over six months, some user-requested improvements have been delivered—such as RAID 6 support, expanded cloud backup options (Dropbox, OneDrive), admin control over user backups, and improved file sharing responsiveness. However, key omissions remain: no iSCSI support, no UniFi Protect integration, no containerization, no fan or power schedule controls, and occasional performance or file handling issues. It’s best suited as a supplementary NAS for existing UniFi networks rather than a full-featured standalone solution. Ubiquiti appears focused on stability and foundational updates, but major feature enhancements or new models have yet to appear. HERE are the most notable changes that have happened in the last 6 Months:
Added support for RAID 6, hot spare migration, and Time Machine backups via Shared Drives.
Enabled OneDrive and Dropbox as new cloud backup destinations.
Introduced File Activity tracking and a Task Center for monitoring ongoing operations.
Console owners can now manage and back up other users’ drives.
Added SIEM server integration, SNMP configuration, and support for .exe execution via SMB.
Users can now toggle Link Sharing and configure release channels per app.
Support file generation now available for diagnostics.
Improved setup, storage initialization, drive transfers, and local admin creation flows.
Enhanced system performance, search speed, and responsiveness across the UI.
File browsing, sharing, and backup/restore processes made smoother and more reliable.
Boosted storage mounting and format resiliency, RAID resync handling, and external storage support.
Improved reporting for storage health, system logs, and overall stability—especially with SSDs and encryption.
Better SFP speed detection and more stable SMB file operations.
Resolved issues with folder renaming, failed downloads, backup restore login errors, infinite loading on drive.ui.com, toast notification bugs, and destination switching during backups.
One of the more frequently cited early limitations was the lack of support for advanced RAID configurations and flexible storage management. At launch, users were restricted to basic options like RAID 1, 5, and a variant of RAID 10, with no ability to create multiple independent storage pools. This particularly limited users who wanted to separate SSDs for high-speed cache or hot data from HDDs used for cold or archival storage.
Three months after launch, UniFi began rolling out RAID 6 support—a heavily requested feature—and its integration was further refined by the six-month mark. Notably, users who had initially set up a RAID 5 with a hot spare could now migrate more smoothly to RAID 6 without complete data loss, provided certain steps were followed. While the system still lacks support for custom pool creation or tiered storage strategies, the RAID 6 addition is a clear example of Ubiquiti incorporating community feedback into its development roadmap.
Early adopters also flagged the limited backup options as a major downside, especially for offsite or cloud-based protection. Initially, users were confined to backups via SMB or to another UNAS unit, with Google Drive being the only available cloud service. This created friction for users looking to consolidate cloud storage or use existing platforms.
By the six-month update, support had been added for Dropbox and Microsoft OneDrive, expanding options and bringing the system more in line with mainstream NAS offerings. While other major providers like Amazon S3 or Backblaze B2 remain unsupported, the progress demonstrates ongoing development—even if somewhat slower than expected.
Administrative oversight and user management were similarly underdeveloped at launch. The inability for a super admin to manage, view, or initiate backups on user-specific drives was seen as a major gap in functionality. This was especially problematic in small businesses or households where centralized management is essential. At the six-month mark, UniFi addressed this by enabling admins to directly control user backup routines, offering a more appropriate level of oversight. Though expected in any multi-user NAS environment, this feature only arrived after considerable community pressure, reflecting a reactive—rather than proactive—development pattern.
Performance concerns also became more visible in real-world use. While general file transfers over SMB were stable for most users, large-volume or high-frequency data movements revealed issues. Users reported memory leaks, skipped files, permission errors, and signs of system instability during multi-terabyte migrations. One user described persistent problems during direct NAS-to-NAS SMB transfers, citing missing files and log entries showing out-of-memory warnings. While UniFi has issued multiple patches in response, these issues underline the system’s current limits as a high-performance data mover. Paired with its ARM-based CPU and fixed RAM, the UNAS Pro may not be ideal for workflows involving large file sets or deep nested directories with complex characters.
Quality-of-life improvements have also slowly emerged. File and folder sharing via the GUI is now more responsive, addressing early complaints that changes wouldn’t reflect until refreshing the browser or navigating away. A newly added file activity monitor provides more transparency by displaying changes and access logs on a folder-by-folder basis—a helpful addition for environments that require audit trails. Time Machine support has also been added for macOS users, allowing backups over SMB directly to the device. Additionally, executable files (.exe) now correctly run from network shares, resolving an earlier issue where files appeared to launch but did not actually execute on the system.
Despite hardware parity with UniFi’s UNVR line, the UNAS Pro still does not support UniFi Protect, Ubiquiti’s NVR platform. Although this was never advertised, its omission has disappointed users who hoped to consolidate storage and surveillance into a single device. Likewise, containerization remains absent. Users cannot deploy Docker or LXC-based services directly on the NAS. While the system is positioned more as a basic storage server than a full-featured app platform like Synology or QNAP, even lightweight container support would help bridge the gap in hybrid setups, reducing dependency on external devices for running supplemental services.
Several other features considered standard in competing NAS platforms are still missing. These include iSCSI target support, which allows for block-level storage mapping—a commonly requested enterprise feature that remains unaddressed despite repeated user requests. Scheduled power controls and Ethernet port management are also absent, limiting users’ ability to implement air-gapped operation cycles or optimize network behavior during off-hours.
Additionally, fan control settings are locked, leaving users with no way to adjust thermal behavior. System temperatures frequently hover in the 60–70°C range even during idle states, which some consider concerning. Whether due to poor fan curve logic or unreliable sensor reporting, the lack of manual override remains a drawback.
Another issue affecting a minority of users involves file download errors on mobile devices, particularly iPhones using Safari. Files would only partially download—such as halved images or incomplete audio/video files. The problem was isolated to Safari and resolved by switching to Chrome, but it exposed weaknesses in browser compatibility. Additionally, several systems erroneously report uptime durations exceeding 20,000 days—an obvious bug that, while harmless, illustrates rough edges still present in the software’s reporting logic.
As of April 2025, no additional NAS models have been added to the UniFi lineup. There is still only a single variant of the UNAS Pro, and no indications of rackmount, multi-unit, or lower-tier models have been announced. This suggests Ubiquiti is still treating this device as a pilot platform. The pace of development has been steady, with multiple small improvements and responses to community feedback, but foundational gaps remain. For users who need secure, reliable bulk storage within an existing UniFi network, the UNAS Pro is increasingly serviceable.
However, for broader use cases, it still lacks the depth, flexibility, and robustness of more established NAS vendors. Defintely a device with a long term plan, but it is not in a big hurry to stretch it’s muscles quite yet – but at $499, it has an exceptionally low bar for entry price wise for what you are getting!
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Which One Deserves Your Money and Your Data?
In the evolving world of network-attached storage (NAS), users in 2025 are faced with a broader range of choices than ever before. Among the most discussed options in both professional and enthusiast communities are Synology and UGREEN. Synology has been a mainstay in the industry for over two decades, known for its reliable software, long-term support, and deeply integrated ecosystem. UGREEN, by contrast, is a relative newcomer to the NAS market in the West, but has quickly established itself as a serious contender by offering competitive hardware and pricing. Originally known for consumer tech peripherals, UGREEN has leveraged its manufacturing experience and market agility to carve out space in an area traditionally dominated by established NAS brands.
This comparison aims to provide a clear, unbiased overview of both brands, structured across several key categories: hardware capabilities, storage flexibility, software ecosystem, security infrastructure, pricing strategy, and overall value proposition. While some buyers may lean toward a brand due to legacy, others are driven by performance-per-dollar, or openness to customization. It’s important to understand that neither brand is objectively “better” in all respects. Instead, each appeals to different user priorities. What follows is a breakdown of how Synology and UGREEN compare across the board, giving potential buyers the tools they need to make a decision that aligns with their use case, technical comfort level, and long-term plans.
Synology vs UGREEN NAS Hardware Compared
Synology’s hardware lineup spans everything from small 1-bay entry-level NAS units to rackmount enterprise-class systems with dual controllers. With approximately 15–25 models available at any given time, the variety on offer is extensive. This allows users to choose systems that align closely with their needs—whether that’s for simple backups, media streaming, virtualization, or business-critical data management. However, despite the breadth of its portfolio, Synology’s consumer and SMB offerings are frequently criticized for underpowered processors and limited upgrade paths. Many of their mid-tier models still rely on AMD Embedded or lower-end Intel chips, and memory configurations are often modest compared to similarly priced alternatives. PCIe expansion, 10GbE networking, and true Flash storage support are typically reserved for only the highest-tier devices.
UGREEN, on the other hand, has entered the NAS space with a clear emphasis on hardware strength. Their NASync series—although more limited in model variety—delivers high-performance components out of the box. Even in models priced around $1,100 to $1,200 USD, UGREEN includes features like Intel i5 processors, 16GB of DDR5 RAM, dual 10GbE ports, USB4, SD card slots, and Thunderbolt connectivity. Most of specifications are generally only found in Synology’s XS or SA series, which can cost double or triple the price. In terms of build quality, UGREEN’s enclosures also lean toward a more robust, enterprise-like design with better thermal management and port selection. While they may not yet offer the same portfolio depth or high-end rackmount solutions, the raw hardware value they deliver—especially for power users and media professionals—is difficult to overlook.
Synology DSM vs UGREEN UGOS NAS Software & Services
Storage features and flexibility represent one of the most contested areas between the two brands. Synology has developed a very feature-rich storage management system over the years, offering support for RAID configurations, Btrfs and EXT4 file systems, fast RAID rebuilds, advanced iSCSI LUN management, and deep integration with backup and synchronization tools.
File Services
SMB/NFS/AFP/WebDAV
Supported
Supported (AFP not confirmed)
Core protocols available
iSCSI Support
Native iSCSI manager
Not currently supported
Important for VM/block-level storage
RAID & Storage
RAID 0/1/5/6/10, SHR
SHR and traditional RAID
Traditional RAID 0/1/5/6/10
No SHR support in UGREEN
Snapshots
Btrfs-based with GUI versioning
Btrfs-based snapshots
Comparable snapshot system
Deduplication
Btrfs-based
Planned, not available yet
UGREEN roadmap feature
Encryption
Volume/folder/drive-level + WORM
No integrated encryption
Major security difference
SSD Caching
GUI-managed
CLI-managed only (UI planned)
Limited interface currently
Their platform also supports drive pooling, storage tiering (in some models), and robust snapshot capabilities. Expansion options are a strong point too, with a range of proprietary expansion units that allow users to scale storage well beyond the original NAS chassis. These are bolstered by robust utilities in DSM that help manage redundancy, performance, and data recovery, all while maintaining consistency across the ecosystem.
However, Synology’s 2025 policy shift around hard drive compatibility introduces a significant caveat. Newer devices now strictly require Synology-branded drives for both HDD and SSD roles, including caching and storage pools. This effectively locks users into the Synology ecosystem and limits the ability to use commonly available alternatives from WD, Seagate, Samsung, and others. Availability issues in some regions further complicate this approach.
UGREEN, conversely, supports a far more open system—allowing users to populate their NAS devices with nearly any 2.5″, 3.5″, or NVMe drive on the market. With support for drives up to 24TB and Gen 4 NVMe speeds reaching 6,000–7,000 MB/s, UGREEN offers unmatched flexibility in storage media. However, their systems currently lack support for iSCSI and official expansion units, which could be a limitation for more advanced storage scenarios.
Software Comparison
Synology’s DiskStation Manager (DSM) is widely regarded as one of the most refined and mature NAS operating systems in the market. Backed by over two decades of development, DSM offers a wide range of first-party apps covering backup, multimedia, productivity, collaboration, and virtualization.
Tools like Synology Drive, Active Backup for Business, and Synology Photos provide enterprise-grade capabilities in a consumer-friendly package. The platform also integrates with cloud services like Office 365 and Google Workspace, and includes support for SANs, VMs, containers, and cloud sync. Importantly, most of these apps are license-free, representing significant value over time. The application center in DSM is extensive, and Synology’s desktop and mobile client tools are similarly well-developed.
Category
Feature
Synology
UGREEN NASync (DXP Series)
Notes
Core OS
OS
DSM (DiskStation Manager)
UGOS
Synology has a mature, polished UI
Mobile Apps
Multiple DS apps across iOS/Android
One core management app + FireTV/Google Home apps
Broader app suite on Synology
Virtualization & Containers
Virtual Machines
Virtual Machine Manager
Dedicated VM app
Both platforms now offer VMs
Docker Support
GUI + Docker CLI
Portainer + Docker CLI
Equal container support
GPU Passthrough
Not available
Not supported
Neither platform offers this
AI & Surveillance
AI Services
Facial/people detection on DVA NAS
Advanced AI model recognition (Photo AI)
UGREEN offers more AI model types
Surveillance Suite
Surveillance Station (native)
No native system (use Frigate, MotionEye via Docker)
Docker-based alternative
Media & Streaming
Plex Media Server
Native app support
Docker-only installation
Equal in function
Jellyfin
Docker/homebrew only
Native app available
More flexible on UGREEN
Video App
Video Station is EOL
Native video player app
UGREEN actively supports this
Backup & Sync
Backup Solutions
Hyper Backup, Active Backup Suite
Rsync, SMB, Cloud Backup, USB
GUI edge to Synology
Cloud Sync
Native Cloud Sync app
Planned, rclone CLI workaround only
Still in development
Remote Access
DDNS + Tunnel
QuickConnect
UGREEN-hosted tunnel system
Functional equivalents
App Ecosystem
App Center
Extensive with many native packages
Real app center, but much smaller
Synology has a broader catalog
Package Manager
synopkg
APT + Docker
UGREEN’s UGOS, by contrast, is still in its early stages—at least in the Western market—but has made notable progress. Built on a Linux-based open-source foundation, UGOS offers a modern UI and essential features like RAID management, Docker support, virtualization, remote access, and media streaming. The system is responsive and user-friendly, with most core NAS functions well-covered.
UGREEN’s App Center is less populated but growing, and the brand has made particular strides in AI-driven features—particularly in its photo application, which allows customizable object and face recognition with trainable AI modules. While still lacking some advanced enterprise features like Synology’s iSCSI or SAN support, UGOS is impressive for a brand with only a few years of development. Notably, UGREEN also supports the installation of third-party operating systems like TrueNAS or OpenMediaVault, appealing to users who want full control over their NAS.
Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Security
When it comes to security, Synology’s long-standing reputation and infrastructure give it a distinct advantage. Over the years, the company has invested heavily in platform hardening, threat detection, and vulnerability response. The built-in Security Advisor not only scans for malware and viruses but also detects weak passwords, outdated software, open ports, and potentially exploitable system configurations. Synology participates in vulnerability disclosure programs, works with penetration testers, and maintains a public-facing security advisory database. They’ve even implemented a bounty system to reward ethical hackers for reporting vulnerabilities. These layers of proactive defense have earned Synology its reputation as one of the most secure NAS platforms in the world.
UGREEN has not experienced any public security incidents as of 2025, but its shorter time in the market means less historical data on its resilience. Their systems now include two-factor authentication and basic malware scanning, but currently lack the more comprehensive vulnerability detection tools that Synology provides. The security advisor in UGOS focuses primarily on active threats like viruses rather than system-level hardening.
That said, UGREEN has been responsive to user feedback and appears committed to improving its security infrastructure. For experienced users who follow best practices and secure their networks effectively, this may not be a deal-breaker. However, for enterprise users or those deploying systems in high-risk environments, Synology’s mature security ecosystem provides more peace of mind.
Remote Access
DDNS + Tunnel
QuickConnect
UGREEN-hosted tunnel system
Functional equivalents
Security & Access
Security Advisor
Ransomware, audit, malware, system hardening
Basic malware scanning only
Synology offers deeper protections
VPN Server
Native UI for OpenVPN, L2TP, PPTP
Docker-based VPNs (WireGuard, OpenVPN)
Manual setup on UGREEN
SSL Certificates
Let’s Encrypt + GUI
Let’s Encrypt via Web UI
Parity here
2FA Support
App-based 2FA
TOTP/Web 2FA
Both support 2FA login
Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Pricing and Value
Pricing is one of the most decisive factors favoring UGREEN in 2025. The brand offers high-performance hardware at price points that undercut Synology by a substantial margin. An 8-bay UGREEN NAS with an Intel i5 CPU, 16GB DDR5 RAM, dual 10GbE, and Thunderbolt can be purchased for roughly $1,200-1300 (store depending). A Synology unit with similar specs would require jumping to the DS1823xs+ or even the SA series—devices that retail between $1,800 and $3,000 depending on configuration and region. This gap in price-performance makes UGREEN especially appealing to users who want modern hardware for tasks like 4K video editing, large-scale backups, or AI analytics but can’t justify enterprise-level spending.
Synology’s pricing strategy is rooted more in its software and long-term value. While the upfront cost may be higher, the investment is offset by an integrated ecosystem, professional-grade applications, and superior long-term support. For some buyers, particularly businesses and advanced home users who need software stability and vendor accountability, the price premium is justified. However, for price-sensitive consumers, hobbyists, or those comfortable managing their own systems, UGREEN’s value proposition is hard to beat. It’s also worth noting that UGREEN’s openness to third-party operating systems can further extend the device’s utility without adding cost, whereas Synology systems are heavily locked into their proprietary software environment. Here is a comparison of the Synology DS1823xs+ and the UGREEN DXP8800 PLUS NAS. Around $449 difference, but also the general level of the hardware inside and externally is technically higher on the UGREEN system. That said, the Synology system software does a huge amount with it’s software, keeping things super efficient. So, now let’s discuss storage and the respective software that both of these platforms offer to house and protect your data.
Synology vs UGREEN NAS – Verdict & Conclusion
Choosing between Synology and UGREEN in 2025 ultimately comes down to what matters most to the user. Synology is the more mature and refined platform, with a rock-solid software ecosystem, strong security credentials, and long-standing industry credibility. It is ideal for users who want a fully integrated solution with minimal tinkering, extensive app support, and professional-grade backup, synchronization, and collaboration tools. However, the brand’s increasing restrictions on drive compatibility, slower hardware updates, and higher prices may discourage users seeking flexibility or better raw performance.
UGREEN, while newer and still building out its software platform, delivers excellent hardware value and impressive flexibility for the price. It supports a wide range of third-party drives, offers strong virtualization and AI capabilities, and even allows OS replacement—making it highly appealing to power users and technologists. While it may not yet match Synology in software maturity or enterprise security, it is evolving rapidly and clearly resonates with a growing segment of the NAS market. For buyers focused on hardware, performance, and freedom of customization, UGREEN may be the better choice today. For those seeking long-term support, stable software, and enterprise-grade functionality, Synology still sets the benchmark across the rest of the NAS industry in terms of providing an all covering solution, though there is no denying that buyers are getting a little more cost aware. Synology clearly has it’s eyes on bigger prizes right now, and perhaps this is a growing gap in the market that UGREEN is eying up – knife and fork in hand!
NAS Solutions
NAS Solutions
+ Better Software (In almost every respect!)
+ Much Better Global Support Presence
+ More More business desirable
+ Larger Range of solutions
– Compatibility restrictions on HDD and Upgrades More and more
– Underwhelming hardware (comparatively)
+ Better Hardware for Price
+ Flexibility to Install 3rd Party OS’
+ Excellent Mobile Application
+ Wide accessory compatibility
– Software still has beta elements
– The company has a much shorter NAS Market Experience
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Following early retailer listings and semi-official leaks earlier this year, the Synology DS925+ NAS has now been formally launched in Eastern markets, including Taiwan, Japan, and China. With full documentation and product pages now publicly available, we finally have confirmation of the system’s complete hardware and software capabilities, as well as early indications of pricing and the compatibility of Hard Drives and SSDs (something of a hot button topic of late). As expected, this system builds on the DS923+’s foundation but introduces key changes that shift its performance profile and position within the Synology portfolio once again!
Specification
Details
Model
Synology DS925+
CPU
AMD Ryzen V1500B (Quad-Core, 8 Threads)
CPU Frequency
2.2 GHz (Base Clock)
TDP
16W
Memory (Default/Max)
4GB DDR4 ECC (Expandable up to 32GB via 2 x SODIMM slots)
Drive Bays
4 x 3.5”/2.5” SATA HDD/SSD
M.2 NVMe Slots
2 x M.2 NVMe Gen 3 (Cache only; storage pools only with Synology SSDs)
RAID Support
Basic, JBOD, RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, 10
Network Ports
2 x 2.5GbE RJ-45 (Link Aggregation & Failover supported)
Max Link Speed
Up to 5GbE with SMB Multichannel or LAG
PCIe Slot
Not available
10GbE Upgrade Option
Not supported
USB Ports
2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1 (5Gbps)
Expansion Port
DX525 via USB-C (6Gbps interface)
eSATA Support
Not available (replaced by USB-C)
File System
Btrfs, EXT4
Max Concurrent Connections
~2,048 (depending on workload)
Virtualization Support
VMware, Citrix, Microsoft Hyper-V, Docker
Surveillance Station
Supported
Hardware Transcoding
No integrated GPU (no hardware-accelerated transcoding)
Power Supply
External 90W Adapter
Cooling
2 x 92mm Fans
Noise Level
~20.3 dB(A)
Chassis Material
Metal & Plastic
Dimensions (HxWxD)
166 x 199 x 223 mm
Weight (Without Drives)
~2.2 kg
Operating Temperature
5°C – 40°C
Operating System
Synology DSM 7.2+
Estimated Price
£550 (Amazon UK, including VAT)
Warranty
3 Years Standard (5 Years with Extended Warranty)
At the heart of the DS925+ is the AMD Ryzen V1500B, a quad-core, eight-thread processor previously used in larger business-class NAS models like the DS1621+, DS1821+, and DS2422+. Its integration into a 4-bay unit marks the first time this CPU has appeared in Synology’s enthusiast/prosumer tier, bringing greater virtualization, multi-user performance, and multitasking efficiency to this class. With a base frequency of 2.2 GHz and TDP of 16W, the V1500B is a lower-power but more scalable chip compared to the dual-core R1600 in the DS923+, which has a higher clock but fewer threads. This change benefits users focused on Docker, VMs, or simultaneous file operations.
Specification
AMD Ryzen Embedded V1500B
AMD Ryzen Embedded R1600
Cores / Threads
4 Cores / 8 Threads
2 Cores / 4 Threads
Hyperthreading
Yes
Yes
Base Frequency
2.20 GHz
2.60 GHz
Turbo Frequency (1 Core)
Not Supported
Up to 3.10 GHz
Turbo Frequency (All Cores)
Not Specified
Not Specified
Overclocking
No
No
TDP
16W
25W
Cache (L1 / L2 / L3)
384KB / 2MB / 32MB
192KB / 1MB / 4MB
Socket Type
BGA1140
BGA1140
Architecture
Zen (Normal)
Zen (Normal)
CPU Class
Embedded / Mobile
Embedded / Mobile
First Seen
Q2 2021
Q4 2022
Single Thread Rating (CPUBenchmark)
1230 (-28.7% vs R1600)
1724 (Higher)
CPU Mark (Overall) (CPUBenchmark)
4829 (Higher)
3276 (-32.1% vs V1500B)
Estimated Yearly Power Cost
$2.92
$4.56
Confirmed in the datasheet is the DS925+’s dual 2.5GbE network ports, supporting Link Aggregation (LAG) and SMB Multichannel, allowing up to 5GbE aggregate throughput—a significant improvement over the DS923+’s 2x 1GbE configuration. Expansion also sees a shift: the DS925+ uses the new DX525 expansion unit, connected via USB-C (6Gbps), replacing the legacy eSATA-based DX517. Internally, the system includes four hot-swappable drive bays (3.5″/2.5″ SATA HDD/SSD), and two M.2 2280 NVMe Gen 3 slots for SSD caching or storage pools (when using Synology’s SNV series drives).
Memory support includes 4GB of DDR4 ECC by default, expandable up to 32GB via two SODIMM slots, and the system supports 200TB volumes (with 32GB RAM) and up to 32 internal volumes. Storage management features are as expected from DSM 7.2+, including Snapshot Replication, Hyper Backup, Active Backup for Business, and Hybrid Share. While the system does not support 10GbE upgrades (removal of mini PCIe slot), Synology appears to be emphasizing strong native network performance and reduced complexity over modular upgrades.
Physically, the chassis weighs 2.26kg, has two 92mm fans, and offers 2 x USB 3.2 Gen 1 ports, alongside one USB-C expansion port. It operates within a 0°C to 40°C range, supports high altitudes up to 5,000m, and includes all standard Synology DSM security tools: firewalls, encrypted folders, SFTP, HTTPS with custom ciphers, and Adaptive MFA. As a data platform, the DS925+ supports 500,000 hosted files in Synology Drive, up to 80 Office users, and 150 Synology Chat users. On the virtualization side, it supports VMware, Hyper-V, Citrix, OpenStack, and allows for up to 8 virtual DSMs or VM instances (license-dependent). Surveillance support includes two default camera licenses, and scalable support for up to 40 IP cameras at 1200FPS (H.265), with full integration into Surveillance Station and optional C2 cloud backup.
Feature
Synology DS925+
Operating System
Synology DiskStation Manager (DSM) 7.2+
Supported File Systems (Internal)
Btrfs, EXT4
Supported File Systems (External)
Btrfs, EXT4, EXT3, FAT32, NTFS, HFS+, exFAT
File Protocols
SMB, AFP, NFS, FTP, WebDAV, Rsync
Snapshot Replication
Up to 128 snapshots per shared folder
Backup Solutions
Active Backup Suite, Hyper Backup, C2 Backup
Hybrid Cloud
Synology Hybrid Share (with C2 Storage)
Virtualization Support
VMware vSphere, Microsoft Hyper-V, Citrix, OpenStack
Drive Synchronization & Access
Synology Drive
Photo/Video Management
Synology Photos
Document Collaboration
Synology Office
Team Communication
Synology Chat
Mail Server
Synology MailPlus (5 free accounts)
Calendar & Scheduling
Synology Calendar
Monitoring & Security
Active Insight, Adaptive MFA, Firewall, Auto-block, HTTPS, Let’s Encrypt
User Management
512 Users, 128 Groups, 128 Shared Folders
Surveillance Station
2 Free Camera Licenses, Up to 40 Channels (license required)
VPN Server Support
Up to 8 concurrent connections
Browser Compatibility
Chrome, Firefox, Safari, Edge
Language Support
20+ Languages (EN, FR, DE, IT, ES, JP, CN, etc.)
Synology DS925+ Pricing and Availability
Following the official launch of the Synology DS925+ NAS in Eastern markets—including Taiwan, China, and Japan—we now have more concrete pricing details. In China, the base unit without drives is priced at ¥4,999, which converts to approximately £500 before tax. Pre-configured options are also being sold, featuring combinations of Synology’s own-branded hard drives in 4TB, 8TB, 16TB, and even 64TB arrays. For example, a DS925+ with 2 x 8TB Synology drives (16TB total) is listed at ¥8,469 (~£845 pre-tax), while a fully populated 64TB configuration with 4 x 16TB drives is priced at ¥14,919 (~£1,490 pre-tax). In the UK and other Western markets, the DS925+ is expected to launch in early May, with Amazon UK listings already live very briefly last week before it was taken offline, showing the base unit at £550 including VAT. Here’s a rough estimate pricing table for the Synology DS925+ configurations, converted from Chinese Yuan (CNY) to both US Dollars (USD) and British Pounds (GBP) using the exchange rates as of April 22, 2025 (remember this does not precisely calculate tax across nations and their currencies, so these are for rough guidance only):
1 Yuan= 0.1371 USD
1 Yuan = 0.1025 GBP
Configuration
Price Yuan
Price (USD)
Price (GBP)
DS925+ (Diskless)
¥4,999
$685
£512
DS925+ + 2 x 2TB HDD (4TB total)
¥6,379
$875
£654
DS925+ + 2 x 4TB HDD (8TB total)
¥6,659
$913
£683
DS925+ + 4 x 2TB HDD (8TB total)
¥7,759
$1,063
£795
DS925+ + 2 x 6TB HDD (12TB total)
¥7,479
$1,025
£766
DS925+ + 2 x 8TB HDD (16TB total)
¥8,469
$1,161
£868
DS925+ + 4 x 4TB HDD (16TB total)
¥8,319
$1,140
£853
DS925+ + 2 x 12TB HDD (24TB total)
¥9,679
$1,327
£992
DS925+ + 4 x 6TB HDD (24TB total)
¥9,959
$1,365
£1,020
DS925+ + 2 x 16TB HDD (32TB total)
¥9,959
$1,365
£1,020
DS925+ + 4 x 8TB HDD (32TB total)
¥11,939
$1,635
£1,224
DS925+ + 4 x 12TB HDD (48TB total)
¥14,359
$1,968
£1,472
DS925+ + 4 x 16TB HDD (64TB total)
¥14,919
$2,046
£1,528
Note: Prices are approximate and based on exchange rates as of April 22, 2025. Actual prices may vary due to fluctuations in exchange rates and regional pricing policies with regard to inclusive tax at checkout.
The accompanying DX525 5-bay USB-C expansion chassis—which replaces the legacy DX517 and uses a similar metal casing—is priced at £439. These prices align with Synology’s long-standing strategy of maintaining consistent MSRP targets for its 2-, 4-, and 5-bay Prosumer-tier NAS units year-over-year, even when internal hardware evolves.
Synology DS925+ NAS HDD Compatibility in 2025
One of the biggest shifts accompanying the DS925+ release is Synology’s newly enforced drive compatibility policy on 2025 and newer NAS systems. Starting with this model, only drives listed on the official Product Compatibility List (PCL) will be supported during initial installation. At launch, this list consists exclusively of Synology-branded HDDs and SSDs, though Synology has confirmed that it plans to expand the third-party validation program moving forward. This move represents a broader shift by Synology toward an appliance-like ecosystem, citing increased reliability, faster support diagnostics, and significantly reduced system anomalies when validated media is used. According to the company, using listed drives can reduce storage-related issues by up to 40%, while severe disk anomalies on newer systems have reportedly decreased by as much as 88% under the new policy. Even though the DS925+ NAS has not been globally launched, in the regions it HAS been launched (China, Australia and Jopan, at the time of writing) it has opened up access to the DS925+ hard drive compatibility pages. Here is what you will find:
Practically speaking, this doesn’t mean you can’t install third-party drives (e.g. Seagate or WD), but using unlisted drives may limit your access to certain features—such as volume creation, deduplication, disk health analytics, automatic firmware updates, and even eligibility for Synology technical support. Fortunately, drive migrations from older Synology systems are supported, and older Plus series models (up to and including 2024) remain unaffected.
Still, new users and businesses investing in DS925+ hardware should factor these limitations into their decision, especially if they plan on using existing non-Synology drives. We are still awaiting FULL confirmation on the extent of the utility of 3rd party HDDs in realword use however. For example – can you even initialize a Synology DS925+ NAS with unverified Synology Hard Drives? There have been claims online that you cannot – but until this is fully verified, I/we will need to hold off full judgement!
Final Thoughts
The Synology DS925+ marks a meaningful update to the company’s 4-bay Plus series—bringing improvements in multi-core processing, networking, and system efficiency. The shift to a more capable 4-core, 8-thread AMD V1500B CPU, combined with 2.5GbE networking and modernized expansion via USB-C, ensures this model is better suited to the needs of virtualized, multi-user, and SMB environments. Yet, some users will see the removal of the PCIe slot for 10GbE upgrades as a notable loss, especially compared with the DS923+ which retains this feature.
That said, the DS925+ does benefit from many refinements learned across the Synology portfolio, and its arrival coincides with a broader strategy shift—one that tightens integration between hardware and software while prioritizing platform consistency. This NAS is clearly aimed at power users and businesses ready to invest in Synology’s controlled ecosystem, and for those who are fine with that trade-off, it offers a lot of value. However, prospective buyers who are still committed to third-party drives or planning future high-speed networking upgrades may want to carefully weigh their long-term priorities before making a decision.
Check Amazon in Your Region for the Synology DS925+ NAS
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
The Aoostar WTR Max is Coming Soon – And it’s kinda INSANE…
Aoostar had formally unveiled the WTR Max, its latest high-performance NAS mini-server platform, around about a month ago, and it has fast become one of the most requested NAS solutions from followers of this website and YouTube channel in a long time! Powered by AMD’s enterprise-grade Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor that is built on the Zen 4 architecture with 8 cores and 16 threads, this chip also features integrated Radeon 780M graphics on the RDNA 3 platform, making it suitable not just for data handling but also lightweight graphical tasks or GPU-assisted acceleration – i.e the whole package! The unit is designed for demanding home server enthusiasts, content creators, and small office environments that require a mix of compute power and dense local storage, all within a compact chassis. Arriving with a kind of bonkers $699 price tag – it really is making some incredibly bold promises in terms of hardware delivery. A review of the Aoostar WTR Max will be arriving on NASCompares very soon, but I reached out to Aoostar for more information on the further development of the WTR Max system, further information on it’s construction, and just generally, I want to establish just how real and close to everyone’s expectations this comparatively insane solution is.
While Aoostar remains a relatively niche manufacturer outside of East Asia, it has built a modest presence among hardware hobbyists and small-scale NAS users, largely due to its compact form factors and unconventional designs that prioritize modularity and high-performance components. The brand’s earlier products, including the WTR Pro, featured more modest hardware profiles, typically centered around lower-power Intel CPUs and 4-bay SATA setups. The WTR Max represents a departure from this strategy, introducing AMD’s Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS — a processor commonly found in business-class laptops and mini workstations — as well as a new thermal design and significantly expanded storage and connectivity. Its release follows an initial product demonstration during the 2025 AMD Greater China Channel Conference, where only limited technical details were disclosed at the time. This gradual unveiling process appears to be part of Aoostar’s typical product release cadence, which often begins with controlled regional availability before expanding to international buyers.
Category
Specification
Processor (CPU)
AMD Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS (8 cores / 16 threads, 3.8–5.1 GHz, Zen 4, 4nm)
Built-in customizable info screen (CPU, RAM, storage monitoring)
Networking
2x 10GbE SFP+ (Intel X710), 2x 2.5GbE RJ45
USB Ports
2x USB 3.2 Gen 2, 1x USB 3.2 Gen 1, 1x USB4, 1x USB Type-C
Other I/O
1x HDMI 2.1, 1x 3.5mm audio jack, 1x MicroSD card slot, DC power input
Chassis
Anodized aluminum alloy, front-access drive bays
Software
Barebone – no pre-installed OS; supports third-party Linux NAS OS
Pre-order Price
$699 (barebone, no RAM or storage)
Shipping Date (Est.)
Expected around May 10, 2025
Aoostar WTR Max – Storage and Connectivity
The Aoostar WTR Max distinguishes itself within the compact NAS segment by offering support for up to eleven individual storage devices, a specification uncommon at this scale. The chassis accommodates six SATA drives in standard 3.5-inch or 2.5-inch formats, each housed in accessible tray bays. These are SATA 3.0 interfaces, allowing conventional hard drives or SSDs to be integrated into long-term storage arrays. The inclusion of six separate drive trays also allows for a variety of configurations, from simple JBOD to RAID levels supported by the operating system or third-party NAS software. These six bays are located along the front of the unit, accessible without disassembling the chassis, a practical choice for users who require regular drive replacement or expansion.
In addition to the SATA bays, the system includes five M.2 NVMe SSD slots, all using the 2280 form factor and PCIe 4.0 interface. Of these, two operate on a PCIe 4.0 x1 lane, while the remaining three operate at PCIe 4.0 x2, offering significantly higher transfer speeds. This hybrid layout allows users to designate drives for caching, high-speed scratch disk usage, or application hosting while reserving SATA drives for archival and bulk storage. The M.2 slots are mounted adjacent to the SATA bay area within the case, and their presence is likely facilitated by an onboard U.2/U.3 interface bridge or dedicated backplane. Notably, these M.2 bays support NVMe drives but do not occupy the OCuLink port, allowing for full utilization of external PCIe expansion if required. The overall layout provides flexibility in designing a multi-tiered storage structure, combining high-speed and high-capacity media without the need for external enclosures.
Beyond the physical drive support, the WTR Max is also notable for its inclusion of ECC (Error Correcting Code) memory compatibility, enabled by the use of AMD’s Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS processor. This addition aligns the device more closely with enterprise-grade NAS systems, where data integrity is critical during prolonged write operations or in scenarios involving large-volume transactions. The mainboard features two DDR5 SODIMM slots, supporting up to 128GB of dual-channel memory. ECC support is particularly relevant when using ZFS-based operating systems or software RAID configurations, as it reduces the risk of silent data corruption.
This combination of ECC memory, high-speed NVMe slots, and traditional SATA bays offers users multiple options for creating performance-optimized or redundancy-focused storage pools, depending on the operating system deployed. For example, a user might allocate two NVMe drives for read/write caching and use the remaining M.2 and SATA bays for separate data pools or mirror setups. The inclusion of an OCuLink interface—PCIe 4.0 x4—further extends potential storage configurations by enabling high-speed external expansion without occupying an internal NVMe slot. While hot-swapping is not supported via the OCuLink port, it still provides a route to attach external enclosures or additional PCIe-based storage arrays with minimal performance loss. Together, these features suggest that Aoostar is targeting users who require both flexibility and scale in local storage without moving into rackmount hardware territory.
The Aoostar WTR Max is equipped with a comprehensive selection of I/O interfaces aimed at users requiring diverse networking and peripheral options. On the networking front, the device features two Intel X710 10 Gigabit SFP+ ports, offering high-throughput connectivity suitable for local file servers, media editing environments, or clustered storage systems. These are complemented by two 2.5 Gigabit Ethernet ports, allowing simultaneous multi-network operation or network redundancy through bonding. This quad-port setup provides a level of network flexibility that is typically found in enterprise-grade hardware, but here it is integrated directly into the compact mini-server chassis.
Beyond networking, the WTR Max includes a range of USB ports designed to accommodate both legacy and high-speed devices. There are two USB 3.2 Gen 2 Type-A ports and one USB 3.2 Gen 1 port, suitable for connecting peripherals like UPS systems, external drives, or KVM hardware. A USB4 port is also present, delivering support for data transfer, video output, and external GPU enclosures through a single cable. Additionally, a dedicated Type-C port and an SD card reader are mounted on the front panel, providing accessible options for external media ingestion. This combination of ports allows the unit to support a wide array of roles, from media archiving to virtualization or container workloads where device passthrough is required. In addition to conventional USB and Ethernet connectivity, the Aoostar WTR Max integrates several specialized ports intended for more advanced or niche use cases. Chief among these is the inclusion of an OCuLink port, which operates over PCIe 4.0 x4 lanes and enables external expansion without drawing from the system’s internal NVMe capacity. While it lacks hot-swap support, the OCuLink interface is capable of sustaining high-speed connections to external PCIe devices such as GPU enclosures or drive arrays, making it a useful option for users looking to extend the system’s capabilities without relying on standard USB protocols.
For video output, the WTR Max offers three simultaneous display options. These include one HDMI 2.1 port, capable of supporting 4K output at up to 240Hz, and video-capable USB-C and USB4 ports. This allows the unit to operate as a compact workstation in addition to its server functions, particularly useful in environments where headless operation is not desirable. A 3.5mm audio jack is also present, rounding out the set of standard desktop-level ports. Altogether, the variety and bandwidth of the available connections suggest a deliberate design approach aimed at accommodating multiple workloads—from headless server use to hybrid computing scenarios where local interaction and peripheral expansion are equally important.
Aoostar WTR Max – Design, Construction and Cooling
The chassis of the Aoostar WTR Max is constructed from anodized aluminum alloy, offering durability while maintaining a relatively compact and thermally efficient enclosure. The design reflects a utilitarian approach, with a front-loading layout for the six SATA bays and clear segmentation between airflow paths and drive compartments. Its compact footprint is intended to fit into home or small office environments without occupying significant space, while still allowing room for the eleven supported storage devices and multiple high-speed I/O interfaces. The system is designed with internal accessibility in mind, and most key components—including M.2 slots and memory—are positioned to be upgradeable without full disassembly.
A notable feature of the unit is its integrated diagnostic display. This small, embedded screen is controlled via Aoostar’s proprietary NAS screen management software and can be customized to show real-time information such as CPU temperature, RAM usage, storage activity, and fan status.
The display can be toggled off when not needed and includes several visual themes, including neutral system stats, graphic-based cyberpunk designs, and simplified icon views. While purely aesthetic in some modes, the screen provides functional monitoring capabilities that are uncommon in compact NAS units, offering basic telemetry without requiring an external monitor or remote access session.
Aoostar WTR Max – Summary, Price and Availability
The Aoostar WTR Max is an upgraded successor to the WTR Pro, designed to meet growing demand for high-throughput storage and processing in compact NAS units. It replaces Intel’s entry-level N-series chips with the Ryzen 7 PRO 8845HS, supports ECC memory, and offers compatibility with PCIe 4.0 SSDs and six hot-swappable SATA drives—expanding total drive support to eleven. Priced at $699 for the barebone version, the WTR Max is currently in pre-order, with the first batch already sold out ahead of its expected May 10th shipping date. Aoostar has instituted a 5% fee for pre-order cancellations and has yet to announce broader availability or long-term pricing. The system uses the Glacier Pro 1.0 cooling solution, which includes a vapor chamber, four internal fans, and bottom-to-top airflow routing, aimed at ensuring consistent performance during sustained workloads.
With a modular layout, broad port selection, and support for external PCIe expansion via OCuLink, the WTR Max is targeted at advanced users comfortable configuring their own NAS environments. Its lack of proprietary software means users must deploy third-party operating systems, but this also opens the door for highly customized setups including containers, VMs, or ZFS-based storage arrays. Dual 10GbE SFP+ and dual 2.5GbE LAN ports offer robust networking options, while the system’s eleven-drive capacity and Ryzen APU make it suitable for media-heavy workloads and real-time data operations. Though not a plug-and-play solution, its hardware flexibility and enterprise-class features position it as a viable alternative to locked-down NAS appliances for technically proficient users. A full review will follow after retail availability begins, covering performance, thermals, and compatibility in depth.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.
Is This The Beginning of the End of PLEX – Is It Jellyfin Time?
After more than a decade of keeping its Lifetime Plex Pass at $119.99, Plex has officially announced a significant price increase—raising the cost to $249.99 starting April 29, 2025. This announcement, delivered through a press release on March 19, also outlined several additional changes to Plex’s pricing structure and feature availability. While price increases are common in the subscription space, this is Plex’s first major change of its kind in over ten years. It affects not just future subscribers, but the entire conversation around personal media platforms and the value Plex provides in 2025. As someone who has tested and covered Plex across various NAS platforms over the years, I think it’s important to break this all down clearly—and fairly.
Note – at the time of writing, April 5th, the old prices from Plex Pass are still available and a Lifetime Plex Pass purchased now will be no different than one purchased after April 29th 2025)
The TL;DR – Plex Just Raised Prices and Paywalled Remote Streaming
Plex is doubling the price of its Lifetime Pass from $119.99 to $249.99 starting April 29, 2025—its first increase in over a decade. At the same time, remote streaming will no longer be free, now requiring either a Plex Pass or a new $1.99/month Remote Watch Pass. While Plex has removed mobile app unlock fees and teased new features like a Common Sense Media integration, users are frustrated that core features are being moved behind paywalls. Open-source alternatives like Jellyfin are gaining traction, though they lack Plex’s polish and easy remote access. Emby sits awkwardly between the two, offering both paid and free tiers but without a clear value advantage. If you’re a regular Plex user, now is likely the last chance to grab the Lifetime Pass at its original price—after that, the equation changes.
Why is PLEX Increasing Prices and Changing their Software Services?
Plex has positioned this move as a necessary step toward long-term sustainability and innovation, citing rising infrastructure and development costs. Alongside the new Lifetime price, the monthly subscription will increase to $6.99 (up from $4.99), and the annual plan will rise to $69.99 (from $39.99). That’s a considerable leap across the board. If you’re currently on the fence about investing in a Lifetime Pass, the window is closing quickly. I’ve said it before and I’ll say it again—if Plex is part of your day-to-day setup, especially with multiple users or remote access needs, now is the most sensible time to act. Once the new pricing kicks in, the Lifetime tier may lose its appeal for newer users, especially when compared to other one-time license models in the tech space.
More controversial than the price hike, though, is the newly introduced limitation on remote streaming. As of late April, remote access will no longer be included in the free version of Plex. This means that if you want to stream media from your home server while away—say on a mobile device or at work—you’ll now need a Plex Pass or a new tier called Remote Watch Pass, which is priced at $1.99/month or $19.99/year. This shift marks a pretty significant change in Plex’s philosophy. Previously, you could set up a NAS, install Plex Media Server, and stream remotely with minimal friction. Now, that experience is essentially paywalled. While the company has clarified that users with an existing Plex Pass won’t be affected, new users and guests who rely on remote access will need to consider this new fee model.
In his own coverage of the news, Alex from the KTZ Systems YouTube channel offered a measured but critical response. He highlighted the underlying tension many feel: “You’re paying Plex to access your own files, on your own hardware, over your own network and internet connection.” It’s a fair point—and while I can understand Plex’s need for sustainable revenue, the optics of charging for what many considered a core, previously-free feature are less than ideal. In our recent joint podcast, Alex and I both agreed that if Lifetime Passes are no longer financially viable, Plex should have either phased them out or significantly increased the cost to signal their rarity. Instead, the $249.99 price tag sits in an odd middle ground—too high to feel like a deal, too low to feel truly premium.
(From official Plex Pages) IMPORTANT NOTE FOR CURRENT PLEX PASS HOLDERS: For users who have an active Plex Pass subscription, remote playback will continue to be available to you without interruption from any Plex Media Server, after these changes go into effect. When running your own Plex Media Server as a subscriber, other users to whom you have granted access can also stream from the server (whether local or remote), without ANY additional charge—not even a mobile activation fee.
Could PLEX Have Approached Funding and Sustainability Better?
Rather than placing long-standing features behind a paywall, Plex had several other options for becoming more financially sustainable—many of which were discussed across the community in recent weeks:
Introduce a “Plex 2.0” Premium Tier: Instead of retroactively limiting features, Plex could have rolled out a major version update with enhanced capabilities—such as native audiobook support, advanced download controls, or multi-user analytics—reserved for paying users, while leaving existing features intact for legacy users.
Cap Lifetime Passes and Shift Focus to Recurring Tiers: Rather than awkwardly doubling the Lifetime price, Plex might have opted to discontinue Lifetime entirely and focus on expanding the value of annual/monthly subscriptions through regular feature rollouts or exclusive integrations, as seen in platforms like Roon or UnRAID.
Use a “Freemium Scaling” Model: By allowing remote access for a limited number of external users or devices on the free tier (e.g., “first one’s free”), Plex could have maintained goodwill while encouraging heavier users to upgrade organically—similar to how many SaaS platforms incentivize scaling through added value, not restriction.
What Else is Changing in Plex?
To their credit, Plex has removed one of the more annoying barriers from its platform—the mobile app unlock fee. Previously, streaming via the Android or iOS app was limited to one minute unless you paid a small one-time fee or had a Plex Pass. With the rollout of their new mobile client experience, this limitation is going away. Local streaming—meaning within the same network—will now be completely free on mobile. This is undoubtedly a welcome change, especially for users who run everything locally and don’t rely on remote features. However, for those who previously enjoyed full functionality across networks without a subscription, this small improvement may not offset the new restrictions.
Plex also used the announcement to preview some upcoming features for Plex Pass subscribers, including an integration with Common Sense Media aimed at improving parental control tools, a new server management app (separate from Plex Dash), and a long-requested open API for metadata agents and custom integrations. While these additions have genuine value, their timing—bundled with a price increase and feature restrictions—makes it harder for users to assess whether Plex is giving more or simply charging more. Alex pointed out in our podcast that innovation, not restriction, should drive paid feature rollouts. It’s a sentiment I tend to agree with: adding new tools rather than paywalling old ones is the path that generates goodwill and long-term user engagement.
Is Now the time to Ditch PLEX, and Opt for Jellyfin or Emby Media Server?
Naturally, this news has reignited interest in Jellyfin, the most well-known open-source alternative to Plex. Jellyfin remains free, with no subscriptions or data collection, and offers solid core media server functionality. However, as Alex and I discussed in our joint video, Jellyfin comes with its own set of trade-offs. While it nails the fundamentals—smooth playback, broad codec support, and responsive local streaming—it lacks polish in its client apps, and remote access typically requires self-configuration through a VPN or mesh network like Tailscale. For tech-savvy users, that’s a worthwhile trade. But for those who rely on Plex’s seamless, cross-platform access, Jellyfin may still feel like a step backward in convenience.
Emby, once considered a middle ground between Plex and Jellyfin, is rarely mentioned in this conversation anymore—and there are reasons for that. Emby straddles an awkward line between open-source philosophy and commercial aspirations. It still charges for features like hardware transcoding and has moved away from its open development roots. In our podcast, Alex shared his own frustrations with Emby’s shift to closed source shortly after he purchased a Lifetime license. Combined with a smaller user base, inconsistent app support, and limited visibility in NAS ecosystems, Emby struggles to be either the budget-friendly choice or the polished premium one. In short, it’s not that Emby is bad—it’s that it’s not compelling enough to compete meaningfully right now.
Feature
Plex
Emby
Jellyfin
Cost
Free with premium options (Plex Pass)
Free with premium options (Emby Premiere)
Completely free and open-source
User Interface
Highly polished and intuitive
Modern and user-friendly
User-friendly and customizable
Media Management
Excellent metadata handling and organization
Powerful and versatile
Robust and feature-rich
Remote Streaming
Highly efficient; seamless and reliable
Seamless and reliable
Smooth and reliable
Parental Controls
Available with Plex Pass
Available and customizable
Built-in and customizable
Cloud Syncing
Limited support
Available
Not supported
Hardware Transcoding
Available with Plex Pass
Available with Emby Premiere
Free and supported
Live TV / DVR
Available with Plex Pass
Available with Emby Premiere
Free and supported
Multiple Users
Supported
Supported
Supported
Offline Downloads
Available with Plex Pass
Available with Emby Premiere
Free and supported
Plugins/Add-ons
Wide range of plugins and add-ons
Extensive selection
Limited selection
Platform Support
Broad range of platforms
Wide range of platforms
Wide range of platforms
Community Support
Large and active community
Active community support
Growing community support
Are We Seeing the End of PLEX on the Horizon?
One key issue here isn’t just the new pricing or paywalled features, but how Plex has communicated these changes. As we discussed in the podcast, the rollout feels rushed and reactive, missing an opportunity to reframe this as a strategic step forward—say, through a “Plex Plus” or “Plex Lite” tier with exclusive new tools, or by versioning changes the way other platforms (like UnRAID or even macOS) handle major updates. Instead, moving features behind a paywall post-launch risks alienating loyal users. Plex’s assertion that these changes won’t affect existing Plex Pass holders is reassuring, but it doesn’t help new users discovering Plex for the first time—and realizing that what used to be free is now a subscription service.
Ultimately, I don’t believe Plex is on the brink of collapse—as some dramatic headlines might suggest—but I do think this moment marks a turning point. If you’re a regular Plex user who streams remotely or shares content with others, the Lifetime Pass at $119.99 (until April 29) remains a solid investment. After that, the value calculus shifts dramatically. For new users, the free tier will still work well for local-only setups, and the Remote Watch Pass provides a budget-friendly option. But the days of a completely free, fully featured Plex experience are clearly behind us.
This description contains links to Amazon. These links will take you to some of the products mentioned in today's content. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Visit the NASCompares Deal Finder to find the best place to buy this device in your region, based on Service, Support and Reputation - Just Search for your NAS Drive in the Box Below
Need Advice on Data Storage from an Expert?
Finally, for free advice about your setup, just leave a message in the comments below here at NASCompares.com and we will get back to you.Need Help?
Where possible (and where appropriate) please provide as much information about your requirements, as then I can arrange the best answer and solution to your needs. Do not worry about your e-mail address being required, it will NOT be used in a mailing list and will NOT be used in any way other than to respond to your enquiry.
[contact-form-7]
TRY CHAT Terms and Conditions
If you like this service, please consider supporting us.
We use affiliate links on the blog allowing NAScompares information and advice service to be free of charge to you.Anything you purchase on the day you click on our links will generate a small commission which isused to run the website. Here is a link for Amazon and B&H.You can also get me a Ko-fi or old school Paypal. Thanks!To find out more about how to support this advice service checkHEREIf you need to fix or configure a NAS, check FiverHave you thought about helping others with your knowledge? Find Instructions Here
Or support us by using our affiliate links on Amazon UK and Amazon US
Alternatively, why not ask me on the ASK NASCompares forum, by clicking the button below. This is a community hub that serves as a place that I can answer your question, chew the fat, share new release information and even get corrections posted. I will always get around to answering ALL queries, but as a one-man operation, I cannot promise speed! So by sharing your query in the ASK NASCompares section below, you can get a better range of solutions and suggestions, alongside my own.